london trip itinerary 5 days

5 Days in London: The Perfect Itinerary (First Time Visitors)

How to spend 5 days in london: the best itinerary + where to stay.

You want to visit London in 5 days and you’re looking for the best places to visit?

You’re at the right place!

In order to help you plan your stay , I have prepared for you this 5-day itinerary in London. It’s perfectly optimized to allow you to discover the must-see attractions of the city .

First, I will give you all my best tips to avoid queuing at London’s main tourist attractions. Then, I will detail the day to day program, with all the best things to do and activities for each stage of your itinerary

Of course, I will also give you all my best tips and accommodation suggestions depending on your budget.

So, what are the best places to visit in London in 5 days? Where to stay?

1. The London Pass

5 days in london: must-see attractions, one last tip for a perfect 5-day stay in london, b. westminster abbey, c. buckingham palace, d. trafalgar square & the national gallery museum, e. london eye, f. tate britain and/or tate modern museum, a. st. paul’s cathedral, b. the city, c. the tower of london, d. tower bridge, e. the shard, a. notting hill, b. the natural history museum, c. hyde park, d. oxford street, f. piccadilly circus, g. covent garden, a. hampstead village, b. camden town, c. regent’s park, d. abbey road (optional), e. madame tussauds or the british museum, option 1: other districts to see in london in 5 days, option 2: visiting london’s surroundings, where to stay in london, london in 5 days with kids, other ideas of things to do and see in london in 5 days, map of your 5-day itinerary in london, find the best flight prices for your 5 days in london, you’re traveling to england these articles will help you , how to avoid waiting in line (and save a lot of time) at london’s tourist attractions.

London, one of the most touristic cities in the world, welcomes more than 20 millions tourists per year.

And they all want to discover the incredible attractions and activities the city has to offer.

Maybe you have been to the Colosseum in Rome , the Sagrada Familia in Barcelona or the Alhambra in Granada ?

If yes, you already know what it means: endless waiting lines at all the must-see attractions!

But don’t worry: there are 2 very simple solutions that will allow you to save a lot of time (and money!) during your 5-day trip to London.

The First solution, to save time and money during your 5-day trip to London is to buy the London Pass. 

This type of city pass exists for all the most touristic cities around the word.

The London Pass is valid for between 1 and 10 days (depending the option you choose when booking). As it’s a digital pass, you can download it on your smartphone and present it at the entrance of each attractions.

The London Pass grants you tourist credits that are deducted whenever you enter a site.

For example, the 5-day London Pass comes with 595 credits, which corresponds to 595€ in entrance fees even though the pass costs only 153€ to buy!

That’s really the best city pass if you’re spending 5 days in London.

With the London Pass, you will get:

• Entry to more than 80 of London’s best attractions : Westminster Abbey, Tower of London, Tower Bridge…
• A hop-on hop-off bus tour: a great way to discover London without tiring yourself out. It’s perfect if you don’t feel like walking too much or if you’re going to visit London with your kids for 5 days.
• Discounts at some souvenir shops
• A tourist guide to the city, including opening hours and how to get to each attraction.

To buy your London City Pass, simply click on the button below:

As an alternative, there’s also the London Go City Explorer Pass, that works a bit differently.

You will need to purchase a version of this pass depending on the number of attractions you want to see. So you can buy a pass for 2, 3, 4, 5 or 7 attractions.

You can book it by clicking here.

2. Skip-the-line tickets for London’s tourist attractions

Second option: To avoid waiting in line during your 5-day London itinerary, you can buy skip-the-line tickets for each tourist attraction or activity in advance.

The good news is that you will be able to purchase these priority tickets for all the best attractions in London, such as the London Eye, or the Tower Bridge or even an Harry Potter guided tour !

Here is the list of all skip-the-line tickets and excursions I will be talking about in this itinerary.

To check the prices and to book, simply click on the links below (you’ll also find them throughout the article):

• Westminster Abbey
• Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace
• Tower Bridge
• Tower of London
• Boat tour on the Thames
• See a musical
• Madame Tussauds Museum
• Saint Paul’s Cathedral
• Harry Potter-themed guided tour – It’s really awesome!
• Double-decker hop-on/hop-off bus tour

If you already know your travel dates (or as soon as you will have them!) , you should really book your accommodation.

As London is one of the most touristic cities in the world , the hotels offering the best value for money are often fully booked months in advance.

As a seasoned traveler, I can assure you that it’s always by planning as far in advance as possible that I’ve found the best hotels or apartments deals.

You agree that it would be a shame to somewhat ruin your stay in London by ending up in a not-so-great hotel that costed you a fortune, right? 😅

So your best bet is to take 5 minutes now to have a look at  traveler’s favorite hotels in London.

And if you like one of the hotels you find, book it!

It’s fast, it’s easy and most accommodation offer free cancellation. That’s the best way to protect yourself from the inconvenience of finding nothing but mediocre rooms at exorbitant prices.

To check the best hotels deals in London , simply click on the green button below:

After securing your dream stay, it’s time to continue reading this guide!

5 days in London: the best itinerary

It’s now time to plan your 5-day itinerary in London!

For this itinerary, I assume that you’ll be spending 5 full days in London and purchased the London Pass or fast track tickets in advance. That’s the best way to save time and money during your stay!

And if after reading this guide, you still need help to plan your trip, don’t hesitate to ask me in the comments section located at the end of the article.

Day 1 – Discover the historic centre

Day 1 visits:

A. Big Ben B. Westminster Abbey C. Buckingham Palace D. Trafalgar Square E. London Eye F. Tate Britain and/or Tate Modern

Let’s start your 5-day visit to London with the city’s most iconic monument: Big Ben .

Located in the heart of the historic centre, this 106-metre high building known as the Clock Tower is standing on the banks of the Thames since 1858. It’s part of the Palace of Westminster , also known as the Houses of Parliament.

At the top of the Clock Tower, you can admire the famous clock with its 4 faces , each measuring 7 meters in diameter. Note that you will only be able to observe this superb monument from the outside, as only British citizens are allowed to visit the interior, after submitting an official request.

Did you know? Big Ben is actually the name given to the huge bell located inside the tower, and not the tower itself.

Right next to Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament, you’ll find Westminster Abbey , another historical monument you shouldn’t miss during your 5-day trip to London.

In this religious building, countless kings and queens have been crowned , and you can see some of their tombs inside , including Mary Stuart’s.

You should really get an audio guide for this visit, as it’s the best way to learn more about the monument’s history. It even offers a more playful route to take if you’re traveling to London with kids.

As there’s often a very long waiting line in front of the entrance, you really need to get a skip-the-line ticket. The London Pass includes a visit to Westminster Abbey, but if you don’t have it, you should buy a fast-track ticket here:

And if you prefer to book a guided visit , you need to click here to book your 2h guided tour!

Ideally, you should be at the abbey when it opens (9:30 am on weekdays, 9 am on Saturdays, closed on Sundays).

After admiring Big Ben from all angles, you should continue your journey and head towards another symbol of London: the residence of the king of England, also known as Buckingham Palace.

You will arrive there in just a few minutes on foot.

If you want to watch the Changing of the Royal Guard , which takes place every other day (specifically on Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays, and Sundays), you should be in front of the palace early to get a good spot, as there is always a huge crowd for the occasion.

The Changing of the Guard starts at 11 am and consists of a parade of the king’s soldiers accompanied by a military band. The event lasts about 40 minutes and is truly a spectacle not to be missed during your 5 days in London.

In case of rain (which is quite frequent, after all, we are in London 😄), the Changing of the Guard ceremony is canceled . An online calendar allows you to check whether it’s happening: online calendar.

The interior of Buckingham Palace is open to the public for only 2 months per year, (usually in August and September).

If you book very early, given that there are limited places, you can choose between 3 visits:

• Ticket for the State Rooms
• Entry to the Queen’s Gallery and its numerous works of art
• Entry to the Royal Mews , housing the royal family’s carriages, among other things.

Next up on your 5-day London itinerary is the iconic Trafalgar Square !

A pleasant 15-20 minute walk through the picturesque, flower-filled St. James Park will lead you to one of the city’s most vibrant and bustling squares.

The square’s signature feature? Four massive black lion statues majestically guarding the central fountain, a sight you can’t miss.

Take a break, grab a bite to eat, and soak up the atmosphere as you enjoy live street performances that happen nearly every day.

Just a stone’s throw away from the square, the world-renowned National Gallery museum invites you to indulge in an hour or two of art appreciation.

Founded in 1824, the National Gallery stands as one of London’s most captivating art museums. Inside, you’ll discover an extraordinary collection of masterpieces , from Van Gogh’s enchanting “Sunflowers” to iconic works by Monet, Cézanne, Picasso, Rembrandt, and Leonardo da Vinci.

And the cherry on top? Admission is completely free at all British national museums, making it an opportunity you simply can’t pass up!

To plan your visit, find opening hours on the official website.

After visiting the museum, it’s time to elevate your 5 days in London itinerary —literally!

Let’s take a thrilling ride to the clouds.

Just a quick 10-15 minutes (on foot or by bus) from the historical heart of London, you’ll find the iconic London Eye , standing in front of Big Ben.

Step into Europe’s tallest Ferris wheel and ascend to an astonishing 130 meters for a bird’s-eye view of the cityscape.

Fear not if you’re vertigo-prone! The capsules are incredibly spacious (holding 25 people) and enclosed, easing the sensation of height. In addition, the wheel moves at a leisurely pace, allowing you to fully enjoy the experience.

Trust me, the jaw-dropping panoramic view of London from this vantage point is an unforgettable sight.

A full rotation takes about 30 minutes, and you really need to book your spot in advance to secure this must-do activity on your trip.

To book your London eye ticket , simply click on the button below:

And if you’re planning more activities, you should have a look at the combined ticket : London Eye + Thames Cruise + Hop-on Hop-off Bus.

It’s a great way to save money!

To wrap up your first day in London, you should visit 2 must-see museums: the Tate Britain and Tate Modern museums.

Located on opposite banks of the Thames, the two museums are connected by a river shuttle that allows you to quickly travel between them. The shuttle runs every 40 minutes.

These 2 art museums are among London’s most interesting and popular attractions.

Tate Britain, on the north bank (opposite the London Eye), focuses on classic British art , showcasing works by Hogarth, William Blake, and Turner .

On the other hand, Tate Modern is dedicated to modern art in general.

Both museums are free and open daily from 10 am to 6 pm.

If you want to enjoy a beautiful view of London at night , you can switch the London Eye ride with the museum visits.

So you will first visit the museums , and then head to the London Eye around sunset time.

To do this, after the National Gallery:

• Head towards the Thames and find Embankment Pier
• Take the river shuttle to Millbank Pier , which will drop you right in front of Tate Britain’s entrance
• For Tate Modern , stop at Bankside Pier

2nd day: What to do and see?

Day 2 visits:

A. St. Paul’s Cathedral B. The City C. The Tower of London D. Tower Bridge E. The Shard

After a good night’s sleep, you will spend your second day in London in the City area.

You should start by visiting the St. Paul’s Cathedral , a Baroque religious building built in the 17th century .

Inside St. Paul’s Cathedral, you can admire:

• The beautiful nave
• The mysterious Whispering Gallery
• The Stone Gallery
• The Golden Gallery
• The crypt, where Sir Christopher Wren, the cathedral’s architect, rests:
• A superb view from the dome (85 metres high).

If you purchased the London Pass , entry to St. Paul’s is included.

Otherwise, you need to book your skip the line tickets by clicking on the button below:

During your 5 days in London, you will have the time to pass by London’s business district.

It’s called The City and it’s also the geographic centre of London.

Take the time to stroll through the streets (while passing the businessmen and women of England who are so classy and well dressed) and see the icon of the district: the famous cucumber-shaped skyscraper nicknamed ‘The Gherkin’.

In The City, you should also go to the Sky Garden to enjoy the 360° view from London’s highest public garden.

And you know the best? It’s free!

However, the places are limited, so you need to book in advance here.

In The City district, you will also find historical monuments, such as the famous Tower of London.

It’s located a 15 minute walk from the ‘Gherkin’ , right next to Tower Bridge (your next stop!).

Built in 1066 , the Tower of London is an ancient fortress , now listed as a UNESCO World Heritage Site.

It has served as a royal residence, a prison, and a place of execution.

Nowadays, the Tower of London is a museum that focuses in particular on the macabre history of medieval London . For example, you can visit the former torture chamber and hear stories of execution told by guides in period costume.

Despite the theme, it’s a fun and unusual visit that kids and adults alike really enjoy!

Inside the Tower of London, you can also see The Crown Jewels . Everyday, a crowd of curious visitors come here to admire them through the security glass.

During your visit, don’t miss the outdoor gardens, they are particularly beautiful.

Don’t hesitate to take the guided tour that is included with your admission ticket . There is a departure every 30 minutes from the main entrance.

Entry to the tower of London is included in the London Pass . If you don’t have the city pass, you need too buy your tickets by clicking on the button below:

Your 5-day itinerary in London will now take you to another iconic monument: the famous Tower Bridge!

You can’t miss it, as it’s located just opposite the Tower of London.

With its 2 huge Gothic towers and sky blue ironwork, you will immediately recognize it. It’s even more impressive at night when it’s illuminated!

This bridge was built across the Thames in the 19th century, and has connected the north and south banks of London since then. At the time it was built, it was the most sophisticated bascule bridge in the world.

You can admire it from the riverbank (it’s even more impressive in the evening when all the lights are on) and also cross it on foot.

If you wish to, you can also visit the former engine room located inside one of the two towers. And when climbing up to the top decks, the glass walkway will make you feel like you’re floating above the river!

Entry to Tower Bridge is included in the London Pass.

If you only want to buy a skip-the-line ticket for this attraction, you need to click on the button below:

The port of St Katharine Docks located at the foot of Tower Bridge is definitely worth stopping for a stroll. You can also dine in one of the many restaurants in this area, with a view of the Thames.

To end your day in style, you should visit The Shard , one of London’s newest skyscraper. It’s located just a 10-minute walk from Tower Bridge.

With more than 300 metres high, this building is also the highest observation platform in Western Europe. Needless to say, the view over London is spectacular!

Inside the building, you will also find a multimedia exhibition about the city’s history.

The ticket to the Shard is included in the London Pass.

If you don’t have the pass, you need to book your tickets in advance by clicking on the button below:

Day 3 – Best places to visit in London

Day 3 visits:

A. Notting Hill B. The Natural History Museum C. Hyde Park D. Oxford Street E. Soho F. Piccadilly Circus G. Covent Garden

Let’s start your 3rd day in London with a walk to Portobello Road market, in the famous Notting Hill district.

Popularised by the movie “Notting Hill” starring Hugh Grant and Julia Roberts, this chic and bucolic neighbourhood is located to the west of the city.

You will for sure love the beautiful houses featuring pastel-coloured façades, the flower-filled cobbled streets. This quiet and elegant district is very charming!

Every morning, the Portobello market attracts a crowd of tourists and locals who come to shop and stroll around the numerous stands of second-hand goods, antiques, street food and all sorts of objects .

To make the most of your visit to Notting Hill, you should really book this guided tour:

If your 5-day trip to London falls in August, and more precisely on the last weekend of the month , you will be able to attend the annual Notting Hill Carnival.

You should now head to the Natural History Museum , located about 20 minutes away by bus.

This gorgeous museum was simply one of my favorite visits during my 5-day trip to London!

The Natural History Museum, housed in a remarkable Gothic building , is for sure one of the most beautiful and largest museums in London. It’s also the most visited natural history museum in Europe, with more than 5 million visitors every year.

There, you will find an astronomical number of exhibits of all kinds on botany, volcanology, zoology, archaeology, mineralogy etc. You would have to spend several days to really see everything.

The museum also offers lots of fun activities for children.

You should plan to visit the museum for about 2 hours, to have enough time for the other visits of the day.

After visiting the museum, let’s get some greenery in London’s largest park: Hyde Park.

You can get there on foot in 20 minutes or by public transport in 15 minutes.

Hyde Park is considered one of the world’s most beautiful urban parks. Here, you can have a picnic, enjoy a drink or a lunch on  the terrace of a restaurant, do a bit of sport or simply wander around.

If you’re in London at the end of the year, you can go to Hyde Park and enjoy the huge Christmas market , the Winter Wonderland amusement park or the largest ice rink in the United Kingdom.

And if you’ve decided to go to London for 5 days during summer , you can attend concerts and festivals in Hyde Park.

In the north-east corner of the park, you can see a little London oddity: The Speakers’ Corner . Every Sunday, anonymous speakers give a speech to passers-by , often with a touch of humour.

As you exit Hyde Park via the north-east access (Marble Arch), you will immediately come across Oxford Street , the “Champs-Elysées” of London.

This street stretching over 2.5 km is a real paradise for shopping lovers.

You will find more than 600 shops here, including major British brands such as Marks & Spencer, TopShop, Mush, Primark, Urban Outfitters etc.

This is your chance to do some shopping or window shopping while heading to the next stop.

At the end of Oxford Street, you will reach Soho district.

This small district is the most lively and festive in London. This is where all the locals and tourists get together for an evening out!

Theatres, pubs, restaurants, nightclubs, cinemas … you will find everything you need to have fun and enjoy a good evening in an festive atmosphere any day of the week.

For an original evening, you can for example go to a musical in one of Soho’s theaters. It’s a great activity to do during a 5-day stay in London!

You can for example attend Les Misérables at Sondheim Theatre. Tickets are for sale here.

The equally famous “Phantom of the Opera” is also staged regularly. Tickets needs to be purchased in advance right there!

If you’re looking for an original experience in Soho, you really should opt for the Harry Potter-themed guided tour .

Departing from Soho, your guide will take you to the cult locations from the films including Diagon Alley, Gringotts, platform 9 3/4, Knockturn Alley and much more besides. It’s a really good tour and the guide is amazing!

To book your Harry Potter guided tour , simply click on the button below:

As you walk through Soho and follow the crowds, you will inevitably arrive at Piccadilly Circus.

This lively square is famous for its giant advertising screens. You’ve probably already seen pictures of it!

Covent Garden is about a 10 minute walk away from Piccadilly Circus.

This is where you’ll find the former markets halls of London and its superb glass roof.

Relocated in 1970, Covent Garden is today one of London’s main tourist attractions. There, you will find many shops, restaurants, artists’ workshops, street performances and the London Transport Museum .

Day 4 – Walk in London

Day 4 visits:

A. Hampstead Village B. Camden Town C. Regent’s Park D. Abbey Road (optional) E. Madame Tussauds or British Museum

Let’s continue your 5-day tour of London and head to the north of the city.

You should start by visiting Hampstead Village , a quiet neighbourhood in the heights of London. It’s the perfect way to get away from the hustle and bustle of the city without actually leaving it!

You will for sure love walking among the flower-filled gardens and the beautiful Victorian houses.

There are also many cafés and restaurants.

Hampstead Village is just a 20-minute metro ride from central London.

While in the northern part of London, you should really go to Camden Town!

This trendy neighbourhood is famous for its impressive shop facades adorned with huge figurines in crazy colours.

Mixing the world of punks, goths and alter-globalists , the area is packed with offbeat boutiques, piercing/tattoo parlours and second-hand shops… all in a welcoming and friendly atmosphere!

Here, you will also find Camden Lock Market , a market open from 10h to 18h every day.

Take a stroll among the stalls selling clothes, unusual objects and antiques while enjoying the live music bands and watching the street performers.

And if you’re hungry, you can find street food from around the world along Regent’s Canal.

After your visit to Camden Town, you should go to Regent’s Park , just a 10 minute walk away.

This 166 hectares park is simply the most flowery park in London . It once belonged to the royal family before becoming a public garden in the 19th century.

There, you will find

• Nice paths and alleys for a quiet stroll or a bit of sport
• Sports fields
• The lake, where you can hire a small boat or a pedalo
• Large green spaces
• Playgrounds for children
• Restaurants and cafés
• Queen Mary’s Rose Garden .

If you’re a Beatles fan , don’t miss Abbey Road and its legendary zebra crossing.

It’s located less than 2 km away from Regent’s Park.

It’s here, in the Abbey Road studios, that the iconic English band recorded their album of the same name.

Of course, you will probably reproduce the famous photo of the Beatles on the Abbey Road zebra crossing. Just be careful with the traffic!

There are generally lots of tourists so you might have to queue.

Near the recording studios, there is a gift shop dedicated to the Beatles.

To end your 4th day in London, you should visit of one of these 2 museums, depending on your preferences and your budget:

• Madame Tussauds: this world famous waxworks museum is a 20-minute bus ride from Abbey Road.

There, you can snap pictures with the top celebrities… or rather with their wax lookalikes. Most of them are incredibly realistic!

You should plan to spend 2 to 3 hours inside the museum.

You need to book your tickets in advance by clicking on the green button below:

• The British Museum: for culture and history lovers

Alternatively, you can end the day with a visit to the British Museum. From Regent’s Park, you can get there in 20 minutes by metro.

As with all national museums in England, admission is free .

This museum dedicated to anthropology is housed in a magnificent period building . There, you will find numerous archaeological remains (including several mummies and the famous Rosetta Stone!).

The museum’s collection is one of the richest in the world, with more than 7 million objects on display!

Day 5: Last day in or around London

Visiting London in 5 days will give you enough time to explore the city more in depth, or even to do a day trip to discover the surroundings.

So for your fifth and final day, I have 2 suggestions for you:

• Stay in the city and spend the last day discovering new districts.
• Go on a day trip around London. I will give you all the best places to visit around London a bit below.
• Discover the district of Chelsea

You can start your last day in London by spending the morning in Chelsea district.

Located in central London, Chelsea is a well known upmarket neighbourhood featuring numerous luxury shops and designer boutiques. Most of them are located on King’s Road.

While in Chelsea, you shouldn’t miss the elegant Duke of York Square and its chic bars, restaurants, as well as the ‘Saatchi Gallery’, a contemporary art museum.

And for those who prefer simplicity, Chelsea is also famous for its stylish and colourful houses located in quiet alleys. If that’s what you’re looking for, head to Burnsall Street, Godfrey Street and Bywater Street.

This last street also regularly attracts cinema and photo shoots.

Taking Thames cruise is the perfect way to discover the city from another angle!

Several companies (including City Cruises, Crown River Cruise, Thames Clippers and Thames River Services) offer river tours of 20 minutes to 3 hours , allowing you to discover London’s landmarks from the river.

There are several piers to take the boat along the banks of the Thames, especially near Big Ben, towards the Tower of London / Tower Bridge or at the London Eye.

There are also hop-on hop-off boat tours . It’s exactly like the tourist bus, but with a boat! You can get on and off the boat when you want and visit the main tourist attractions of the city.

You need to book your ticket for the Hop-on Hop-off cruise here:

• The district of Greenwich:

You can take advantage of your boat tour on the Thames to visit Greenwich and spend the afternoon there.

Greenwich is located in the outskirts of London and can be easily reached by boat.

In this district, you will enjoy:

• The remarkable architecture
• Victorian and Georgian monuments
• Large public parks
• To take a walk by the river
• The famous Greenwich Meridian (tickets available by clicking here!) at a longitude of exactly 0°at the Royal Observatory.

Other things to see in Greenwich:

• The Cutty Sark (tickets here!), a big sailing boat built in 1869 and converted into a museum
• Greenwich Market
• The splendid view over London from the Observatory

You can also visit the Greenwich National Maritime Museum during your 5-day stay in London.

It’s one of the largest maritime museums in the world and entry is free , just like all national museums in England.

Here you can learn everything about British maritime history. The exhibitions are mostly interactive and designed with children in mind , making it a good museum to visit with your family.

• Warner Bros. Studios – Harry Potter

This is the perfect day trip for fans of the Harry Potter saga!

The Warner Bros. studios, where the 8 Harry Potter movies were shot, are just a few kilometres outside London.

Most of the films were shot in these studios, which have now been turned into a giant museum.

There, you will get immersed in the world of the famous wizard: try your hand at flying on a broom , taste the famous butterbeer and take a stroll along Diagon Alley!

Discover the film sets, the props, the costumes and learn all the secrets and anecdotes about the films. Personally, I loved it!

The tour must be booked in advance by clicking on the green button below.

And you know the best? The bus transfers from London are included 😎.

• Explore Stratford-upon-Avon

Visiting the home town of Shakespeare is also a great choice for the last day of your trip.

Stratford-upon-Avon is a charming small town located 1-hour drive from London.

There, you can admire the traditional English cottages , take idyllic strolls, and see the house where Shakespeare was born and lived.

The cool thing is that you can visit Stratford with an organized day trip that also goes to Oxford!

You need to book your guided tour here:

• Visit to Windsor Castle

Windsor is another charming little town to visit around London.

Getting there is super simple. Just go to Paddington Station and take the train. The journey takes about 45 minutes.

In Windsor, you will for sure want to visit its famous castle, the royal family’s second home. Admission tickets must   be booked in advance here:

For a hassle free experience, you can visit Windsor with guided tour from London. Everything is included, and you will discover 3 amazing places during the day:  Windsor,  Oxford and Stonehenge!

You need to book this day trip by clicking here.

You can also choose to spend the day in Cambridge , one of the most beautiful cities to visit near London.

It’s just a 45-minute train ride from King’s Cross train station.

There, you will explore the famous Cambridge university and spend the day admiring the city’s beautiful Gothic architecture.

To discover the best of Cambridge , you can opt for one of the following:

• Guided walking tour of the city + river boat tour
• Guided tour of the university with entrance to King’s College
• Hop-on hop-off bus tour

Another option is to visit Oxford , a town a bit bigger than Cambridge, and just as remarkable for its architecture.

And the good news it that Oxford is only an hour’s train ride from London!

The city is home to Oxford University , the oldest university in the English speaking world.

You can easily visit Oxford on foot in one day . Don’t miss the famous castle-like university (which actually inspired Hogwarts) and the superb Gothic Christ Church cathedral.

As I mentioned earlier, the day trip to Stratford-upon-Avon also goes to Oxford . You need to book it by clicking here.

If you are going there by yourself, here are a few great tours to discover Oxford like a local:

• Walking tour of the university and the city with a student from Oxford
• Private guided tour of the city and university
• Harry Potter filming location Oxford tour
• Hop-on hop-off bus tour.

Less than an hour’s train ride from London, Brighton is a popular coastal town amongst Londoners. They usually go there on weekends, to escape the hustle and bustle of the city.

You will for sure love its pebble beach, seafront restaurants and pretty cobbled streets!

In the modern part of the town, you can go to the top of the British Airways tower: hop in the glass elevator pod and reach a height of 138 meters. From up there, you will enjoy the view over the entire coast.

Tickets needs to be purchased here.

You now have a good idea of the best things to do in London in 5 days!

There is just one more thing to do: booking your hotel. Where will you stay during these 5 days?

In order to help you out, I have selected the best hotels in London depending on your budget.

Remember that t he further in advance you book , the better your chance of finding affordable accommodation. The best deals don’t last long, especially in London!

So if you know your travel dates, you should really book your hotel night now!

• The Chamberlain: Close to the Tower Bridge, the Tower of London and the banks of the Thames. This British-style hotel offers cosy, comfortable double rooms from 120€ per night, breakfast 12€. Strong points: a smartphone is made available, excellent locations, the welcoming staff and the comfortable bed linen. It’s my favourite for its excellent value for money!
• Hotel Indigo London – Kensington: This hotel is in the borough of Kensington and Chelsea, and very close to a tube station. Well-equipped, quiet and warm double room from 200€, breakfast from 19€. Strong points: the quiet area, cosy ambience cosy, the smiling and efficient staff.
• Haymarket Hotel, Firmdale Hotels: 5* hotel close to London’s “theatreland”, minutes on foot from St James Park and 15 minutes from Buckingham Palace. Really comfortable, spacious and quiet double room from 390€ per night, breakfast 20€. Strong points: perfect location, charming staff and excellent bed linen. The best choice for a romantic stay in London!
• The Soho Hotel, Firmdale Hotels: A luxury hotel right in the heart of London, 5 minutes from Oxford Street and Soho, and just 10 minutes from Piccadilly Circus. Really spacious designer and magnificently decorated double room from 500€ per night, breakfast 29€. Strong points: the perfect geographical location, magnificent bedrooms, the sumptuous breakfast. The best hotel in London for a luxury stay!

If you’d prefer a London hotel that isn’t too expensive, you should check out the “Z Hotel” chain. You can find them in lots of different areas of London, and prices start of 60€ per night. They’re the best bet for budget accommodation in London.

• The Z Hotel Shoreditch
• The Z Hotel Gloucester Place
• The Z Hotel City
• The Z Hotel Victoria
• The Z Hotel Piccadilly
• The Z Hotel Soho

Wondering if this 5-day itinerary in London is possible and would be enjoyable with your family?

The answer is yes, of course!

Depending on the age of your kids, you might want to make a few slight changes to this itinerary . They’ll love most of places to visit and activities mentioned, but you may need to spend a bit less time in the museums, as it might not be the most interesting for them.

That said, most of London’s museums offer fun tours and workshops especially for children, and they don’t generally last more than 1 hour.

To help you adjust this itinerary as needed, I have made you a list of visits and activities in London that kids enjoy the most:

• The National History Museum is a treat for children, as is the Greenwich Maritime Museum . As mentioned above, most of the museums in London offer short and fun tours for children.
• Children generally love Madame Tussauds museum
• The Tower of London and its mediaeval atmosphere
• The Changing of the Guard in front of Buckingham Palace
• See a family musical in Soho
• Take a boat tour on the Thames.

If you or your kids are Harry Potter fans , you can also spend a day at Harry Potter Studios , located a bit outside the city.

It’s really a magical experience!

The best tour include the entrance ticket to Harry Potter Studios as well as the transportation from your hotel.

You need to book this tour by clicking on the button below:

You’ve followed my 5-day itinerary in London and have a bit more time left in the English capital?

In this case, you should read my guide of the best places to visit in London: The 20 best things to do in London.

There, you will for sure find even more ideas of activities and things to see during your 5-day trip to London!

To help you visualize your itineraries during your 5 days in London, I have created this map with all the places to visit day by day . You can display the map legend by clicking the button with a small arrow located on the top left corner.

You can thus see the suggested itineraries for each day.

As always, you should book your plane tickets as early as possible to get the best prices.

To check the rates and schedules for flights to London, you can use our flight comparator, in partnership with Skyscanner:

Discover all my articles about London : All my articles to help you plan your trip to England are listed there.

• London: Top 20 best things to do
• 2 days in London – The perfect itinerary for 48h!
• 3 Days in London – The best 72h itinerary
• 4 Days in London – The defitinive guide to plan your trip
• 5 Days in London – How to plan your itinerary + My best tips!
• One week in London – The perfect 7-day itinerary
• Where to stay in London? My guide of the best places to stay for all budgets

You’re using Pinterest? Here is the picture to pin!

Creator of the Voyage Tips blog, travel and photography lover. I give you all my best tips to plan your next trip.

Related Stories

3 Days in Athens: The Perfect Itinerary (First Time Visit)

2 Days in Athens: The Perfect Itinerary (First Time Visit)

4 Days in Athens: The Perfect Itinerary (First Time Visit)

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your Name (required)

Your Email (required)

Your Website (optional)

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• Middle East
• North America
• Cheap car rentals: my best advice
• Back to Homepage

5 Day London Itinerary for First-Time Visitors 

By: Author Tracy Collins

Posted on Last updated: August 9, 2024

The perfect example 5 day London itinerary for anyone visiting the city for the first time with all the major sites, landmarks and attractions plus practical tips to plan your perfect London visit.

So you’ve decided to go for a 5 day trip to London? Great choice! That amount of time allows you to get to know the UK capital pretty well.

This 5 day London itinerary for first time visitors suggests what you can see and do in such a time frame – though, of course, it’s only for guidance. What your 5 day London trip focuses on is of course a matter of personal preference.

That said, there are sights in London that few first-timers would want to miss. And if you do find you have some spare time at the end of your London trip itinerary, then you could always take one of the many day trips out of the city to visit some other places too.

There are many things to consider when planning your 5 day itinerary for London. You need to plan when to visit, work out how to get around the city, and of course book any accommodation or tickets you’ll need. 

Don’t stress, though! All the info you’ll need is covered in this complete 5 days in London itinerary. This site is also packed with other guides to sightseeing in and around London, so if the answer isn’t right here then we can certainly point you in the right direction. 

Whether you’re wondering what to do in London for 5 days or what our top London travel tips are, read on to find out. This guide was put together by a team of keen travellers who’ve lived and worked in the British capital, all of whom return to visit the city whenever they can. 

Let’s go to London!

London weather

Peak seasons, uk bank holidays, when to visit london, how long to spend in london, where to stay in london, getting around london, the london eye, the south bank, river thames cruise, south kensington museums, london markets, the changing of the guard.

• Afternoon tea

Tower of London

Tower bridge and the roman wall, westminster, your london, food in london, 5 day london itinerary – top tips, 5 day london itinerary – frequently asked questions, 5 day london itinerary – final thoughts.

OUR FAVOURITE LONDON TOURS & PASSES

• 🗝 TOWER OF LONDON – Ceremony of the Keys
• 🪄 HARRY POTTER STUDIOS – Making of Harry Potter Studio + HP walking tour of central London
• ⭐️ PRIVATE TOUR – Discover Real London black cab tour of London
• 🇬🇧 HOP ON HOP OFF BUS – City Sightseeing Hop-On Hop-Off Bus Tour
• 🥟 FOOD TOUR – Ultimate Food Tour of Borough Market
• 🎟 LONDON PASS – Unlock admission to 90+ attractions for one low price. Pass includes Tower Bridge, London Eye, Tower of London and Westminster Abbey. Use code UKTP5 at checkout for 5% discount off the cost of your pass. Buy here.
• 🎟 GO CITY EXPLORER PASS – Choose 2 to 7 attractions. Valid for 2 months after activation. Buy here .

Planning your London trip

So when is the best time to go to London, what’s the weather like, when are there public holidays and how long do you need? Find out right here. 

Best time of year to visit London?

London is always busy during every season, whether it’s spring, summer, autumn or winter. The weather and tourist numbers do vary throughout the year though. 

London has four seasons. Spring runs from March to May, then the summer months of June, July and August are the warmest.

Yes, it can be cold and wet in the UK. Yet if there’s a heatwave in London, the heat can quickly become overbearing. Particularly on the Victorian London underground train network.

Winter is cold. January and February are the coldest months, closely followed by December. Spring and autumn are milder, when temperatures range between cool and warm. Autumn is darker than spring, so September, October and November can be more chilly, with shorter days. 

July and August usually have the hottest weather – and are the busiest months for tourism. London can also be packed during December, when people flock to the city to see the Christmas lights, shop at the markets and stores, and attend parties and events.

Public holidays are called ‘bank holidays’ in Britain, and London is also busy at these times. UK bank holidays occur at Christmas, New Year and Easter. There are also bank holidays in May and August. Here’s a list of the big dates to be aware of. 

• 25th December – Christmas Day
• 26th December – Boxing Day
• 1st January – New Year’s Day
• Good Friday – dates vary
• Easter Monday – dates vary
• Early May bank holiday – First Monday in May
• Spring bank holiday – Final Monday in May
• Summer bank holiday – Final Monday in August

Sometimes bank holiday dates vary, especially if an occasion involves the Royal Family. In 2022 the second May bank holiday was moved to June for the Platinum Jubilee of Queen Elizabeth II, and there was an additional bank holiday in September of the same year for her funeral. 

If a bank holiday is on a Saturday or Sunday, then Brits get a public holiday on the next weekday in its place. Check all scheduled bank holiday dates at the UK government website here . 

If you want London to be a little quieter, then January to June or September to November are a bit less busy. But don’t pick the weekend of a bank holiday!

As for winter, well the British climate is pretty mild. Snow isn’t as common in London as movies and Christmas cards would have you believe. A White Christmas in London is rare. 

If you’re not good with the cold, it might be best to visit London during May, June or September. The weather in April and October can be a bit more extreme at times. 

You might even manage to pack more into your London itinerary for 5 days if visiting outside the peak tourist seasons. You may save some money on accommodation too, as hotels compete to fill their beds.

How long do you really need to see and do London? The answer, of course, depends on who you ask – and what you want to see and do. 

3 days in London is a good starting point, but 4 is better and 5 a further improvement. The more time you have the more you can see – and you can allow some time to unwind while you’re there too. Day trips from the city are also an attractive option.  

Our top tip is to stay as centrally as you can when you have just 5 days in London. Here are some helpful links when you’re seeking hotels in specific areas. Why not take a look so you can see what the options are? 

Westminster accommodation

⭐️ Top accommodation in Westminster

West End accommodation

⭐️ Covent Garden hotels in all price ranges

⭐️ Recommend Soho and Leicester Square hotels

⭐️ Great accommodation on the South Bank  

London is big, so it’s a good idea to think about getting around the city before you arrive! 

• Don’t rent a car

Don’t rent a car in London. Driving in London is stressful and slow, parking is impossible and the congestion charge makes it a very expensive way to travel too. 

• Use tubes, buses and trains

London has a fast, efficient and affordable public transport system. This includes buses and underground and overground trains. 

Avoid travelling during rush hour if you can. Sometimes you can’t even get onto the tube, let alone there being standing room only! These times to avoid are before 9 am and between 16.30 and 18.30 pm on weekdays. Off-peak tickets can also cost less. 

• Book accommodation in zone 1

Staying centrally will cut travel time and costs. So avoid any hotel that’s outside zone 1, unless you want to waste time and money. 

• Grab an Oyster Card (or go Contactless)

The Oyster Card is used by London residents and visitors alike. It’s used to pay for tube, train, bus, boat and tram trips. 

Using an Oyster Card is cheaper than buying tickets separately. As a tourist from abroad, you have the option of using a standard Oyster Card, a Visitor Oyster Card or simply using a contactless method of payment.

You can purchase a Visitor Oyster card (or regular Oyster Card) on arrival at Heathrow or if you prefer you can order it to be delivered to your home so you are set as soon as you arrive.

• Get a London Pass

The London Pass comes with a one-day hop-on, hop-off bus ticket plus entry to more than 90 top London attractions. London Pass holders can also get special discounts across the city at entertainment venues, eateries and more. 

• Bikes in London

Hire a Santander or ‘Boris’ bike. They’re all over the city. You can hire one by downloading the Santander Cycles app and following the instructions given. 

• Boats in London

The Thames Clippers UberBoat allows you to view the city from the water. You can pay for your boat trip by using an Oyster Card or contactless. 

• Taxis in London

We recommend taking a trip by black cab at least once if you can. It’s money well spent: London taxi drivers have passed ‘The Knowledge’ and know the quickest route to every single street in the capital.

If you see a black cab with its light on, stick out your arm. The driver will then pull over so you can get in. There are taxi ranks around the city too, at locations like train stations. 

London cab drivers are known for being talkative. Try asking which celebrities have been in their cab. Or if all else fails, you can always talk about the weather!

Feeling overwhelmed planning your London vacation?

We offer private consultations to answer your questions and help you to fine-tune your London (and UK) itinerary .

UK & London Travel Planning Helping you plan your perfect UK vacation

5 day London itinerary

5 day london itinerary – day 1.

Now it’s time to move on to our suggested five days in London itinerary. The first day involves a ‘flight’ on the London Eye, exploring the South Bank area and taking a laid-back river cruise.

The London Eye is ideal for your first day in London. It gives you stunning views over the city – plus a reason to get out of bed and into Greenwich Mean Time (or British Summer Time) when you might be jet-lagged. 

Booking pre-paid tickets means you can skip the line, and taking your ‘flight’ in the morning means getting there before it’s too busy. Seeing the city spread out before you is the perfect introduction to London life. 

The London Eye: what to know

• How to get to the London Eye

Waterloo is the closest tube station to the London Eye. Closely followed by Westminster, Embankment and Charing Cross. If you’re staying near the river or in the West End, you might like to walk there. 

• A ‘flight’ on the London Eye

Your ‘flight’ on the London Eye lasts for half an hour, and at 135 metres tall this is the largest cantilevered observation wheel in the world. It’s also the UK’s leading paid-for attraction. 

Make sure your camera is fully charged, as you’ll enjoy sweeping views over the river and city skyline. Don’t forget to snap a selfie while you’re in there too. 

• London Eye tickets

Book a fast-track option through the site to save you some time. 

Click here to buy your London Eye tickets

POPULAR LONDON ATTRACTIONS – ADVANCE PURCHASE AND/OR FAST-TRACK TICKETS

🎡 London Eye – Ride with fantastic views over London. (Skip-the-line tickets available)

🏙 The Shard – The tallest building in the UK with commanding views over London.

⛪️ Westminster Abbey – Gothic abbey where coronations and royal weddings are held.

💎 Tower of London – Infamous prison and mighty fortress. The Crown Jewels are on display too.

⚔ Madame Tussauds – Get up close and personal with over 250 waxworks of famous people.

⛓ London Dungeon – Enjoy a recreation of some of London’s goriest and macabre historical events.

🐧 London Zoo – World’s oldest scientific zoo and a popular attraction for families.

👑 Hampton Court Palace – King Henry VIII’s favourite palace.

The South Bank lies close to the London Eye, south of the Thames. After disembarking, make sure the river’s on your left and you’ll hit the South Bank in no time. 

This area has plenty of shops, cafes and restaurants for all tastes and budgets. During late November and December there’s also a good Christmas market here.

Bankside is also home to Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, the Royal Festival Hall and the Tate Modern. Borough Market is just a short stroll away too, on Southwark Street which is close to London Bridge tube station.  

After doing the London Eye and South Bank in the morning, next on the itinerary for London in 5 days is a relaxing river cruise on the Thames . This isn’t too taxing for those who feel jet-lagged. 

You can book all sorts of Thames cruises, even by speedboat if you’re up for that. These may last for just half an hour, take 3 hours plus, or anything in-between. Evening cruises with drinks, dinner and music are also an option. 

You can also book a hop-on, hop-off cruise. Tickets for this work like jump-on jump-off bus tickets and last for 24 hours. 

5 day London itinerary – DAY 2

Your second day in London is one to spend at the capital’s impressive museums. Which interests you most is of course a personal preference, but if you don’t have anywhere definite in mind then we suggest South Kensington as it has three world-class options to explore. If you have time later on, we’d say it’s time to go to the market!

South Kensington is home to The Natural History Museum, the Victoria and Albert Museum and the Science Museum. They can all be found on Exhibition Road, near South Kensington tube station. 

The Victoria and Albert Museum (V&A) specialises in art, fashion and design, while the Natural History Museum houses flora and fauna specimens from all over the planet. The Science Museum is all about discovery. 

The beauty of coming here is that you can visit any or all of the three. Like all publicly owned museums in London, they’re all free to enter. 

There are some incredible London markets all over the city, and shopping at one definitely belongs on any London 5 days’ itinerary! Which to pick depends on your interests – and when they’re open, of course. 

Our favourites include Borough for food, Brick Lane and Old Spitalfields in East London, Camden or Portobello for an alternative vibe or vintage goods and Covent Garden for just about anything. You can also find bargains at Greenwich or Brixton markets in south London.  

5 day London itinerary – DAY 3

Royalty is a big part of London life and there is so much to see. For day 3, we suggest seeing the Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace followed by a traditional afternoon tea.

If you have some spare time in between, you can explore an area like Covent Garden, Oxford Street, Piccadilly Circus or Green Park. The hotels we suggest are close to these locations, and The Goring is near Buckingham Palace.  

Only in the UK would the Changing of the Guard happen. This takes place several times per week at Buckingham Palace, so you’ll see King Charles III’s home too.

Unless the weather is extremely bad, the ceremony takes place at 11 am in front of Buckingham Palace.  If the Royal Standard of the United Kingdom is flying it means the King is currently staying there!

The Changing of the Guard: what to know

• When to see the Changing of the Guard

The Changing of the Guard doesn’t take place daily. It’s scheduled for every other weekday and Saturdays, at 11 am. 

Check here , on the official Household Division website, to make sure the ceremony is going ahead before leaving your hotel. 

• Getting to the Changing of the Guard

The closest tube stations are Green Park, St. James’s Park, Victoria and Hyde Park Corner. 

• Changing of the Guard times

We reckon you should arrive at least 20 – 25 minutes before the ceremony. Arriving sooner means a lot of standing around but you should get a good view. It is a popular event so expect it to be crowded especially during peak tourist seasons.

• Changing of the Guard tours

Unlike other attractions and activities on your London itinerary for 5 days, seeing the Changing of the Guard is free. There is the option, though, of booking a walking tour to help you get the best out of it. Your guide can even direct you to the best place to stand. 

Other tour options include attractions like the State Rooms at Buckingham Palace and the Tower of London, or you can take a tour of the whole city. 

Click here to check out a Changing of the Guard walking tour with Take Walks

Book your slot at a leading London hotel for a sumptuous afternoon tea . After a walk around the nearby area is a good idea, as you’ll need a good appetite!

If you can, blow the budget on afternoon tea at a top London hotel. This way you can experience all the glamour of such a place without forking out for a room there. Everyone has their favourite, but these five are among the top spots. 

• The Langham

The Langham is said to have invented the afternoon tea. It takes place in the art deco style hotel within the Palm Court. The hotel is on Portland Place, near Oxford Street. 

The Goring is very close to Buckingham Palace on Beeston Place. Afternoon tea has been served here since 1840, and for the full-on experience you can add a glass of fine, French Bollinger champagne.

• Fortnum & Mason

A bonus of booking afternoon tea here is that you can visit the famous food hall too. The upmarket store is located between Green Park and Piccadilly Circus, and tea takes place in the Diamond Jubilee Tea Salon.

The Savoy is close to Covent Garden, theatreland and the river. The Thames Foyer with a grand piano at the centre is the afternoon tea venue here.

The Ritz on Piccadilly is also in the West End, and you could walk here from Buckingham Palace via Green Park. Afternoon tea is served here in the magnificent surroundings of the ballroom.

3 day London itinerary – DAY 4

Your penultimate day in London involves visiting the historic Tower of London. While you’re in this area you can also visit Tower Bridge and the Roman Wall if you’d like to. 

Doing the Tower of London on the last day is like saving the best until last. The reason we suggest doing it this way is because you don’t want to rush it. Why hurry when you can linger over the Beefeater guards in red costumes, the Crown Jewels and the ravens who are said to guard the tower?

During your visit you may also tour the Fusilier Museum, see Kings’ suits of armour, and discover buildings such as the Mediaeval Palace and the White and Bloody Towers.

The Tower of London: what to know

• How to get to the Tower of London

The nearest tube station is Tower Hill. You could also walk from Liverpool Street, Charing Cross or London Bridge stations in under half an hour. 

• Your Tower of London tour

Arrive at the Tower of London as early as you can to avoid the crowds. Sometimes the tower shuts as early as 4.30 pm, and if you get there with plenty of time to spare then you won’t need to rush.  

• Tower of London tickets

Buying tickets for the Tower of London in advance saves time. If you book via Get Your Guide (GYG) they’re the same price as on the Tower of London website, but you can get a full refund when cancelling up to 24 hours before. You can also skip the queue!

Entry to the Tower of London is also included in the London Pass .

Click here to buy your Tower of London tickets via GYG or for exclusive early access to the Crown Jewels we recommend this small group tour with Walks tours .

Not everyone knows that there’s a Roman Wall you can see in London, but it’s right there in the centre at Tower Bridge. In fact you can see sections of what once stretched across the city in other spots too, but it’s easiest to include it in a visit to Tower Bridge.

The bridge itself offers the opportunity of climbing the North Tower, heading across the high-level glass walkways, discovering more of London’s rich history and of course savouring magnificent city and river views.

It’s a must for history fans , as the Tower is grade I listed and dates back to the late 19th century. As for the Roman Wall, it goes back to an astonishing AD 200!

3 day London itinerary – DAY 5

Today you can visit Westminster, Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament, before having some free time to spend as you wish for your final afternoon. 

You will have seen Westminster from the London Eye and your Thames cruise on the first day of your 5 days itinerary in London, but now it’s time for a closer look. It’s up to you what you want to do in this area, as there are a few options. 

Take pictures of yourselves by a row of classic red telephone boxes , or book tickets in advance if you want to see inside Westminster Abbey. Getting up close to the Gothic architecture at the Houses of Parliament is quite something.

Big Ben is of course an iconic sight too. The name actually refers to the bell rather than the tower or clock. 

Click here to book Westminster Abbey tickets

If you end up with some free time today, think about how you want to spend your final half day in London.  

The possibilities are endless, but here are a few ideas!

• A hop-on, hop-off bus tour

If you’re not sure what you might have missed or simply want to go with the flow, why not book a jump-on, jump-off bus ticket for your final day? These allow you to travel all day long – or even for multiple days. 

This way you can relax while taking in the sights properly for one last time before leaving. If something catches your eye along the way, simply jump off and visit it before catching the next bus to explore more of the city. 

Click here to book hop-on, hop-off bus tickets

• Hyde Park, Harrods & Knightsbridge

If you love shopping, then you simply cannot miss upmarket Knightsbridge! The famous Harrods department store is here, and fashionable Harvey Nichols too. There are also plenty of designer stores such as Lulu Guinness, Lacoste, Ted Baker, Jimmy Choo and Burberry here. 

Hyde Park is at the top of Knightsbridge, and is a large, often peaceful place in which to picnic on goodies bought from the food hall at Harrods.  

• Take a sightseeing walking tour

A walking tour is an alternative way to see the city from ground level instead of up high. 

Many walking tours are available, and all are guided by local experts.There are both themed and sightseeing walking tours to take. 

There’s so much to see and do that it’s easy to spend a whole day in Greenwich . Or an afternoon, if that’s all you have to spare. A great market and a top pie and mash shop are just the start.  

Then there’s the Meridian Line, the O2, the Cutty Sark and the historic buildings. Plus there’s the lovely 74-hectare Greenwich Park. This is a lovely spot in which to enjoy your last day in London – and it has a more laid-back vibe than the centre of the city. 

• Get out of the city

If you want to escape the city after four-and-a-half days, you could take a tour instead. You might be surprised at what you can see in half a day – or a full day if you prefer. Sites like Stonehenge or Windsor Castle, for example, can be seen in half a day. 

Click here to take a look at day trips from London

Need to know when planning your 5 day London itinerary

The reputation of British food wasn’t the best in the past, but thankfully that’s all changed for the better now. Dining out truly is one of the highlights of spending time in London. You can try foods from all over the globe in the city, but here are some British dishes and traditions not to miss. 

• Fish and chips

Fish and chips is now enjoyed all over the world. In London, this is best eaten in a pub as beer battered fish with chips and mushy peas. Don’t forget to add some salt and vinegar.

• English breakfast

A full English breakfast is a great way to stay the day when you need plenty of energy for exploring the city. So pile your plate high with bacon, eggs, sausages, beans, mushrooms, tomatoes, toast and more. 

• Pie and mash

Pie and mash is a real London thing, especially in the east of the city. It’s a cheap, filling meal that can be found all over the place and in various forms.

• Sunday roast

Do sample a Sunday roast at a London pub if you’ll be in the capital over a weekend. Make sure you try Yorkshire pudding – a savoury batter that’s baked and traditionally served alongside roast beef. 

brave, some pie and mash shops also sell jellied eels, a true cockney classic.

Head to the Brick Lane area and pick out a restaurant you like the look of, or ask hotel staff which is their favourite. East London is one of the world’s culinary capitals when it comes to the food of the Indian subcontinent. 

Afternoon tea is a must when in London. This comprises finger sandwiches, pretty cakes and scones piled high with jam (jelly) and clotted cream. A top five star hotel is the best venue if your budget can accommodate that. Make sure you go when you’re hungry, and if you can’t finish it you can ask to take the rest away. 

The food halls at Harrods in Knightsbridge, Fortnum & Mason on Piccadilly, and Selfridges on Oxford Street are some of the finest you’ll find anywhere, with delicacies from all over the world sold. 

• Borough Market

Borough Market is the star of many TV shows and movies. It’s near London Bridge, south of the river Thames. On a fine day, pick up a picnic here to enjoy in one of London’s leafy parks.  

• Marks and Spencer sandwiches 

For a quick, affordable meal, pop into a branch of Marks and Spencer (M&S) for a sandwich. All sorts of fillings are available, and their food is a firm British favourite. 

Here are our insider tips for making the most of your trip to London. Don’t pack your bags until you’ve checked it out!

• Stay central

A super simple way to save loads of time is to pick London accommodation in a central spot. Take a look at a map to work out where you can walk to from your hotel, and make sure there’s a tube station close by!

If you walk or take short tube trips, you can save on travel, which can make up the difference in price for your accommodation. 

Our recommended areas to stay in include the West End which includes Covent Garden, Leicester Square and Soho. Another good choice is somewhere near Westminster, or just south of the river Thames in Waterloo or South Bank. 

• Don’t overload

You don’t have to tick every must-see in London in 5 days. Think about what really matters to you – and of course having some fun!

Save time by booking skip-the-line attraction tickets in advance – and let this London five day itinerary be your guide. Based on the suggestions given, what do you really want to see and do? Focus on what interests you most so you don’t miss out. 

• Plan in advance

You can save precious time and money by doing a little forward planning. Definitely buy entry tickets and travel passes early. Don’t worry that your plans might change. Using a supplier like Get Your Guide means you can often claim a full refund if cancelling 24 hours or more before. 

• Some things in London are free

London is known for being an expensive city – yet some of the capital’s sights are totally free. The city is packed with parks and museums that are free to enter, and you can stroll by the Thames without spending a single penny. 

People watching is also free of charge – though you might like to buy a coffee to enjoy as you watch the world go by on Bond Street, in theatreland or in a classic city square.

• Pack a rain jacket and/or an umbrella 

Rain happens in London. A lot, sometimes. So definitely make room in your daypack for a hooded packable jacket and/or a small umbrella. 

• Bring good footwear

Comfortable shoes surely make any day more enjoyable. Leave any high heels for a night out when you’ll take a taxi, or dinner in the hotel.

You’ll do so much standing and walking, and even jumping on and off buses and tubes isn’t easy in unsuitable footwear. 

• Consider geography

Visiting a group of neighbouring attractions in one day makes total sense – and can even cut down on tube fares. Clearly it saves time too. 

For example, visit Trafalgar Square, Covent Garden, Leicester Square and Piccadilly Circus at the same time, as they’re clustered fairly close to one another. If you’re planning a trip to the theatre, this can also be found near these London hotspots. 

• See the city from above the ground

The tube is often the best way to get around London, but try to walk, use a cab or catch a bus when you can. It’s a great way to see more of the city while on the move.

• Is 5 days enough in London?

First-timers visiting London should spend around five days or more in the capital if they can. This allows you to do enough sightseeing while getting a real feel for the city and its people. Stay centrally and plan carefully, and you could do so much with a five day stay in London!

• How can I cover London in 5 days?

What belongs on your London 5 day itinerary really depends on what you want to see and do. Popular places to visit in that time scale include the Tower of London, the South Bank, the London Eye, Buckingham Palace, Westminster, the museums, the markets and much more. 

• How do I plan an itinerary for London?

We suggest a set of simple steps when planning which places to visit in London in 5 days. First, decide when to visit, then book central accommodation. Next, plan your itinerary and how to get around, and think about where you might want to eat. The final step is to consider whether you want to take any day trips from London. 

• What can you not miss in London?

Whether you’re trying to see London in 5 days – or less or more – sights not to be missed include the South Bank, the London Eye, Buckingham Palace, the Tower of London, Westminster, markets, museums and more.

You could also include sites such as Hyde Park and Knightsbridge, Greenwich and Tower Bridge with its section of Roman Wall. 

If you’ve been wondering how to spend 5 days in London, we hope this suggested itinerary has been helpful! It is difficult working out what to visit in London in 5 days, so we hope this guide has helped you do some forward planning.

No, five days in London will never be enough. But then some say a lifetime isn’t long enough to truly discover the UK capital! The good news is that it is possible to visit London in 5 days – and to come away with a strong sense of what the city is all about.

Don’t forget that this itinerary is only a guide to what to see in London in 5 days. Not everything is open daily, and the weather may play a part in your plans.

The most important point, though, is that it’s your 5 day itinerary for London. No one else’s. What you see and do is up to you – and above all make sure you prioritise enjoying your stay in this incredible destination! 

Only have one or two days in London? No problem! Check out our 1 day London itinerary and our 2 days in London itinerary and even our 3 day London itinerary !

Plan your trip to London

• London Travel Resources
• How much to budget for your trip
• London itinerary planner for museum lovers
• London itinerary planner for history lovers
• How far ahead do you need to book for London

London Travel Guide & Itinerary Planner Ebook (+ 4 BONUS ebooks)

Posted on Published: 17th November 2021  - Last updated: 15th November 2023 Categories London Travel Tips

By: Author Lauren Kendrick

5 Days in London – The Perfect Itinerary

Love This? Save and Share!

Planning a trip to the capital and wondering how to spend 5 days in London? We’ve got you covered.

If you’re only in London for 2 days , it’s tempting to cram everything in – but if you’re visiting the capital for a longer period of time, consider adopting a slower pace. Don’t tire yourself out trying to see absolutely everything – it’s impossible and you won’t enjoy it.

Whether you want to make a beeline straight for the tourist attractions or prefer to get off the beaten path, 5 days gives you plenty of time to see all the cool bits, which is exactly what this itinerary does. 

With this five-day London itinerary, you get to see London’s biggest sights, a few more offbeat local spots – and all without breaking a sweat while you do it. 

5 Days in London Itinerary: Day One 

9am – hyde park.

There’s no better way to start your London trip than with an early morning wander through Hyde Park.

Grab yourself a coffee from GAIL’s nearby and spend an hour or two meandering your way around, making sure to pass Serpentine Lake in the middle on the way.

This is arguably the most famous (and popular) London park, so expect to see joggers and dog walkers galore.

Once you’ve explored Hyde Park, cross over to walk through Green Park and over to Buckingham Palace.

10:30am – Changing of the Guards at Buckingham Palace

Buckingham Palace is, of course, a must do during your five days in London. 

The palace is every bit as grand as you might imagine – with 775 rooms on the inside and more gold than you could shake a stick at on the outside.

Make sure you arrive at Buckingham Palace around 10:45am so you have plenty of time to snap photos before you watch The Changing of the Guard , which usually takes place at 11am. 

If you’re confused, The Changing of the Guard is officially when The Queen’s Guard hands over responsibility for protecting Buckingham Palace and St. James’s Palace to the New Guard. 

You can read our complete guide to attending this event here .

12pm – Brunch at Timmy Green

Is there a meal better than brunch ? We think not. Reward yourself for your walk thus far with a trip to Timmy Green for an Aussie take on bottomless brunch. 

A banana bread sandwich, shakshuka, sweetcorn fritters, and a fancy bacon roll are all on the menu – or go all out with The Bondi: bacon, eggs, a chilli and fennel sausage, mushrooms, avocado, house chilli pesto, and cold fermented activated charcoal sourdough (whatever that means). 

All washed down with copious amounts of fizz and mimosas. And then you’re ready to continue with your first of five days in London. 

You can also pop over to Number 10 Downing Street, a.k.a the official residence of Prime Minister Boris Johnson, on the way.

2pm – Westminster Abbey, Big Ben, and the Houses of Parliament

Next up: Westminster Abbey . This stunning gothic building has been the country’s coronation church (where the monarch is officially crowned) since 1066.

Going inside isn’t completely necessary – you can snap some impressive pictures from outside the abbey – though it is eerily beautiful. Amongst the graves of past monarchs you’ll find Poet’s Corner, where some of the nation’s leading literary figures are buried or commemorated.

Pop across the road to see the equally impressive Houses of Parliament in the Palace of Westminster.

Famed for being the home of British politics and the subject of Guy Fawkes’ notorious gunpowder plot, this is an important British building you must visit on your trip to London. 

That said, if you want to go inside you’ll need to book a tour – we’ve got you covered in our handy guide here .

Technically part of the Palace of Westminster, the iconic Big Ben is perched next door. But be warned – the giant clock tower is currently undergoing some serious renovations for the next couple of years… you can still see one of the clock faces, but it’s not quite as pretty as it usually is.

Afterwards, cross over Westminster Bridge and make your way over to the London Eye.

4pm – London Eye

Time for a total guilty pleasure – and if you can time it around sunset then definitely do so.

The London Eye is a total gimmick, but it’s magical (especially when rosy hues illuminate the capital) and a must do when you visit London for five days. 

Tickets will set you back around £27 (with fast track entry) and include 365 degree views in a shared pod.

In addition to regular tickets, you can book yourself VIP tickets or even hire a private capsule to yourself. To be totally honest, we recommend saving your money and heading elsewhere for a cocktail or two. 

You’re right on the doorstep of Waterloo , so it would be rude not to venture there in the evening.

6pm – Dinner and Drinks in Waterloo

Waterloo is one of our favourite places in the capital to eat and drink – the area is bursting with cool restaurants, quirky bars, and gorgeous rooftop views.

Foodwise, Crust Bros casual eatery is a safe bet. Italian pizza done proper – with an impressive take on the humble margarita, as well as some more exotic options (not a pineapple in sight, though). For something more upmarket, Brasserie Blanc is a great date night spot.

If it’s casual drinks you’re after, look no further than Jack’s Bar – or for dreamy views (and impressive cocktails), head to Bar Elba . If you want a bit of casual drama though, we love Tonight Josephine – which is all lit up in neon and plays danceable bangers all night. 

You can find our complete guide to Waterloo here . 

5 Days in London Itinerary: Day Two 

10am – oxford street, piccadilly circus, and leicester square.

Day 2 is a day of total tourist indulgence. Usually we would say skip Oxford Street, but if you’re visiting for the first time you’ll totally want to go. Be warned – it’s hectic (and not really anything special).

Once you’ve battled hordes of people and made your way up and down the famous shopping street, dip down Regent’s Street and head towards Piccadilly Circus and snap yourself a few cool photos for the ‘gram. 

Leicester Square is up next, but don’t bother drinking, buying, or eating anything here. You’ll be faced with naff food and high prices – it’s all a trap. 

Instead, opt for a spot of lunch in nearby Soho before making your way to Trafalgar Square.

2pm – Trafalgar Square

Famously home to Nelson’s Column and the neoclassical National Gallery building, among a plethora of other interesting things to see, Trafalgar Square should be right at the very top of your London bucket list .

Admire the lions, snap a photo of the fountains, listen to the street performers that often gather there – you could spend hours people-watching here. 

Don’t though. Head on into the National Gallery for an afternoon of culture, dahling.

3pm – National Gallery 

If you’re an art enthusiast – or just want to say you’ve seen one of the world’s best collections of art – you’ll want to spend a few hours in the National Gallery .

Like many of the capital’s museums and art galleries , entry is free but you’ll need to book a ticket in advance . 

This means you’ll get to see work by the likes of Vermeer, Titian, Van Gogh, Rembrandt, and other famous names, without making so much as a dent in your wallet. 

Take your time; there’s lots to see. Afterwards, head back up through Soho towards the West End.

5pm – The West End

Famed for its theatres and magical productions, we highly recommend booking yourself a ticket to a West End show. 

Some of our favourite productions over the years have been the long-running Les Miserables, the teenage-angst filled Heathers, and the ultimate girl-power cheesefest that is Six. Though, you can check what’s on for yourself here .

If you don’t fancy treating yourself to a show, it’s still worth making a pit stop to admire the glitz and glamour of the area. Or, head straight for a pre-dinner cocktail.

7pm – Dinner and Cocktails in Soho 

Soho is abundant with brilliant places to eat dinner or grab a cheeky evening cocktail. 

There’s paella heaven at Barrafina , steak and Champagne at Bob Bob Ricard (our personal favourite), or flavourful Vietnamese dishes at Cây Tre . 

Head into Chinatown afterwards for drinks – order literally anything from Experimental Cocktail Club and you can’t go wrong.

5 Days in London Itinerary: Day Three 

9am – tower of london and tower bridge.

After a slower two days to ease you into the London lifestyle, today’s itinerary is a little bit more hectic.

You’ll want to visit the Tower of London early – if not to beat the crowds, to fit everything in. 

The Tower of London has an interesting (albeit gruesome) past, with a seriously long list of people being executed there. Aside from that, the Tower of London is well-known for rather successfully holding onto the Crown Jewels and the Beefeaters who reside there.

Opposite the Tower of London, you’ll come to another of London’s icons: Tower Bridge . The neo-Gothic Bridge first opened in 1894, and you’ll want to head to the Girl with a Dolphin Statue to snap the best shot. Thank us later. 

10am – The Shard

As London’s tallest building, it’s not surprising that so many people want to visit The Shard during a trip to London. 

Head up to levels 69 – 72 for panoramic views of up to 40 miles at the View From The Shard .

11am – Borough Market for Lunch

You could easily spend hours wandering Borough Market , gorging on samples and filling yourself up on sweet treats – and you totally should. 

London has a pretty poppin’ street food scene , but Borough Market tops the list in our humble opinion. Don’t believe us? Go and try it for yourself – you’ll love it.

From an indulgent cheese toastie at Kappacasein to pillowy bao buns at Bao Borough, there’s something for everyone.

1pm – The Tate Modern

Tate actually boasts two brilliant museums in the capital: The Tate Modern , and the more traditional offering at Tate Britain. Both are equally wonderful, but we think the modern has a slight edge over the other one.

It’s free entry, though you’ll need to snag a timed ticket to get in. Not a problem usually, but worth booking well in advance.

Once inside, you’ll be treated to innovative art and exhibitions by the world’s top modern artists. The likes of Damien Hirst, Yayoi Kusama, and Tracey Emin are the big names here.

3pm – St Paul’s Cathedral

Next, head over the rather unusual – and very cool – Millennium Bridge towards St Paul’s Cathedral .

St Paul’s Cathedral has been built and rebuilt five times, most famously after the Great Fire of London that burned most of the city to the ground – and today it still stands as one of the most iconic buildings in the capital.

The current St Paul’s was designed by Sir Christopher Wren (the genius behind most of London’s striking landmarks) and, if you can believe it’s possible, the inside is even more stunning. Well worth the small entry fee.

4pm – St Dunstan in the East

Head over to St Dunstan in the East , passing the Great Fire of London monument. 

This very much comes under the category of hidden gem – most Londoners have never heard of it, yet alone been – but you should pay a visit while you’re in the area.

So what is it? It’s a tiny tropical haven in the grounds of an abandoned church – in other words, it’s a very peaceful spot to drink a late afternoon coffee (or hot chocolate). 

We won’t spoil it for you, but it’s a stunner.

5pm – Sky Garden

Just like with the London eye, timing a visit to Sky Garden during sunset is half the battle. 

Swing by this leafy oasis that sits atop the Walkie Talkie building for sweeping views of the capital drenched in an orange glow and a tasty pre-dinner cocktail.

If you want to know more about how to visit the Sky Garden and how to beat queues, we’ve given you the complete rundown here .

7pm – Dinner at Leadenhall Market

Ah, Leadenhall Market . The perfect dinner spot. 

Tucked away in the heart of The City is a lovely market that looks like something straight out of Harry Potter (fun fact: it is).

Explore the market and experience over 700 years of history, before settling down for a mouthwatering meal at Giorgio – a sophisticated Italian joint serving up authentic subterranean food. Think fresh pasta and toothsome seafood.

If you’re not quite ready to call it a night, head over to Broker’s Wine Bar for a glass or two.

5 Days in London Itinerary: Day Four 

10am – portobello road market.

Day two was busy AF – treat yourself to a little bit of a lie in on day three of five in London.

Portobello Road Market is one of the most iconic markets in London : the world’s largest antiques market runs everyday (bar Sunday) and is a great place to pick up a bargain or just spend the morning weaving through.

You can also opt to explore the Notting Hill area while you’re here – you’ll find plenty of cafes where you can grab a coffee and pastry/brunch before heading to the Natural History Museum.

12pm – Kensington Palace and Gardens

Leave Notting Hill for Kensington ’s museum mile – passing through Kensington Palace and Gardens on the way.

Kensington Palace is the official diggs of the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge and their children. As you can imagine, the gardens are rather breathtaking and attract plenty of visitors throughout the day.

Make sure to check out the recently-unveiled Princess Diana statue that sits in the Sunken Garden before you leave for the Natural History Museum.

1pm – Natural History Museum

Book yourself a ticket to the Natural History Museum and relive those exciting school trips from the yesteryears.

You’ll enter through Hintze Hall where Hope – a blue whale skeleton – will greet you. And the rest of the museum is just as cool.

Learn about the history of planet earth, walk in the footsteps of the dinosaurs, and explore outer space in a fun journey through our natural world. 

3pm – The V&A

If you’re geed up from the first museum, why not head into the V&A while you’re in the area.

We LOVE the Victoria and Albert Museum. The first stone in this stunning Gothic building was actually laid by Queen V herself, and the museum boasts art and design pieces old and new, as well as plenty of interesting exhibitions to make your way around. 

5pm – Covent Garden 

Covent Garden may be one of London’s more famous area’s, but it still boasts plenty of charm and wonderful things to do.

Take Neal’s Yard , for example. Dreamy buildings and fairy-light laden trees contain a wealth of cafes, restaurants, and shops to explore. 

And that’s before you’ve even stepped foot in Covent Garden’s Apple Market.

8pm – Dinner and Drinks at Clos Maggiore

Covent Garden is no stranger to a fantastic restaurant. When it comes to places to fill up, it’s easily one of the best in London.

Clos Maggiore brings French glamour (and Paris prices) to Covent Garden, offering mouthwatering dishes that are created using local ingredients.The native lobster with fennel, tarragon, orange, and lobster sauce was always going to be a winner.

Though, if you’re looking for somewhere a little more wallet-friendly, Cafe Murano fits the bill quite nicely.

Why stop there? Head for cocktails at Upstairs at Rules or Frenchie and end the day with a bang. You deserve it.

5 Days in London Itinerary: Day Five 

10am – the painted hall and greenwich observatory.

Final day in London ? You may be tempted to fire through anything remaining on your list, but by now you’ve seen all the biggies and can spend the day exploring at a leisurely pace.

Head over to Greenwich and visit The Painted Hall inside the Royal Naval College, which is basically the UK version of the Sistine Chapel. Once you’ve ooh-ed and aah-ed yourself silly – and pretty much maxed out your camera roll – head over to the giant park where you’ll find the Observatory and Planetarium.

12pm – Lunch at Greenwich Market

Dating back to the 18th century, Greenwich Market is one of the prettiest in the capital – and is also one of the best places to find street food.  

Sometimes a hefty burger hits the spot – if that’s the case then you’ll want to head to Chuckling Wings. If you’re after something a little bit lighter, opt for an empanada from The Andes. Followed by an indulgent Bad Brownies offering, of course.

After you’ve filled up here you’ll want to take an Uber Boat to South Bank – get off at Bankside and head over to Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre for an afternoon of drama.

2pm – Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre

We challenge you to name a playwright more iconic than Mr William Shakespeare himself. 

Spend your final afternoon in London watching a matinee performance of a literary classic, with some of the most talented actors in the world bringing the likes of Macbeth and Hamlet to life.

You can find out what’s on and grab yourself tickets here .

6pm – Dinner and Drinks at Skylon

How does dinner with a view over the capital sound? Perched at the top of the Southbank Centre, Skylon offers just that. 

Modern European dishes are served in an art deco style setting, with huge windows the star of the show here. Though the food is just as impressive.

It’s a little bit expensive (i.e. nearing 20 quid for an – albeit delish – burger) but hey, it’s your last night – you deserve it. 

8pm – South Bank

Can you believe it’s the final evening? Take one last look at our beautiful city with an evening stroll across the water’s edge on the South Bank.

Should your feet take you to one of these brilliant pubs , then so be it. You might just find us at The Beer Hawk. Or you can hang out at Spiritland to listen to some late night tunes with an excellent cocktail in hand. 

Practical Tips for Making the Most of Your 5 Days in London 

Grab a Pass From Go City

If you’re visiting London on a time limit, you’ll want to make sure you hit up all the best sights, squeeze in all the top experiences and get the most out of your trip.

The thing is… There’s so much to do in London it can be hard to get it right. 

That’s where Go City come in. They offer London Passes that mean you can bundle 2 – 7 London activities together, and they cover everything from London Zoo to zipping around the city on a guided bus tour.

Best of all, combining all your experiences into one bundle means savings. And not meagre ones either – we’re talking easily over £50. 

Of course, all that extra cash can then be funnelled straight into exploring London’s fantastic restaurants and traditional pubs…

Book Your Go City Explorer Pass Here

• If attempting the city alone seems too daunting, taking a tour is a great way to see all the hot spots with the help of a friendly guide. We recommend this classic bus tour , but we’ve compiled a complete guide to our favourite London walking tours here . 
• We’ve included our favourite hotels below, but it’s a good idea to have a general idea of your budget before you book – and stick to it. London can be really spenny, but there are many hotels that offer brilliant value for little money. We’ve covered where to stay in a little more detail below. 
• If you’re on a budget (or just love a bargain, like us), you’ll be glad to know that the vast majority of London museums are free to enter. You can visit all the biggies like The National History Museum and The V&A without spending a penny.
• Get to know the tube – whilst most of London is totally walkable, you’ll probably need to take the tube at some point. It’s worth saving an image on your phone/downloading google maps offline beforehand so you can figure out your route easily. 

Where to Stay for 5 Days in London? 

Whether you want to bed down in a cosy boutique offering or stay somewhere a little bit quirky , London has plenty of hotels to choose from. These are our favourites.

• High End: Not only is The Henrietta located right in Covent Garden, but the swanky decor and personal touches make it well-worth splurging on a room here during your stay. The Mondrian is a stylish offering with a rooftop pool and a delicious rooftop restaurant, and you can’t go wrong with the iconic Claridge’s for a blow-out trip. 
• Mid Range: K West Hotel & Spa offers wonderful value for money as well as a lovely spa that’s perfect for slinking around after a day of exploring (you can read our full review of the hotel here ), and the Good Hotel totally undersells itself – should be renamed the excellent hotel. The Pilgrm combines vintage design with modern touches, resulting in a hotel that’s as comfy as it is beautiful. 
• Budget: Safestay Holland Park is easily one of our favourite hostels in London – the rooms are clean and colourful, and the breakfast is top notch. Alternatively, Selina is an ultra-chic hotel that offers both private and shared dorm rooms and gives the more expensive options a serious run for their money.

There we have it: what to do in London for five days. The perfect itinerary for your trip in the capital, filled with the city’s top eats, fun things to see and do, and totally ‘grammable photo opportunities.

Five Days in London Itinerary: Map 

Looking for More London Itineraries and Guides?

• 2 Days in London Itinerary – The Insider’s Guide
• Sightseeing in London: 39 Top London Attractions and Tips for Exploring Them
• Best Places to Stay in London – The Insider’s Guide to Where to Stay on Your Trip

LET'S GET SOCIAL!

London x London is the insider’s guide to discovering the best of London.

We delve into the cool, interesting and quirky spots that make London such a dynamic city, telling you the best things to do, eat and drink along the way. 

Tired of the same old dull suggestions? Want to know where to find London’s secret bars, tastiest eats and weirdest finds? We provide practical guides that help you do just that.

Find Out More

Recently Published

• Eltham Palace: Discovering South London’s Gorgeous Art Deco Secret
• Staying At: The Laslett, Notting Hill Review
• Carreras Cigarette Factory: A Curious Reminder of London’s Egyptian Art Deco Craze

The ultimate 5 day London itinerary: for every kind of traveller

Are you trying to see London in 5 days? Well this guide is for you! We love London, and will basically use any excuse to visit for whatever period of time. London is one of those places that it doesn’t matter how long you are there for you will always find something incredible to do. We have put together a 5 day London itinerary so that you can plan your own short break to this incredible city. And if 5 days in London isn’t enough have a look at our 1 week London itinerary instead.

London in 5 days – handy factsheet

Why should i spend 5 days in london, arriving in london, how to get around during your 5 day london itinerary, where to stay during your 5 days in london, best time of year to plan your 5 day london itinerary, westminster, the london eye, museums and galleries of london, buckingham palace, trafalgar square, enjoy the parks, st pauls cathedral, enjoy the neighbourhoods, tower bridge and tower of london, is it possible to see london in 5 days, 5 day london itinerary for the first timer, 5 day london itinerary for the history buff, 5 day london itinerary for the instagrammer, 5 day london itinerary for the shopper, 5 day london itinerary for the budget traveller, 5 day london itinerary for the neighbourhood explorer, london in 5 days – quirky ideas, london in 5 days – rainy day ideas, london in 5 days for families, london in 5 days for couples, tips for visiting london in 5 days, what to pack for your 5 day london itinerary, how much money do i need for london in 5 days, should i plan a 5 day london itinerary.

If you are trying to see London in 5 days here is a handy factsheet to help you get by.

Country : England

Currency : Pound Sterling/ GBP/£

Languages spoken: English

London is the capital of England and the United Kingdom. It’s also the political, economic, and cultural centre of the country.

The population of London is nearly 9 million. But this is the population for Greater London. Surprisingly the city of London itself is only 1.2 square miles with a population of around 9000 people.

London is an incredibly diverse city with over 300 languages being spoken. The top languages spoken after English are Polish, Turkish, Bengali, French, and Punjabi.

So before you start planning your trip you might be wondering why you should spend 5 days in London? In our opinion London has a little something for everyone. It is such a historic and famous city that you really do need to visit. Whether you are a history fan, or want to taste some world class food, or even visit quirky neighbourhoods you will find something in London.

5 days in London will give you a great opportunity to explore the city without breaking the bank. It’s also a good amount of time to delve a little deeper into certain neighbourhoods and get to know the real London.

If you are still wondering if London is worth visiting here is a useful guide.

There are a number of ways to arrive for your 5 days in London. Here are some of the most common ones, and how to get into Central London from each one.

If you are arriving from within the UK chances are your train will arrive at one of the below stations.

• King’s Cross

Each station is centrally located and within walking distance to a Tube Station, to help you get to your final destination.

If you are arriving from Europe via the Eurostar your arrival station will be London St Pancras International. The station is centrally located or you can get The Tube nearby to your destination.

Heathrow Airport

If you are arriving for your 5 days in London by plane, chances are you will be flying in to Heathrow. Heathrow is the UK’s busiest airport with over 80 million passengers transiting through every year. It is also very well connected if you are looking at getting into central London.

The quickest way is to get the Heathrow Express , which operates every 15 minutes between Heathrow and Paddington Station. The train trip takes 15 minutes

You can also get the Tube, which is cheaper than the airport express but it does take quite a bit longer, (under 1 hour). Tubes depart every 10 minutes from any of the airport terminals.

Gatwick Airport

Another popular London airport is Gatwick. The quickest and easiest way to get from Gatwick to London is via the Gatwick Express. Total travel time is in the region of 30 minutes and tickets cost under £20 each way, especially if you purchase your tickets online in advance. The train terminates at Victoria Station and there are several Tube lines you can get from here.

A 5 day London itinerary is going to involve a lot of travel around the city. Once you are in London the easiest way to get around is via the Tube. You should purchase an Oyster card and top up with the required credit. Alternatively you can download the app, or use your debit/credit card to tap in and out of stations. For more information on this we recommend having a look at the  Transport for Greater London website .

Public transport is brilliant in London and most major attractions can be accessed by Tube, but admittedly it can get tricky when signal failures or planned engineering works strike. It can look daunting at first but study the Tube map, and once you know how the stations connect you will be commuting like a pro in no time. Google maps is also a Godsend and you can easily navigate your way around on the Tube and the buses with it. 

We would probably recommend avoiding paying for taxis in London as they can be really expensive, especially if you get stuck in peak hour traffic.

London has accommodation to suit every budget. From your hostel dorms, to your high end luxury hotels. We have found some excellent deals at  hotels.com  over the years so we do recommend starting there.

One thing to keep in mind, the closer to Central London the more expensive your accommodation will be. The rooms will also be a lot smaller with limited space for luggage.

On our last trip we decided to stay at the  Assembly Hotel  which was located a couple minutes from Leicester Square tube station – so pretty central. The hotel was clean and comfortable, with modern rooms. The only downside was that there was no TV or coffee/tea making facilities in the room. This can be standard in London and to be honest who wants to sit inside and watch TV when you are in London anyway? 

You might be wondering when is the best time to plan your 5 days in London . Well London really is one of those cities that can be enjoyed year round. Here is our seasonal breakdown on the best time to plan your 5 day London itinerary.

Winter (December – February) 

Winter in London is great because there are way less tourists. So you won’t have the queue for hours to visit the big attractions. It does get cold and rainy in winter, though so you will want to limit your time outdoors. If you want to take advantage of the museums and the galleries then this is a good time to go. In December there are a number of Christmas markets to enjoy as well as ice skating rinks, in preparation for the holidays. 

Spring (March-May)

Spring is probably the best time to plan your 5 day London itinerary in our opinion. The weather is mild, and whilst it is busy with tourists, it isn’t as chaotic as the summer months. Spring is also a nice time to enjoy walking through the parks with the daffodils in bloom. 

Summer (June – August)

Summer is peak tourist season. The weather is at its best, and there are a number of summer events that take place in the city. A lot of schools are finished for summer holidays so there are a lot of families around, and a lot of activities for kids and adults alike. If you visit in summer make sure that you book things like accommodation and attractions well in advance. It can get really warm in London over summer, so remember this particularly as travelling on the tube squashed up against other commuters in 30 degree heat is not fun. 

Autumn (September – November)

Autumn is another good time to book your 5 days in London. The weather starts to cool, but hasn’t quite reached the cold temperatures of winter. It also isn’t as busy as the summer months with tourists. 

Top things to do during your 5 days in London

London is one of those incredible cities where there is so much to see and do. Here are some of our top recommendations of things to add to your 5 day London itinerary. This list is by no means exhaustive, but these are the highlights.

Westminster is one of my favourite parts of London. You have the Houses of Parliament to admire, along with Big Ben, Westminster Abbey, and Westminster Bridge. And that is only the start. It is perfect for first time visitors to London and gives you a real taste of the city.

For one of the best views over London, you should head to the London Eye. It costs about £25 although if you get advance tickets this can be cheaper. You can  visit their website  for further information. It takes about 30 minutes to do a full rotation and you really do get an amazing view of London.

If you are spending 5 days in London you should try and visit at least one of the many museums or galleries in the city. From the Natural History Museum filled with dinosaur bones, to the National Gallery that houses over 2000 paintings there really is something for everyone.

The Palace is the official headquarters and residence of the British Royal Family. If you are a fan of royalty then make sure you add this to your 5 day London itinerary, even though it does get really busy with tourists. One of the most amazing things to witness is the changing of the guards. 

Another must for your 5 days in London has to be a visit to one of the most photographed public squares in the city. Trafalgar Square was built to commemorate the Battle of Trafalgar that took place in 1805. These days it is swarming with tourists all trying to get those iconic shots of the fountains and the lions.

One of the things London is famous for has to the the green spaces.

Hyde Park is probably London’s most famous park, spanning 350 acres, there is a lot to see and do in the grounds.Some of the more popular areas have to be speakers corner, a place where to this day people gather to debate and speak to the masses. Famous speakers are George Orwell and Karl Marx.There is also a large lake where in the summer months you can swim, or rent a paddle boat in the London sun.

The cathedral  is one of the most famous sights in London and has been the location for a number of Royal weddings and funerals, much like Westminster Abbey. The interior is worth a look, and if you are brave enough you can actually climb to the viewing platform for some incredible sights over London.

There are a number of neighbourhoods that you have to explore during your 5 days in London. If you are into music then Camden is a must, whilst Instagrammers will enjoy the streets of Notting Hill or Chelsea.

Another of London’s most famous monuments that often gets confused with London Bridge, is Tower Bridge. The bridge was completed in 1894 which makes it nearly 123 years old. You can pay for entry into the Tower Bridge Exhibition, and more information can be found  here .

Located next to Tower Bridge is the  Tower of London  a historic castle founded in 1066. If you are into history this is a fascinating place to visit as you get a full understanding of the history of the castle. This includes its time as a Royal residence and even a prison.

You might be wondering if it is possible to see London in 5 days. We think this is a good amount of time to spend in London. It allows you to see the main tourist attractions, visit some of the neighbourhoods, eat some great food, and experience some of the nightlife in the city if you so wish.

Here is a sample 5 day London itinerary to give you a chance to explore London’s top sights as well as some of its incredible neighbourhoods.

Spend the morning exploring Westminster and the South Bank and take a ride on the London Eye.

Afterwards head to Westminster Abbey before grabbing lunch at a nearby pub.

Then make your way to Trafalgar Square and get some photos with the lions. When you are done make sure you spend some time at the National Gallery.

For dinner there is a great pub called the Admiralty that serves the most amazing selection of pies.

Start the morning with a visit to the Tower of London. You will probably spend a good few hours here taking you to the afternoon. Afterwards walk towards Tower Bridge to see it up close. Explore the surrounding area and see if you can find the girl with the dolphin statue. Grab some lunch here and some drinks with a view. 

In the afternoon do a Thames river cruise (these depart around Tower Bridge or near Westminster), and in the evening try and catch a show in London’s West End.

On day 3 of your 5 day London itinerary we recommend a visit to Buckingham Palace. Afterwards check out St James’ Park before making your way to the Natural History Museum in the afternoon. 

In the evening head to Covent Garden for dinner and do visit Neals Yard which is one of the hidden gems of London. 

Head to St Pauls Cathedral, and if you are both brave and fit enough you can climb to the top and enjoy the views of London. Afterwards cross the Millennium Bridge and make your way to the Tate Modern. 

In the afternoon take a trip to Chelsea and explore the neighbourhood and get some photos of those incredible pastel houses. Checkout Piccadilly Circus, and Oxford Street in the evening. 

In the morning explore one of London’s neighbourhoods like Soho or Camden (or both) and grab some lunch here.

In the evening head to Harrods to see it all lit up and explore the food hall. If you are feeling flashy grab some dinner here, otherwise grab something cheaper in the area.

Explore some the incredible museums the city has to offer in the morning such as the Natural History Museum or the National Gallery.

Grab some lunch and head over to Speakers Corner in Hyde Park to make the most of the outdoors.

In the evening do a Jack the Ripper Tour and the learn the history of the famous murders that happened in the East End of London in the late 19th Century.

Start the day with a visit to Buckingham Palace and watch the Changing of the Guard. You can then take a stroll in the beautiful St James’ Park before heading towards Trafalgar Square.

After some lunch make your way to St Paul’s Cathedral and climb to the top for sensational views over the city. Explore one of the London neighbourhoods such as Covent Garden in the evening.

Start the day with a visit to the Churchill War Rooms, to see where the Government ran the country during WW2.

Then make your way towards Westminster Abbey to do a tour. Once you are finished make sure you walk past the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben before hopping on the Tube towards the HMS Belfast. This is the last remaining warship of its kind and gives you the opportunity to see what life was like for sailors aboard.

On day 4 of your 5 days in London for the history buff, start the day at the Tower of London. Once you have spent the morning exploring head over to Tower Bridge to the exhibition. There are several places to eat around here as well so make sure you grab some lunch in the area.

In the afternoon hop on a Thames cruise to learn about the history of the city from the water.

In the morning visit one of London’s historical cemeteries such as Nunhead or Highgate (or both!). Take some time to explore the neighbourhood and then head to the Imperial War Museum in the afternoon.

If you are wanting to spend your 5 days in London hunting down some of the most photogenic places in the city, this sample itinerary is for you.

Start the day with your classic London pictures around Westminster and South Bank. Take a ride on the London Eye for optimal views of the city.

In the afternoon explore Camden and get some quirky shots of the area. Don’t forget to stop off at Warren Mews before arriving in Camden, to get some classic Mews House pictures.

Spend the morning in Chelsea to see the colourful terrace houses and enjoy the neighbourhood, and then head to Notting Hill in the afternoon. Don’t forget to visit Peggy Porschen cakes for some beautiful pictures.

In the evening visit the Churchill Arms for photos and a few drinks.

In the morning head to Leadenhall Market and grab some breakfast in the area. Afterwards visit St Dunstan in the East for some reflection and photos. Visit Hyde Park in the afternoon before heading to Covent Garden in the late afternoon.

Start the morning at the Tower of London and Tower Bridge and get some photos around this area. Make sure you look for the Girl with the Dolphin statue.

In the afternoon head over to the Natural History Museum, and then St Paul’s Cathedral.

On the final of your 5 day London itinerary we recommend starting the morning at Piccadilly Circus to capture the hustle and bustle of London. In the afternoon head to one of London’s historical cemeteries like Nunhead or Highgate. Spend the evening in Shoreditch for food and drinks.

If you fancy yourself a bit of a shopper here is the perfect 5 day London itinerary for you.

Start your 5 day London itinerary by exploring Oxford Street, one of London’s most famous streets. You will find a lot of high street stores here including Primark and Lush. There are also a number of department stores like House of Fraser to spend your money.

In the afternoon devote some time to Regent Street, which includes mid range stores. A personal favourite and iconic London institution has to be Hamley’s so make sure you visit.

For your second day have a look at some of the luxury stores on Bond Street, and in Mayfair. Typical stores include Louis Vuitton and Hermes. Take some time to go to the nearby Selfridges, and grab some lunch.

In the afternoon head to Carnaby to explore some of the more boutique stores make sure you pop into Dr. Martens and Fred Perry for some classic British brands.

Spend the morning in Covent Garden, particularly St Martins Courtyard for all your shopping needs. Try and find the hidden Neals Yard for shopping, coffee, and photos.

In the afternoon stop off at Peggy Porschen cakes, before making your way to Chelsea. Make some tine to see the colourful houses as well as Kings Road for shopping.

Start the day in Camden and take a look around some of the quirky shops and market stalls in the area. Grab some lunch in the area and make sure you also have some drinks at one of the alternative pubs like the World’s End.

In the afternoon explore Central London, including One New Change just across from St Pauls Cathedral. Afterwards take a visit to Harrods for dinner, drinks, and more shopping.

Start the day getting on the Tube to White City, and explore the Westfield Shopping Centre. In the afternoon make your way to Greenwich to shop at an Outlet Store and the local markets.

London can be really expensive so if you are wanting to see the sights but cheaply here are our suggestions of free or cheap things to do.

Start your 5 day London itinerary in South Bank, and sit an enjoy the views. Take a walk past the Houses of Parliament to Trafalgar Square, and spend the rest of the morning in the National Gallery.

In the afternoon head over to Buckingham Palace and then enjoy some time in St James’ Park. Afterwards visit Hyde Park for an afternoon stroll in the outdoors.

This is a good day to explore Camden. Enjoy the markets, and grab some street food for lunch. Make sure you sit and enjoy one of the pubs and soak in the atmosphere.

On day 3 of your 5 day London itinerary, we recommend making your way to the Sky Garden. You do need to make sure that you book in advance, but it is free, and you get some incredible views over London.

In the afternoon take a walk over Tower Bridge and admire the sights along the way. In the evening head to Notting Hill and explore the multicultural neighbourhood.

Visit Leadenhall Market and then take a walk down to St Dunstan in the East for some quiet reflection. Then head over to St Paul’s Cathedral before making your way to the Tate Modern to admire the art.

In the late afternoon explore Covent Garden and grab some food at one of the cafes.

On your last day in London why not spend the day at some of the cities best museums. We highly recommend the Natural History Museum, and the British Museum to name a few.

If you just like exploring and immersing yourself in neighbourhoods here is a 5 day London itinerary that will give you a taste of some of our favourite areas to explore.

Spend the day exploring Westminster and Southbank. There are a number of touristy things to do like the London Eye, or a Thames Cruise.

In the afternoon why not explore the multi cultural neighbourhood of Notting Hill. Also make sure you visit the Churchill Arms.

We highly recommend making time to explore Shoreditch, one of the hippest neighbourhoods in London. There are some great shopping opportunities as well as food and drink places.

In the afternoon head over to Covent Garden for some exploring. You can visit the nearby Transport Museum or do some shopping. Make sure you visit Neals Yard for some colourful photo opportunities. Covent Garden is a great place for an evening of food and drink.

On day 3 we recommend soaking in the atmosphere of the very quirky and alternative Camden. Visit the markets, or do a spot of shopping at some of the alternative fashion shops. There are also a number of pubs in the area that we highly recommend like the World’s End.

Spend the day exploring South Kensington and the museums in the area. It is also a stone’s throw from Hyde Park which is perfect for a picnic or an afternoon stroll.

Explore Leicester Square and Soho in the heart of the West End. Try and catch an afternoon matinee as well.

If you are looking for some quirky things to do when visiting London in 5 days, here are our top suggestions.

THE BARBICAN CONSERVATORY

One of the quirkier things to add to your 5 day London itinerary, has to be the Barbican Conservatory. It’s a garden/ oasis that is completely indoors. It’s located in the Barbican Estate and it was originally designed to hide the massive fly tower. It started with a few plants and things escalated quickly into the amazing conservatory we see today.

It is free to visit but you must book your space in advance.

VISIT THE COLOURFUL HOUSES IN CHELSEA

One thing that I love in London is that all the neighbourhoods have completely different personalities. If you do get the chance one of the cool things to do during your 5 day London itinerary is to visit Byswater Street.

It is one of the most colourful streets in Chelsea. In order to get here you will need to get the District Line to Sloane Square. It is then about a 10 minute walk to Byswater Street. The good thing is that Chelsea is so pretty that you will probably find a lot of beautiful spaces to photograph on the walk.

GOD’S OWN JUNKYARD

One of the quirkier things in London in 5 days is visit God’s Own Junkyard. It’s basically a collection of neon signs, and random bits from movie sets, and old school nightclubs. It is only open on the weekend though so you will need to plan accordingly.

VISIT A CEMETERY

I know that it might sound weird having a cemetery in the list of things to add to your 5 day London itinerary. But there are some really quirky and old cemeteries in teh city that you can explore. Nunhead Cemetery is really beautiful for example. The graves are incredibly old and overgrown in parts, and it’s sort of this cool symbol of rebirth.

If you have a good camera, there is an excellent photo spot, where you can get an incredible shot of St Paul’s cathedral.

NEAL’S YARD

Hidden down a back lane in Covent Garden is the very colourful courtyard known as Neal’s Yard. You will need to get off the Tube at Covent Garden station and it is a short walk from here.

ST DUNSTAN-IN-THE-EAST

This is a bit of a hidden gem to discover during your 5 day London itinerary. It is a peaceful and well maintained garden and it really is perfect for taking photos. Here you will get to see the bombed ruins of a medieval church that are overrun by perfectly manicured wall climbers. You can get the tube to Monument station and it is about 5 minutes walk from here.

If you are visiting London in 5 days chances are it is going to rain at some point during your trip. So here are some ideas for the best things to do in London when it rains.

THE SKY GARDEN

Located on the 43rd floor of the Walkie Talkie building in London the Sky Garden is one of the prettier places to visit in the city. You get panoramic views over London and get to chill out in the indoor garden area. And the best thing is you get complete shelter from the rain!

VISIT THE MUSEUMS

As mentioned earlier in this article, there are so many museums in London that you can visit. You’ve got a lot of free ones likes the National Gallery, and the Natural History Museum, but there are also some that you can pay for entry. The Churchill War Rooms is one of our favourites, and you get to see where Churchill and his strategists were based during WWII.

HAVE AFTERNOON TEA

Afternoon tea is a very English thing to do. And there are so many incredible places to do this in London. Two of our favourites that are Selfridges or Peggy Porschen . The Peggy Porschen Cake shop in Belgravia is an Instagram favourite in London. To get here you will need to go to Victoria Station and it is about a 10 minute walk from there.

GO TO THE PUB

Another quintessentially British thing to do, is head to the pub. In fact you cannot see London in 5 days without a visit to a traditional boozer. And the best thing is they provide excellent shelter from the rain!

There are so many to choose from but our favourite is the Churchill Arms. You will know you are in the right place once you see the baskets of flowers that decorate the pub.

Spring is the best time to visit as all the flowers are in bloom. That being said they also go all out at Christmas as well. The closest station is Notting Hill Gate. The pub is about a 4 minute walk from the station.

If you are visiting London with kids, here are some of the top things to add to your 5 day London itinerary.

SEA LIFE LONDON

Located in Southbank just by the London Eye you will find the Sea Life London aquarium. This is a popular attraction to add to your 5 days in London particularly if you are visiting with kids.

You can explore all things underwater here, including spotting seahorses, piranhas, sharks and much more. Make sure you get your tickets in advance to avoid missing out.

MADAM TUSSAUDS

If you are seeing London in 5 days with kids, Madam Tussauds is another top attraction. You can get your photo taken with wax royalty, as well as celebrities and sports stars. Plus there is also the Marvel Universe 4D experience which is great for kids.

SEE A MUSICAL

Musicals aren’t just for adults in London. There are plenty of kid friendly shows like the Lion King, and Wicked to name a few. Shows change all the time, but there is always something kid friendly showing in London.

SCIENCE MUSEUM

The museums in general are great for kids, but one of our favourites is the Science Museum. It’s incredibly interactive, and the best part is entry is free!

DISCOVER CHILDREN’S STORY CENTRE

Discover Children’s Story Centre is great for kids aged between 0-11. Kids can follow a story trail and checkout the story garden. It’s located in Stratford and you can get to the Tube to Stratford Station and walk from here.

DIANA PRINCESS OF WALES MEMORIAL PLAYGROUND

This is another great activity to add to your 5 day London itinerary. It’s located in Hyde Park, and is basically a large playground that includes a pirate ship. It’s definitely a must, particularly if you are exploring Hyde Park.

LONDON DUNGEON

The London Dungeon is probably better suited to older kids. I say this as a 30 something year old who screams every time she visits!

It’s an interactive and fun way to learn all about the gory history of London including Jack the Ripper, and Sweeny Todd. It can be a bit gory and you do have actors jumping out at you which is why it’s not great for really little ones.

IFS CLOUD CABLE CAR

You cannot do London in 5 days without gliding above the Thames in the IFS Cloud Cable Car. It goes from the Greenwich Peninsula to the Royal Docks, and takes about 10 minutes.

Tickets cost £5 for a single trip for an adult, and £2.50 for kids.

HOP ON HOP OFF BUS TOUR

Personally this is one of my favourite things to do in London because you can literally just sit there and watch the world go by. It’s a fun activity to do with kids, especially on a nice day when you get a seat on the open top part of the bus. You will get to learn all about the history of London as you pass the sights.

If you are trying to do London in 5 days, here are our top tips for romantic activities.

RENT A PADDLE BOAT IN HYDE PARK

Strolling through London’s Hyde Park is quite romantic anyway, but one of our favourite things to do is to rent a paddle boat . You can then float around on the idyllic Serpentine, and enjoy the scenery.

You can do so daily between April to October, and at other times of year it will be weather dependant.

RENT A PRIVATE POD ON THE LONDON EYE

For something super romantic, you can actually rent a private pod on the London Eye. Cupid’s Pod is perfect for couples, as you get champagne, chocolates, and your own private host.

WINE AND CHEESE AT GORDON’S

Gordon’s wine bar is a must when seeing London in 5 days. It’s the oldest wine bar in London, and a real hidden gem. It’s close to both the Southbank and Trafalgar Square, and there is both indoor and outdoor seating. Inside is very atmospheric, and perfect to cosy up in the winter months.

PICNIC AT HYDE PARK

When the weather is nice we highly recommend going for a romantic picnic at Hyde Park. You can pick up some bread and cheese from a nearby supermarket and enjoy it in the beautiful greenery of the park.

LONDON IN 5 DAYS – FREE ACTIVITIES

London might be expensive, but there are actually so many free activities to fit into your 5 day London itinerary. Here are some of the best.

We have mentioned this before but London has some world class museums. And the best thing is a lot of them are free. Some of the best free museums that you can visit in London are:

• Natural History Museum
• Imperial War Museum
• National Gallery
• The British Museum
• Science Museum
• National Maritime Museum
• Victoria and Albert Museum
• Tate Modern

A lot of these museums will ask for a voluntary donation upon entry, but you really do not have to pay for entry at all. Just walk straight in and enjoy the exhibits.

CHANGING OF THE GUARD

One of the top things to add to your 5 day London itinerary has to be to see the Changing of the Guard. It’s a lot of pomp and ceremony and it is completely free.

It’s essentially a ceremony when the King’s Guards change shifts. It’s really interesting to see and attracts a lot of visitors.

BARBICAN CONSERVATORY AND LONDON SKY GARDEN

I’ve already mentioned both these activities in the article already, so I won’t go into detail, but just a reminder both of these activities are completely free. You do need to reserve a timed place in advance though to make sure you can get in.

LEADENHALL MARKET

Leadenhall Market is another free thing to add to your 5 day London itinerary. It’s also popular among Harry Potter fans as you may recognise it from the films.

It’s free to walk around, but obviously if you buy anything or have a drink or coffee, you will need to pay.

I know I mentioned this before under quirky things to do in London, but visiting one of the big seven cemeteries in London is another free thing to do. I know it sounds like a random thing to add to your list of things to do in London in 5 days but it’s actually great walking around. We have only done Highgate and Nunhead, but they are fascinating places to visit.

VISIT PLATFORM 9 3/4

Located near the Harry Potter Shop at King’s Cross Railway Station you will find Platform 9 3/4. Here you can get a photo with a disappearing trolley and make your Harry Potter dreams come true. Lines do get long though so expect to wait.

CHILL IN SOME OF THE PARKS

For a bustling metropolis London is pretty green. There are so many great parks you can add to your 5 day London itinerary for free. Here are some of the best:

• Richmond Park
• Greenwich Park
• St James’ Park

PICCADILLY CIRCUS

Piccadilly Circus is like the London version of Times Square. It’s fun to visit and see all the bright lights and get that all important selfie.

TRAFALGAR SQUARE

Trafalgar Square is another top attraction when visiting London in 5 days. There tend to be a lot of events here. Make sure you take that selfie with those famous lions.

Here are some of our top tips for planning your 5 days in London.

• If you are spending 5 days in London try to book your trip so that you aren’t paying accommodation on a Friday and Sunday night as these are the most expensive.
• Check that there aren’t any major festivals on during your 5 days in London as this will mean that accommodation will be more expensive.
• Book restaurants and cocktail bars in advance, particularly if you really want to visit.
• When catching the Tube sometimes it is quicker to walk between certain stations than the ride the Tube particularly during peak hour.
• Tubes get pretty hot in the summer, so carry a bottle of water with you at all times.

Apart from your usual items here are some things that you definitely need for your trip to London.

• A good pair of walking shoes
• A jacket (even in the summer bring a light coat as evenings can get chilly)
• Moisturiser and Lip Balm

For a 5 day London itinerary I would probably budget between £50 – £100 per day (not including accommodation). You can spend less by planning appropriately and avoiding eating out at restaurants. You can also easily spend a whole lot more. Obviously costs will also depend on what you want to see and do so our estimate is very much an average on what you could get by per day in London.

London is notorious for being expensive. On average a standard hotel room can cost upwards of £100 per night. If you plan to stay out of the centre of London, you need to factor transport costs in as well.

In terms of other essentials like transport, with an Oyster Card the Tube is capped at £7.70 per day as long as you stick to Zones 1 & 2. In fairness most of the tourist attractions are within this area anyway.

If you are trying to decide between London or Amsterdam here is a helpful guide.

We definitely think you should plan to spend 5 days in London. It’s a great amount of time to get to grips with the city, explore the main attractions, as well as some hidden gems.

London is a city like no other, it’s full of history as well as modern architecture and life. It’s glamorous, but also has grundy bars and excellent street food. It’s traditional, but has such a mix of cultures and nationalities that make up its identity.

No matter what kind of traveller you are, you will find so much to do as part of your 5 day London itinerary.

And if you are trying to decide between London or Manchester , here is a handy guide.

Or trying to decide between London and Dublin – here is a helpful guide.

If you found this guide useful make sure you pin it for later.

Enjoy London, and Happy Travels!

Wanderlust and Life is a blog for those that love to travel.

Similar Posts

Galway vs Cork: Which city is better for my next trip to Ireland

Are you planning a trip to Ireland and wondering if Galway or Cork is the better city to visit? In this guide we do a side by side comparison on everything you need to know including costs, attractions, safety, and much more. So here is a complete guide to Galway vs Cork. Disclaimer: This post contains…

How to see Dubrovnik in one day – everything you need to know for the perfect day trip

If you are planning to visit Dubrovnik in one day, this article is for you. Whether you are city hopping, or arriving via cruise ship, you will find so many amazing things to do in this city. Dubrovnik is a very popular tourist destination and it can feel overwhelming when you only have a short…

A Ghent Itinerary with everything you need to know (including all the best things to do in Ghent)

During a recent trip to Brussels, we decided to take a little break from the capital, and head to the cobbled streets of Ghent. We booked the trip on a whim, after wanting to experience a bit more of Belgium then just the capital. Considering it is only 30 minutes away by train we figured…

How to get to the Pink Street in Lisbon

This post contains affiliate links, so if you use these links to buy something we may earn a commission, at no cost to you. Thank you for your support. The Pink Street in Lisbon is so quirky and so bright that we really think it deserves its own blog post. And despite it being a…

3 Day North Wales itinerary – everything you need to know to plan the perfect road trip

I’m going to tell you a bit of a secret. Despite living in the UK for the past 10 years it has only been in the last 12 months that I actually stepped foot in Wales. And now I tell everyone I know that they should get themselves on a North Wales road trip. Wales…

Lisbon Instagram Spots that you have to see – and a map to find them all

Let’s face it, a big part of travel is trying to get those Instagram perfect snaps and Lisbon is by far one of the most photogenic places we have visited. With the cobbled backstreets, and graffiti clad walls, there are so many Instagrammable places in Lisbon. We have put together this post to help you find the most…

9 Unmissable Things To Do In Miami

The 12 Best UK Beaches To Visit In 2023

The Best Areas To Stay When Visiting Warsaw, Poland

The Ultimate 2 Week Queensland Roadtrip: 2023 Guide

• Yucatan Peninsula
• Winter in Europe
• Whitsundays
• Where you should stay
• where to stay in porto
• Where to stay in Bali
• where to stay cyprus

5 Days in London: The Ultimate Itinerary (From A Local)

Editorial Note: Earth Curious contains affiliate links. If you make a purchase through these links, we will earn a commission at no extra cost to you. Thanks!

‘Ello mate, and welcome to the Big Smoke. In this five day itinerary for visiting London, we’ll certainly show you the iconic sights. Big Ben. Buckingham Palace. Tower Bridge. But the city is so much more than just those old buildings. So have a gander (a look) at our guide, and see what else it has to offer!

As a base for starting our London holiday plan, we chose the historic areas of Wapping and Whitechapel in the East of the city centre. Because, frankly, staying right in the middle of town is very expensive.

Wapping is a quiet former docking district on the banks of the Thames. It has a lovely tight-knit village feel for how close it is to the centre of London. You’ll find winding brick lanes, local cafes, and small parks everywhere.

Although it’s worth it, Wapping is still not a cheap area and there’s not too many hotels. So, Whitechapel (just 10 minutes to the north) is another option. This super historic district is not quite as picturesque as Wapping, but it’s still got a lot of charm. And more hotel choices!

Wherever you stay while visiting London for five days, the city has excellent public transport. So nothing in our guide should be too far to get to.

Table of Contents

Go for a stroll, morning: tower of london, tower bridge & terry’s caf, a cool afternoon on the south bank, and the leake street graffiti tunnel, go up a skyscraper and visit borough market, tour a city in an afternoon, spend an evening overlooking st pauls, or onto a hip night out, a morning boat trip to westminster, palace parks and royal pub haunt, a rainy night in soho – historic shopping streets and classic jazz, check out some museums:, an afternoon in countercultural camden, an evening’s fine dining in belgravia, a typical english breakfast, see some live sport in the afternoon, skyline views and healthy foods.

Start your first day in London with a riverside stroll heading West down the picturesque Wapping High Street, where there’s plenty of places to grab a British tea to go. Londoners genuinely love coffee just as much as tea nowadays. But you’ll still find the traditional British caffeine option at every coffee shop on these narrow streets.

If you can, we suggest saving yourself for a late but big breakfast after the walk. Just you wait! Anyway, the Western end of Wapping High Street comes out by your first big London landmark of many – the Tower of London. You could also start your day here if you chose to stay elsewhere in the city.

The Tower of London was built in 1078 by William the Conqueror. The inner tower, the main one everyone recognises, has barely changed since. In over 1000 years!

It’s variously been used as prison, a storage spot for the Crown Jewels, and a Royal Residence. You can tour The Tower if you like. It’s open from 9am to 3.30 pm every day. Your tour will be conducted by a Yeoman, or Tower Guard, in full uniform.

If you do take a Tower tour, there’s a whole row of cafes and restaurants along the river, to the West, for afterwards.

If you don’t do the tour this morning, we suggest a lovely stroll across nearby Tower Bridge (you can’t miss it) and into Southwark. Tower Bridge, despite its iconic gothic look, is nowhere near as old at the Tower of London. The Bridge was built some 800 years later in 1886.

Once in Southwark, head to Terry’s Café on Great Southwark Street. It’s one the best examples of a traditional Full English Breakfast in the city.

A full English is a big, satisfyingly greasy plate full of fried foods. Be warned! If you’re not that hungry, try a traditional Tea and Two Slices. Two slices of dripping buttery toast and a mug of golden tea. Classic!

The South Bank area is an artsy district with river views. You can’t miss the famous Tate Modern art gallery with its massive former industrial cooling towers. Right by that, literally underneath Waterloo Bridge, is a massive open-air book market. Plus, here you’ll find the British Film Institute, The National Theatre and the famous London Eye!

There’s also loads of street performers, and a super cool skating spot. People have been hanging out skating (and graffitiing) in the Undercroft area of the South Bank Centre since the 2000s.

From there, let’s end our first evening out in London with some food and a drink. Continuing the arty theme, we suggest heading to Leake Street Graffiti tunnel.

This train tunnel under Waterloo station is packed with hip bars and restaurants, serving international cuisines. Plus it’s also an urban art spot, with legal graffiti plastered up and down the tunnel.

No worries if that sounds too intense. The Waterloo area has loads of typically cosy London pubs too. Try a sit-down fish and chip dinner and pint of local ale for a traditional choice. And one that can be surprisingly cheap in a pub. Things can get loud after 9pm on the weekends though!

For our second day we suggest starting out in the London Bridge area. You can hop on a tube or bus or walk along the river from Wapping (or wherever you’re staying).

London Bridge itself is not that impressive. Definitely not as nice as Tower Bridge you saw yesterday! But, in the modern day it has been overshadowed, literally, by the Shard. You can’t really miss The Shard, seeing as it’s Europe’s tallest building. It towers directly above the shiny new London Bridge station.

Why not head up there for a breathtaking view to start your day? The Shard viewing deck is on the 79th floor and is open to the public from 10 am on weekends and 11 am on Thursday and Friday. It’s closed on Mondays and Tuesdays.

After that, Borough Market is a great place to grab some breakfast. London is hugely multicultural city today, and there’s amazing street food from all over the world to be found here. All in a Victorian building, with the market’s history going back to the 1200s!

Try Maria’s Market Café (opened 1961) for another full English and mug of tea. Or, try one of their more upmarket Breakfast sandwiches with British ingredients.

After breakfast or brunch, lets head North. To the City of London proper! Many people get this confused, and understandably, but the City of London is actually a specific mile or two square area around St Paul’s Cathedral. The main tube station for the area is Bank.

You can also take a short 10 or 20-minute walk here across London Bridge, if you had breakfast at Borough Market. Once in the area, take a leisurely afternoon between the main attractions among historic streets.

This part of town can get quite confusing – but in a good way. There are loads of tiny one-way alleys by old churches, overhead walkways, and courtyards to explore.

Be sure to check out Monument, a *monumental* column built to honor the victims of the Great Fire of London way back in 1666. You can buy a ticket to climb inside it up to the viewing gallery. It’s open on weekends, from 9.30 am until 6pm.

From there you can see the fantastic dome of St Paul’s Cathedral, your next stop, and then the financial district with the Bank of England. Both of which are not far away.

Once evening time settles in, try the Roof Terrace by St Paul’s for a brilliant free view of the sunset and the Cathedral Dome. There’s even a rooftop bar to have a chill drink before heading home to the hotel. Of course, Londoners love a party too – so you could head out further North for the night.

If it’s a weekend night, and you like to dance, we had to mention Fabric. This former meat-packing warehouse is a party like no other in London. Fabric is open from 10 until 5 or 6 am on weekends with revellers cutting shapes to the latest sounds. It does get busy though, so consider buying a ticket beforehand.

If all-night dancing isn’t your thing but you still want some London nightlife, try Shoreditch. This somewhat-gentrified area is just to the North of the City of London. Interesting bars, clubs and street food vendors here are open from the evening until late on every night.

Poetry slams. Live bands. Food markets made from old containers at Box Park. You could even up your hipster cred by sipping a pint in Vice Magazine’s very own pub, The Old Blue Last.

Whatever time you’re out until, if you get hungry – visit Beigel Bake on Brick Lane. An iconic London spot, they’re open 24 hours and they serve heavenly Jewish style bagels with all kinds of fillings. And only five minutes’ walk from Shoreditch High Street station.

When you take a five-day visit to London, you might think you’ve seen a lot of sights in two days. But there’s always more on the itinerary!

Today we’ll start out by heading to famous Westminster. And who could have guessed, it’s slightly to the west of the city centre. You could take the tube, or an iconic red bus (Route 100 to St Pauls and then a number 11).

But for a casual morning trip you won’t forget in a hurry, we recommend taking a TFL Uber Boat. These water taxis run up and down the Thames, starting from 8.30 am to pm each day.

You can hop on one every half an hour from Tower Bridge, all the way down to Westminster.

This is where you’ll see the iconic London landmark everyone knows – Big Ben’s Tower and the Houses of Parliament. Or maybe you think of Buckingham Palace, but we’ll get to that.

Anyway, hop off the bus, tube or boat at Westminster, and you can stroll right on by the glorious old Palace of Westminster. From there, you can take a quick detour to look at the nearby Westminster Abbey, which is an imperious and majestic sight to behold for sure.

If you do take a detour, try Victoria Tower Gardens for a quick sit down on the grass (if the weather’s nice). This quaint little park is tucked quietly away from the main parliament square, on the riverbank. It has great views of the south tower and can often be surprisingly empty!

Either way, next on the list is to continue down the wonderfully named Birdcage Walk from Westminster Bridge. Which, will take you all the way to one of the most famous royal residences in the world – Buckingham Palace.

The Palace, as locals say or Buckingham Palace, was first built in the 1700s, for a private owner. King George III bought it from the Duke of Buckinghamshire in 1761, and it remains the main royal house in London to this day. Try and catch the ceremonial Changing of the Guard at 11 am for bonus tourist points!

This part of town gets very busy so be warned. Nearby St. James’ Park always has some more secluded parts, if the crowds become too much.

After being a real tourist for a bit around the Palace, it’s probably time for a sit down and a pint eh?

Head up Grosvenor Place towards Hyde Park Corner and take a left by the imposing duke of Wellington Arch and you’ll be in the beautiful Belgravia district. This area has loads of super posh squares to stroll through, with amazing houses hosting foreign embassies. And some very nice pubs to boot!

Chief among them is The Grenadier. This unassuming red-doored pub is on a quiet one-way street just behind Luxembourg’s Embassy. But don’t let that fool you – they’ve been a busy spot for locals for hundreds of years.

Rumour has it that when Prince Harry and William were younger, they used to pop in here for a drink! It’s also one of London’s most haunted pubs too with a ghost of a card-playing soldier supposedly haunting its upstairs rooms.

(Check out this guide for just a few more of London’s legion of unusual attractions !)

The famous Oxford Street and Regent Street might have all the biggest and fanciest shops. But London’s coolest shopping area is no doubt Soho, and Carnaby Street. Well known as an area of *ahem* countercultural activities from the 60s onwards, Soho today is a warren of narrow cobbled streets with cool vintage clothing boutiques, hyped fashion stores like Supreme or Palace, unique bars and – yes – risqué shops aplenty. Lovely!

Plus, if the shopping here isn’t enough for you? The bright lights of Regent and Oxford street are very close by too. There they have all the main stores you’d expect from an international city like London. That includes luxury goods retailers, tech stores and much more.

Once you’ve shopped out for a few hours, you could probably do with some food. One of the best places to eat in Soho is British racing driver Lewis Hamilton’s award-winning vegan burger chain, Neat Burger. They opened their first location here in 2019.

After your meal, Soho is also great place to grab a few drinks before heading out or back to your accommodation. As well as lots of bars for both gay and straight patrons, there’s the world famous and sophisticated Ronnie Scott’s Jazz Club or the vintage local vibes of the Coach and Horses pub – for just a few ideas.

London is of course, for better or worse, famous for its museums. This city really does pack them in. There are two main areas for museums. First is Bloomsbury and Russel Square, to the East of where we spent last night in Soho. Secondly, to the West slightly in Kensington.

Personally, having been to all of them, I recommend a morning visit to the British Museum in Bloomsbury. It hosts some of the most amazing and important historical artefacts in the world, including the Rosetta Stone. And it’s free!

Nearby is the Hunterian at the Royal College of Surgeons, which is sadly closed until mid-2023. But if it’s open when you read this, fans of weird (and possibly slightly disturbing) historical exhibits will find it a unique experience. There’s also the Dicken’s Museum, for you literary heads, and the fantastic National Gallery which are both not far away.

The other museum area is the Kensington district, just a short tube or bus journey away. These posh leafy streets host the Science Museum, the V&A, the Design Museum and the Natural History Museum – all within walking distance of each other.

After all that high culture in Kensington, let’s try another side to London in the Camden area. Slightly to the North, we suggest getting a tube or bus to Mornington Crescent or Chalk Farm. These stations are either end of Camden High Street, and you can walk inwards from there.

Take a slow afternoon’s stroll down through this iconic musical area, including Camden Market and the gorgeous food court on Camden lock. There’s a tonne of places to get food or drink, ranging from high class restaurants to pub food or street vendors, and it’s crowded with people, buskers and street performers day and night.

If you like rock and metal music, don’t miss out on the The World’s End pub. This legendary haunt of musicians and pre-gig goers is rough and ready as they get, but is steeped in music history.

If you’re not tired out from walking already, finish the afternoon with a super-scenic 20-minute stroll along the Camden Canals to the also famous King’s Cross Station.

Hop on a train or bus back to the Belgravia district to finish your day out in London with a boujie meal. This area is home to a good share of London’s 60-plus Michelin starred restaurants.

Try The Dining Room at the plush Goring Hotel near Victoria Station for real British food, prepared par excellence. Think English lamb or Scottish wild salmon, plated in up in ways so aesthetic you might not even want to eat it..

Alternatively, celebrate London’s long multicultural history with an upmarket take on traditional Indian food at Amaya. Us Brits do love a curry, and these ones use some of the finest ingredients (and chefs) in the world. Plus, lots of vegetarian options too if that’s your thing.

To start the last day of our five day London itinerary, what else but another typical English caf?

We suggest Peter’s Café in Aldgate, which is about half an hour walk from Wapping or 5 minutes on the tube. This unassuming but classic London eatery will be busy with locals in the morning, for an authentic experience. If you’ve had one too many big old fry up breakfasts already, try breakfast bap for something a little lighter.

Us English love the football for one. There are no less than six Premier League teams in London, all with their own impressive stadiums. They play games every weekend and some weekdays from August to May. The closest team to the centre is Chelsea, in West London, although they are the most expensive tickets too.

Try to catch a Fulham game at the wonderful Craven Cottage stadium, also in West London. And right on the banks of the river! Neutral tickets are often available on the day, but we’d advise to check online first.

If you don’t like football, there’s loads of other options too. Rugby at Twickenham. Cricket at Lords. Various international sports like boxing at Wembley Arena or Stadium. Us Londoners do love a good crowd chant, and the atmosphere is nearly always lively wherever you go.

If you don’t like sports and/or crowds, we can of course recommend a calm alternative – a serene afternoon exploring Hampstead Heath. One of London’s biggest parks, head to Parliament Hill viewpoint in the south for stunning skyline views. To get there hop on an Overground line train to Hampstead Heath or Gospel Oak.

Whatever you choose to do in the afternoon, we’ll recommend some healthy food for your last day. Balance out all those fried breakfasts and pints, yeah? Many Londoners do like to keep fit, and there’s plenty of good options about.

For example, Megan’s in Balham in the South west of the city. The place looks absolutely gorgeous to start, and offers super healthy dishes at a good price.

Alternatively, nothing says how multicultural London is like the way the city adopted Falafel. For one of the best takes on this Middle Eastern vegetarian snack in the city try Hibox in Fitzrovia – right by Goodge Street station. Perfect for a quick lunch, or grab a wrap for a fuller dinner before your last night.

So that’s it for our whistle-stop five day itinerary for a London visit. You certainly will see the historical sights. Sample some amazing international food and traditional British cuisines. Sweeping skyline view, and try local drinks in some authentic London pubs.

But of course, this city has way more to see do. As Samuel Johnson famously said “when a man is tired of London, he is tired of life.” We hope to see you back again soon!

Or, for some alternative city destinations around the continent, check out our guide to the best European City breaks.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Related Posts

• New Zealand
• Itineraries

3 Amazing Day Trips You Can Take From Auckland By Car

• United Kingdom

9 Days In The United Kigdom: The Best Itinerary

9 Day Norway Itinerary – A 2023 Guide

The Best 14 Day Vietnam Itinerary: See The Wonders Of Vietnam

• Editors Pick

The Ultimate Jordan Itinerary 2023

Norway In 7-10 Days: An Ultimate Itinerary

The Ultimate 3-5 Day Belgium Itinerary

14 Days In Spain: The Ultimate Itinerary

• X (Twitter)

London in 5 Days: The Best Itinerary For First-Time Visitors

Last updated on November 22nd, 2023 at 04:20 pm

There’s a lot to see in London in 5 days, but we won’t lie. You can’t see everything in London in 5 days. You’d need five lifetimes instead. However, 5 days in London is a good start, especially for those visiting the British capital for the first time.

London is a fascinating city, a bustling metropolis where anything could happen. It’s also the most-visited city in Europe. Therefore, it’s no surprise that there are countless exciting things to do in London, a big city that you can visit again and again and still have something new to see or do.

Therefore, this 5-day London itinerary is here to help you plan your first trip to London. From then onwards, don’t worry. The city itself will take you by the hand and guide you to its most enchanting parts. But, for now, here’s what to do in London in 5 days if you’ve never been to the British capital before.

In fact, nobody can visit London just once. The city can and does cast its spell on visitors, who vow to go back before too long. We’ve lost count of how many times we’ve visited London throughout the years. We’re sure that the same will happen to you after visiting London for the first time.

Some of the links in this article are affiliate ones. This means that if you click through them to make a purchase, we may earn a small commission at no additional cost to you. For more information, visit our  Disclosure page .

London Travel Tips

• Where is London: London is the capital of England and the United Kingdom. Situated in the southeastern part of England, London is well connected with other European cities such as Paris and Brussels through the Channel Tunnel. London stands on the Thames River, the longest river in England.
• Best time to visit London: London is great to visit throughout the whole year. Days in winter can be crisp with a constant drizzle. Yet, nothing too extreme to ruin your experience. However, a great time to be in London is autumn and spring.
• How many days in London: We recommend staying at least 5 days in London as there are a lot of things to do and a multitude of landmarks and must-see attractions there. On top of that, as London is a large city, the long distances won’t allow you to do a lot on the same day.
• How to get to London: With six airports, London is the best-connected city by plane in Europe. Other than that, London boasts an excellent train connection with other cities in continental Europe thanks to the Channel Tunnel. The most remarkable train connection is between London and Paris . The journey takes slightly more than two hours.
• Where to stay in London: London can be chaotic for first-timers. Therefore, a central location could make things easier. Mayfair , Soho and Covent Garden are ideal areas to stay for your first visit to London.
• How to get around London: London is one of the largest cities in Europe. Although it’s flat and easy to walk, most of the time you have to use public transport. The historic London Underground, the futuristic DLR and the remarkable red double-decker buses are some of the means you’re going to use during your trip. Even though the Visitor Oyster Card is popular for commuting, contactless cards are a good idea for a hassle-free way to get around the city. Contactless cards use the Pay As You Go system. Therefore, a multi-currency card such as Wise will make your life easier. Last but not least, while walking, always remember to look right .
• Is the London Pass worth it? The London Pass offers access to more than 90 attractions in London with a discount of up to 50%. The pass is available for one to ten days and includes a one-day hop-on hop-off bus tour and a Thames River Boat hop-on hop-off tour. As several of the attractions we mention in our London in 5 days itinerary are included in the London Pass, such as the Tower of London and Westminster Abbey, consider buying one to get some perks.

If you don’t want to spend each of your 5 days in London with excessive sightseeing, this top-notch London in One Day Tour by Walks covers several London attractions in a single day. This way, you can do the bulk of your must-see attraction sightseeing in one day, leaving plenty of time to take in the unique character of London at a slower pace during the other days. Walks offer well-crafted tours led by local experts and always in small groups. The best way to see a city if you ask us. You can check availability and ticket prices at the official website here .

Travel Resources To Help You Plan Your 5-Day London Itinerary

• Find the best deals for your London flights with cashback here .
• Take a Flixbus from/to London here .
• Take the train from/to London here .
• Find the best deals for your accommodation in London .
• Book the best tours with GetYourGuide or Viator in London .
• Venturing out of London on a dreamy UK road trip? Rent your car here!
• Travel without worries.  Click here  to buy your travel insurance .
• Make your transactions in foreign currency  simple without visiting a bureau de change.  Order your Wise Card here!

London in 5 Days: The Best London Itinerary For First-Timers

Many will tell you that 4 days in London or even 3 days in London are enough to get a good taste of the city. We couldn’t disagree more. Ideally, you should spend at least 7 days in London. However, knowing that vacation days are a precious commodity, we did our best to craft the perfect 5-day itinerary for London.

As you can understand, planning to spend 2 days in London is a very bad idea as there’s no such thing as a quick visit to London. Apart from the fact that there are countless super interesting things to see in London, the city’s size is also a factor that hinders the success of a short trip to London.

Which brings us to how we put together this London 5-day itinerary. First of all, each day on this London itinerary includes activities and London attractions that are relatively close to one another or easily connected by public transport.

Another thing to keep in mind about this 5-day London itinerary is that it’s packed. It’s highly unlikely that you’ll be able to enter all the London attractions listed here. Yet, we’ve included all of London’s highlights so that you can mix and match according to your preferences.

Therefore, feel free to skip some of our suggestions to just sit back and take in the unique vibes of this city of wonders. After all, in London, even a ride on the Tube or a red double-decker bus is an experience to cherish in its own right.

Day 1: Our London

On your first of 5 days in London, we’re recommending some of our favourite places in London, most of which are situated along the south bank of the River Thames.

Tower of London

Start your five days in London with a visit to a UNESCO World Heritage site, the Tower of London . For over 500 years, the White Tower, as it’s also known, was a royal residence. It has remained an ornament to the monarchy and London’s incredible past to this day.

You can take a tour of the Tower of London, which will outlay the many prominent events that shaped the city’s rich history. Afterwards, check out the Crown Jewels , a stunning display of crowns, before wandering the tower walls and the Royal Armory .

Avoid the crowds by joining this splendid early morning tour of the Tower of London with access to the Crown Jewels and a flexible pass for a relaxing sightseeing cruise on the River Thames.

Tower Bridge

From the Tower of London, you’re mere moments away from the picturesque Tower Bridge . Crossing the bridge over the River Thames provides memorable views. But the glass walkway takes you up one of the towers where the world opens up before you.

Book your online ticket to the Tower Bridge’s glass walkway.

The Queen’s Walk

Now, on the other side of the Thames, take a right to begin the Queen’s Walk. Curving around the South Bank, this stroll is packed with highlights including the futuristic City Hall and the HMS Belfast . The latter is a WWII warship that strikes a hefty presence on the banks of the Thames.

Less than a 15-minute walk from the HMS Belfast, the unassuming London Bridge awaits. Although the London Bridge is the city’s oldest river crossing, it often goes unnoticed. That’s because most people presume that London Bridge is another name for the iconic Tower Bridge, rather than a different bridge altogether. Don’t make the same mistake.

Soon you’ll pass under the London Bridge where you can take a peek to your right and spot The Shard . The jagged peak of this skyscraper marks the top of this 95-floor building, comfortably the tallest in London.

Borough Market

By now, you must have worked up quite the appetite. So head on under the railway lines to the Borough Market and enter a foodie’s heaven. A market has stood here since the 12th century and it continues to be a hot spot for hungry locals and travellers alike. Indulge in international cuisine or load up on picnic goods and head back to the river.

For foodies, this Ultimate London Food Tour will take you on a culinary journey through the Borough Market and Southwark.

After crossing the Southwark Bridge, you’ll enter Bankside, home to Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre . It’s here you’ll find an immersive re-creation of the famous Globe Theatre where the world of Shakespeare began. The building itself is captivating, but for the full experience, you must enter and see the likes of Hamlet and Macbeth come to life.

Buy your tickets to watch a play or a performance at Shakespeare’s Globe for an unforgettable experience.

Continue along on our London itinerary to pass the beautiful Millennium Bridge which links Tate Modern with the 17th-century St. Paul’s Cathedral. Soon you’ll be standing alongside the historic 18th-century Blackfriar’s Bridge , complete with its original iron arches.

But your next big destination is the London Eye . Pass the Oxo Tower and the Thames Beach to arrive at the beloved landmark in time for dusk where the city lights dazzle across the River Thames.

Book your tickets in advance as London’s iconic Ferris wheel is usually sold out.

Read our detailed itinerary along London’s South Bank here .

Westminster Bridge

As much as you’d love to jump on a train at the nearby underground station and nestle in your hotel, hold on and take the extra mile to Westminster Bridge. End your first day with astonishing views of the glowing Westminster and the Thames River from the 18th-century bridge.

Day 2: London Essentials

Start your second of 5 days in London right where you left off before continuing to visit some of London’s landmarks.

Big Ben, Westminster Abbey & Westminster Palace

Day two of exploring the best things to do in London starts, once again, along the Thames. Taking the Tube to Westminster Station will have you face to face with Elizabeth Tower, previously known as Clock Tower and nowadays called Big Ben. While the view of the towering structure is memorable, for the best photos, head towards the Parliament Square Garden .

With your phone packed with pictures, make your way to the nearby Westminster Abbey. Since 1066, these grounds have been where kings and queens have been anointed, married, and even buried. The church stands above the rest of the city, with its captivating Gothic architecture from the 13th century.

Right next to Westminster Abbey, the Palace of Westminster is home to the Houses of Parliament, the House of Commons and the House of Lords.

Visit both Westminster Abbey and the Houses of Parliament on this skip-the-line exclusive tour with an expert guide to discover the whole story behind British monarchy and democracy.

Churchill War Rooms

A short walk from Westminster Abbey takes you to the Churchill War Rooms . This site provides you with an impressive insight into the underground headquarters where Winston Churchill lived and operated during the Second World War. 

Check out this World War II walking tour with entrance to the Churchill War Rooms to explore in depth how decisions were made during the war.

St James Park & Green Park

The Churchill War Rooms are across from the beautiful St. James Park. Alongside St. James Park, the neighbouring Green Park is one of the eight Royal Parks in London. Take an early morning stroll through St James Park, the oldest in London. Grab a coffee at the local café and take in the lake and sparkling fountain.

10 Downing Street

From there, it’s off to 10 Downing Street . This is the official home of the country’s prime minister and another box ticked off the list of London’s most historic buildings. Armed with guards, you won’t be able to get too close. But it’s worth a quick photo.

Trafalgar Square

Continue a few minutes north into the Charing Cross neighbourhood, home to Trafalgar Square . Arguably the city’s most popular public square, there’s always a wonderful atmosphere here. Aside from people watching and enjoying the buskers and live music, admire the famous Nelson’s Column , which stands at 52 metres. It’s also surrounded by four enormous stone lions.

Horatio Nelson was the Vice-Admiral of the British Royal Navy who died during the Battle of Trafalgar in 1805 when the British defeated the Spanish and French Navies.

National Gallery

Also in the square is the National Gallery. Since its opening in 1824, it has become one of the world’s most visited art galleries. Featuring over 2300 paintings that span almost 1000 years, it’s bound to capture the minds of art aficionados and history buffs alike.

The National Gallery is free to visit. That said, it can be hectic in there, especially on busy days. Therefore, joining a tour of the National Gallery led by an art expert can never be a bad idea.

Leicester Square & Soho

As the afternoon turns to evening, begin making your way towards Soho. Home to some of London’s best eats and zesty cocktails, this is the best place to end your second day in London.

Along the way, walk from Leicester Square to Piccadilly Circus , both tourist hot spots with neon signs, cinemas and theatres, before taking your pick between the eats and treats along Carnaby Street and Soho’s Chinatown . Both showcase Soho’s cultural mix where it’s easy to find worldwide cuisine and drinks served in quintessential London architecture, like Kingly Court .

Day 3: Iconic London

Your third day on this London in 5 days trip is all about some of the most emblematic locations in London, such as Buckingham Palace, the British Museum and Covent Garden.

Buckingham Palace & The Changing of The Guard

Start your third day in London with one of the city’s most iconic sights, the Changing of The Guard. This, of course, takes place as it has for the last 500 years, at Buckingham Palace, the official Royal family’s residence. 

The memorable event occurs daily at 10:45 AM and lasts for 45 minutes. So be sure to arrive 15 minutes earlier to get a suitable spot and take some photos of the famous guards.

Join this small-group Changing of the Guard tour to experience two separate ceremonies from four different locations.

Hyde Park & Marble Arch

After the ceremony, take some time to admire the beauty of Buckingham Palace before making your way to Hyde Park . A late morning wander through London’s beloved park will help you experience the city’s everyday culture, with joggers, dog walkers and families hanging out. 

Hyde Park is one of four royal parks surrounding Buckingham Palace and it’s captivating in its beauty. A wander through the park will take you by Serpentine Lake , the Italian Gardens and the spectacular 19th-century Marble Arch with the adjacent fountains.

Oxford Circus & Oxford Street

Head to Oxford Street, Europe’s busiest shopping district. With over 300 shops and 200 million visitors per year, it’s easy to get swept up in the pandemonium. But by indulging in your inner-tourist, it’s easy to appreciate, and it’s one of the best things to do in London.

Continue along for around 20 minutes (if you didn’t stop at any of the many stores) to reach Oxford Circus , where Oxford Street meets Regent Street , another popular street for shopping lovers. This captivating intersection features marvellous architecture that connects early 20th-century London with modern life.

British Museum & Afternoon Tea

Once you’ve soaked in the atmosphere of Oxford Circus, jump on the Tube and take the Central line to the British Museum . Featuring an enormous collection of prominent archaeological discoveries, it’s one of the world’s truly great museums. Like many London museums, it’s free to enter.

You could spend a whole day here, such is the scale of the British Museum. But as time is short, be sure to check out the Rosetta Stone , ancient hieroglyphics , and original pieces from the Parthenon , the monumental temple in the Acropolis of Athens .

Better still, book a guided tour of the British Museum for a comprehensive yet hassle-free experience.

By the time you finish admiring the treasures of the British Museum, you must be seriously hungry. Now’s the perfect time to indulge in a quintessentially English Afternoon Tea session.

The London-born ritual of enjoying top-quality tea paired with freshly made sandwiches, cakes and fluffy scones is intertwined with British history and culture. In our humble opinion, no trip to London is complete without a proper Afternoon Tea experience. One of the best places to be initiated in this unparalleled rite is under the glass roof of the British Museum.

Reserve your Afternoon Tea at the British Museum here.

Covent Garden & Neal’s Yard

A half mile from the museum is Covent Garden, one of London’s most recognisable hubs for shopping and entertainment. Your stroll takes you by the Royal Opera House to Apple Market and Neal’s Yard .

The latter is a charming alley encased in vivid colours and trees covered in bright lights. The narrow walkway is eye-catching and a good place to buy local artisanal cheese at Neal’s Yard Dairy or organic cosmetics, essential oils, homoeopathic products and Bach flower remedies at Neal’s Yard Remedies, an essential stop for us every time we visit London.

Camden Town

Jump on the Northern line and head to Camden Town . Like Neal’s Yard, Camden Town has an equally colourful and alternative vibe. Here you can explore Regent’s Canal and Litlle Venice, take a boat ride, or head to the top of Primrose Hill for city and sunset views. Once the sun goes down, Camden Town has some of the best nightlife in London.

Day 4: Cinematic London

Who hasn’t fallen in love with London simply by watching a film or two set in this miraculous city? From Notting Hill to Leadenhall Market, London has inspired countless films throughout the decades.

Notting Hill

One of the best things to do in London is to hop around the city’s many beautiful neighbourhoods. You’ve done a little of that already, but today, take it up a notch by heading into Notting Hill.

The Tube will take you to Notting Hill Gate ( Ladbroke Grove also works) placing you in the heart of rows of houses boasting pastel-hued colours that will have your camera working overtime. Under the sunshine, the pastels glow as the homes create a stunning architectural rainbow.

You can also opt for this guided walking tour of Notting Hill to learn all of this colourful neighbourhood’s secrets.

Portobello Road Market

But there’s much more to Notting Hill than these vaunted homes. It’s here you’ll find the Portobello Road Market . This is the world’s largest antique market, with some of those pastel homes set as the backdrop. Now pedestrianised, you won’t have any issue getting around the sizeable market, leaving more time to enjoy the array of antiquities on offer.

The market runs six days a week, but to really get among the treasure trove of items that are found here, it’s best to explore it on a Saturday. Crowds be damned. See the opening times here .

As you work up an appetite and a love for 16th-century riches, you won’t be far from food. Vendors set up street food, while Lowry & Baker has become a local culinary institution. With your hunger satisfied, look for the iconic Blue Door from the Notting Hill film , one of our all-time favourites, starring Julia Roberts and Hugh Grant.

City of London

From the famed neighbourhood, it’s time to make your way back to central London. So jump on the Tube and head towards Bank Station . From there, you can finally explore St. Paul’s Cathedral . Since the 18th century, the alluring Cathedral hosted the Diamond Jubilee of Queen Elizabeth II and the wedding of Diana and Charles.

While it’s interesting to revel in the past and admire the impressive interior design, all visitors must head to the Whispering Gallery . This takes you up into the Cathedral’s dome over 250 steps.

By standing along the gallery’s wall, you’ll be able to pick up whispers from anyone also standing on the wall’s edge. Something like the excellent acoustics in the Ancient Theatre of Epidaurus near Nafplio Greece . Continue up the stairs to the rooftop for beautiful city views.

You can get your Saint Paul’s Cathedral tickets online here .

The Cathedral was built after the Great Fire of 1666. To learn more about this fire which essentially wiped out the city, make your way to the nearby Monument of the Great Fire of London . 

The monument has yet another great view from its peak. However, for arguably the best view in London, take a three-minute stroll to the Sky Garden . As the name suggests, this is the highest public park in the city at 160 meters tall. While you can walk in for free, we recommend booking a free ticket in advance as it can get busy, especially at the weekends.

Once you’re at the top, you’ll be amazed. Not only by the beauty and colour of the gardens but of the all-encompassing 360-view that allows you to retrace your footsteps from the previous days.

As an optional extra, the nearby Leadenhall Market is a veritable gem. The indoor market has great shopping and exceptional eats. If you’re a Harry Potter fan, you should know that the Leadenhall Market is one of the famous film series filming locations.

Huge Harry Potter fans should make time for this Magical Harry Potter Walking Tour.

End your fourth day on this London itinerary in the trendy food hub of Shoreditch. For several hundred years, the Spitalfields Market has been at the centre of life in Shoreditch. Like the neighbourhood itself, the market is a conglomeration of fashion, antiquities and food. While the history hasn’t been lost, it’s embraced the 21st century to create a market with charming character and modern influence.

Finish off your night with a wander through Brick Lane , where great street art meets even better Indian cuisine. Quench your thirst with a pint in one of our favourite pubs in London, The Pride of Spitalfields .

Day 5: Unique London

Your last of 5 days in London is dedicated to the things that make London special and challenges you to find what makes London unique for you.

Canary Wharf

Begin the last of your five days in London at Canary Wharf . This part of the city is different, unique and utterly futuristic. While much of London lacks high-rises, compared to other major cities, Canary Wharf boasts the bulk of the UK’s tallest structures.

From one unique thing to another, from Canary Wharf, take the Tube to the Greenwich Foot Tunnel . The tunnel guides you under the River Thames and it’s a great way to cross from one side to the other. 

Waiting on the other side is Cutty Sark . One of the fastest ships to hit the ocean in the 19th century, it’s well worth the visit as you can explore below deck and man the wheel.

Book your Cutty Sark tickets here.

Your last major stop on our London 5-day itinerary is Greenwich Park. But not before a walk through the lovely Greenwich Market where you can make a pit stop for a quick lunch. Not only is Greenwich Park a great place for panoramic views of downtown London, but it’s also home to the Royal Observatory & Prime Meridian . Here you can stand on either side of 0-degrees longitude.

You can grab your tickets online here .

Thames River Cruise

Skip the Tube and take this hop-on-hop-off sightseeing river cruise back to Central London instead.

Before jumping aboard though, take another stroll through Greenwich Market for any last-minute gifts for those back home.

Toast To Your Next Trip To London

After seeing London in 5 days, you must have a clear-ish idea of the city. Therefore, for the perfect ending to your last day in the British capital, we recommend going back to the place you loved the most in this 5-day London itinerary.

Pick your favourite neighbourhood, bar or street and go back there to spend your final precious moments in the city that is sure to have captured your soul without you even noticing. Don’t feel sad that your journey has come to an end. This is definitely not goodbye, it’s see you later. London will make sure of this.

If You Have More Than 5 Days in London

Other places to visit in london.

In case you plan to stay more than 5 days in London, you’re in luck. You will never run out of amazing things to do in London. Here are some more fantastic places you can visit in London:

• Natural History Museum: Exhibiting huge dinosaur skeletons, the Natural History Museum on Exhibition Road in South Kensington will impress the little ones. Like in most of London’s museums, entrance is free.
• Science Museum: Right next to the Natural History Museum, the Science Museum is home to several interactive exhibitions related to technology and space that make it the perfect place for families. Entrance is also free of charge but you have to book your free ticket in advance here .
• Victoria & Albert Museum: Named after Queen Victoria and Prince Albert, the V&A Museum boasts a massive 5000-year-old collection of art objects, designs, furniture and more. V&A is yet another must-visit museum in South Kensington and welcomes its guests with free entry.
• Kensington Palace & Kensington Gardens: Step inside the historic royal residence to visit its lavish apartments and rooms. Take a stroll around the royal gardens and enjoy a traditional Afternoon Tea at the Kensington Palace Pavillion. Book your tickets to the Kensington Palace here.

Day Trips From London

Apart from spending time in the city, if you have more than 5 days in London, you can also take the opportunity to enjoy a day trip from London. You can find some of the best day trips from London below:

• Visit Windsor Castle on a guided tour that includes not just the historic castle, but also the town of Windsor.
• Visit the Warner Bros Studio where the Harry Potter series was filmed on a behind-the-scenes Harry Potter Tour.
• Take this half-day trip from London to Stonehenge , a prehistoric mysterious stone circle in Wiltshire.
• Visit Oxford, one of the oldest university cities in the world. Read more on our detailed Oxford day trip from London guide.
• Explore some of the best villages in the Cotswolds on this charming day trip .

We don’t know if you’ve read it between the lines but, no matter its hectic pace of life and long distances, London is and forever will be one of our favourite cities in the world. One trip to London isn’t enough for the city to unfold all of its magic. We can’t stress this enough. Yet, seeing London in 5 days is a very good start.

Therefore, if it’s your first time in London, we do hope that this 5-day London itinerary proves to be an excellent guide that will enhance your experience in the British capital. Hopefully, it will also help London find its way into your hearts and nestle there for good. For London can and will take hold of your hearts sooner or later. It’s inevitable.

WORDS: Maria & Katerina IMAGES: Katerina EDITING: Maria

Related Posts

Athens in 3 days: the perfect itinerary by two locals, porto in 3 days: the perfect itinerary & things to do, 5 days in istanbul itinerary & the best travel guide, write a comment cancel reply.

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

• PHOTOGRAPHY PORTFOLIO
• WRITING PORTFOLIO
• CZECH REPUBLIC
• SUSTAINABLE TRAVEL

• Covent Garden
• Notting Hill
• South Kensington
• London itineraries
• Things to do
• Where to stay
• Bars & Pubs
• Breakfast & Brunch
• Lunch & Dinner
• London life

London itineraries , London travel tips

London 5-day itinerary: what to see & do during 5 days in london.

London is the kind of city where there is always something to do and never a dull moment. It stays busy around the clock and caters to all types of travellers. If you’re planning on visiting the English capital, the longer you have to spend here, the better.

Fitting all of the sites into a London itinerary may seem a little daunting, but I’m here to help. This guide lays out the city’s top attractions and experiences. I’ve also included some of my favourite cafes and restaurants to try out.

If you’re exploring London in 5 days, you’ll have plenty of time to see the highlights and discover the city like a local.

In this guide:

• 1.1 Covent Garden
• 1.2 Leicester Square
• 1.3 Piccadilly Circus
• 1.4 Buckingham Palace
• 1.5 Westminster
• 1.6 Mayfair
• 1.7 Night Out in Soho
• 1.8 My Favourite Places to Eat in Central London
• 2.1 Portobello Road Market
• 2.2 Notting Hill & Kensington Houses
• 2.3 South Kensington Museums
• 2.4 Hyde Park
• 2.5 My Favourite Places to Eat in Notting Hill & South Kensington
• 3.1 The London Eye
• 3.2 Tate Modern
• 3.3 Millennium Bridge & St Paul’s Cathedral
• 3.4 Tower Bridge
• 3.5 My Favourite Places to Eat and Drink in South Bank
• 4.1 Shoreditch
• 4.2 Brick Lane Market
• 4.3 Camden Market
• 4.4 Primrose Hill
• 4.5 My Favourite Places to Eat and Drink in East London:
• 5.1 Richmond 
• 5.2 Greenwich
• 6 Where to stay for 5 days in London

How well do you know London?

Download the FREE London quiz kit, perfect for any games & quiz night!

Send me the London quiz!

London Itinerary Day 1 – Central London

London has very efficient public transport, but getting around London can be a bit of a nightmare (there’s a reason there are so many London tube memes ). I divided this itinerary with a different area for each day, to minimise travel across London.

Kick-off your 5 day London itinerary by exploring some of the city’s most popular squares and attractions. It’ll be a busy day out, so be sure to wear comfortable walking shoes and have your camera handy.

Covent Garden is an area of London that perfectly personifies the local vibe. The neighbourhood is centred around the lively Covent Garden Market. This sprawling piazza is full of shops, eateries, and market stalls.

Here you can find lots of traditional London souvenirs to bring back home, as well as some fantastic cocktail bars and cute cafes .

Neal’s Yard is a more quiet corner of Covent Garden full of charm, colour, and excitement. It contains a treasure-trove of independent shops, local boutiques and a wonderful mix of cafes and food joints.

I love walking around this part of London , because while being very distinctly London, it feels far from the usual hustle and bustle of the city.

Leicester Square

There are endless options for entertainment in Leicester Square. This popular pedestrianised area is full of shops, theatres, restaurants, pubs, and clubs. It has a great atmosphere and there is something to do 24/7.

If you’re visiting London during the holidays make sure to check out the annual Leicester Square Christmas Market.

Piccadilly Circus

Piccadilly Circus is a road junction and busy public space. Similar to Times Square in New York, there are lots of large screens with various advertisements. As you can imagine, at night the whole area really lights up and stands out.

Buckingham Palace

No London trip itinerary would be complete without a stop at Buckingham Palace . Serving as the headquarters of the UK monarchy, this iconic palace is a symbol of the city.

If time allows, try and schedule your visit when the Changing of the Guard ceremony is taking place.

Snapping a picture of the guards with their blazing red tunics and bearskin caps will make the perfect #London Instagram post . If you need help crafting the perfect London Instagram caption, check out these suggestions !

Westminster

Westminster is one of London’s 32 boroughs. It contains many famous sites, like the Houses of Parliament, Big Ben, and Trafalgar Square.

But possibly the most popular attraction is Westminster Abbey . This gothic church has been the setting for royal marriages and coronations for hundreds of centuries.

Mayfair is an upscale area of London with rows of elegant Georgian townhouses, well-kept squares, and gourmet eateries. It’s walking distance from Westminster and is a lovely area for a quiet afternoon stroll. 

While the prices can be quite high, you will find many awesome places to eat and drink in Mayfair. There are many great brunch spots , cafes , bars and pubs in Mayfair .

Night Out in Soho

Cap off the first day of your 5 days in London itinerary with an exciting night out in Soho. This area is known for its lively vibe and has entertainment options galore.

For dancing and drinks, head to All Bar One. For something a little more casual, Ronnie Scott’s is a jazz bar that hosts some of the world’s top musicians.

My Favourite Places to Eat in Central London

Central London has lots of great UK chain restaurants, like Wagamama and Wahaca. But if you’re looking for a more personal dining experience, here are two great restaurants.

Feya – This stylish patisserie/cafe is great for brunch in London . Their latte flavours are quite creative and their brunch dishes are presented as a work of art.

Chotto Matte  – This hip Japanese restaurant and sushi bar is big on flavour. They do an amazing weekend brunch that’s great value for money. And, you have the option to add on unlimited drinks.

London Itinerary Day 2 – Notting Hill & South Kensington

On your second day in London, break free from the city centre and explore the charming districts of Notting Hill and South Kensington .

Portobello Road Market

The Portobello Road Market has something for everyone. Although its main draw are antique and vintage goods, you’ll also find plenty of souvenirs, local vendors, street eats, and a weekend farmer’s market.

Notting Hill & Kensington Houses

Notting Hill has all the features of an amazing London neighbourhood: history, culture, shopping, and an incredible food scene. It’s an affluent area filled with colourful Victorian townhouses, tiny boutiques, and quirky cafes.

Close to it, the district of Kensington offers some of the most picturesque streets in London . You’ll definitely have house envy as you wander the cobblestone streets and admire the decorative buildings.

You can do your own self-guided and free walking tour of Notting Hill by following my route, and really soak in everything this London area has to offer.

South Kensington Museums

South Kensington houses some of London’s top museums . Here are a few that make great additions to all London itineraries.

Natural History Museum – This massive museum displays a vast collection of specimens from different segments of natural history. From dinosaur bones to space exhibits, you’ll be entertained for hours.

Victoria and Albert Museum – Also called the V&A Museum, this is the world’s largest museum of applied and decorative arts and design. The permanent collection alone has over 2.27 million objects. Experience the artistic richness of the world in one place.

London Design Museum – This museum covers all different aspects of design, from product and graphic to fashion and architecture. The exhibits regularly change, so there’s always something new to discover.

This public park is very close to Buckingham Palace. It’s one of London’s royal parks and has a relaxed atmosphere. It’s perfect for a scenic stroll or a quiet picnic under a shady tree.

My Favourite Places to Eat in Notting Hill & South Kensington

The Hummingbird Bakery – this quaint bakery is one of the best cafes in Notting Hill . It’s a great place to grab a sweet snack. They have a wide selection of pastries and desserts in lots of different flavours.

The Kensington Creperie – This simple creperie is great for breakfast and lunch. Their menu includes sweet and savoury crepes and galettes.

London Itinerary Day 3 – South Bank

On day three of your London travel itinerary, get ready to see the city from all different angles. After all, this is a city you’ll want to see from all different perspectives.

The London Eye

The London Eye is one of the world’s tallest observation wheels. Marvel at one of the most unique views of the city in an enclosed capsule on a slow rotation that takes about 30 minutes.

Set along the River Thames, it offers a birds-eye view of famous London landmarks , like the Houses of Parliament, Big Ben, and St Paul’s Cathedral. Make sure to book tickets online so that you don’t have to queue as much.

Tate Modern

Tate Modern is an art gallery that houses the incredible national collection of British art and international art that dates from 1900 to the present day. There’s no general admission charge, which makes it a fun and free London activity .

Millennium Bridge & St Paul’s Cathedral

The Millennium Bridge, commonly referred to as the Harry Potter bridge by muggles, is a popular pedestrian crossing bridge. It’s suspended over the River Thames and links the Tate Modern with St Paul’s Cathedral .

You can capture some stunning views of London in the background, making it a great place for a quick photoshoot or a selfie. 

Tower Bridge

The Tower Bridge is a historic London landmark. It was built between 1886 and 1894 and sits close to the Tower of London.

It offers beautiful views of the River Thames and the surrounding area. The top section of the bridge has a glass floor so you can view the road and river underneath while you’re crossing.

Tower Bridge itself is also one of the most recognisable and beautiful landmarks in London . I love taking pictures of it at sunset.

My Favourite Places to Eat and Drink in South Bank

Borough Market – This lively market has lots of street food options and is perfect for lunch.

The Shard – For fancy drinks and some of the best views of London, visit The Shard . It’s a little pricey, but totally worth it!

Breakfast Club  – This London chain restaurant does a fabulous all-day breakfast. It caters to carnivores as well as vegans and vegetarians.

London Itinerary Day 4 – East & North London

Now that we’ve covered a fair share of the city’s main highlights on your itinerary for London, let’s get into some lesser-known (but just as incredible) areas and attractions.

The artsy neighbourhood of Shoreditch has a youthful vibe and offers something different from your typical tourist trends.

It has an abundance of local vintage shops and boutiques. There’s also an eclectic range of eateries, including some quirky London cafes and cocktail bars .

  Discovering street art in Shoreditch is the perfect addition to any London sightseeing itinerary. The murals are very eye-catching and unique, and they’re always changing.

Brick Lane Market

The Brick Lane Market is in London’s Bangladeshi community. It’s full of unique items, from antiques and second-hand clothing to furniture and food stalls. There are plenty of good deals to be had, and you never know what unique treasure you’re going to find.

If you want to taste some amazing curry, then this is the place to do so!

Camden Market

Camden Market is a hub of energy and excitement. It’s one of London’s most popular markets and has a bit of a “hipster” vibe. It’s full of just about anything you could imagine: souvenirs, clothing stores, local craft vendors, restaurants , and bars .

The main draw is the countless food stalls. You’ll find something for all tastes and dietary requirements.

Choose from Vietnamese, Columbian, Indian, Mediterranean, British cuisine, and more. Vegan and gluten-free options aren’t hard to find either.

My personal favourite is the halloumi fries stall. These are thick chunks of halloumi, fried and served with pomegrante seeds, yogurt and molasse sauce. Trust me, they’re delicious!

Primrose Hill

During the final moment of sunlight, make your way to Primrose Hill to catch an amazing sunset. Most tourists don’t know about this spot, which makes it a bit of a hidden gem . The hill is 65 metres high and offers picture-perfect views of London’s skyline.

There are a few benches and plenty of grassy lawn space to get comfortable on.

My Favourite Places to Eat and Drink in East London:

Rapsa @100 Hoxton  – This Asian fusion restaurant features innovative dishes. They do weekday lunch and boozy bottomless brunch on weekends.

Doughnut Time  – For a sweet snack, this doughnut shop makes over-the-top creations that are as appealing to the eyes as they are to the stomach.

Sky Garden  – Visit this awesome rooftop bar for incredible views and top-notch drinks. I personally love Sky Garden. The drinks are a bit pricey, but the views are unlike any other in London. I always say Sky Garden is a must-see on any London bucket list .

Dinerama  – This global street food market houses cuisine from all over the world in one convenient location. 

London Itinerary Day 5 – Beyond London

To finish off the perfect five days in London, here are two more areas definitely worth checking out.

Richmond, formally called Richmond upon Thames due to its position on the river, is a town 15km outside of London.

Although just a stone throw from the city, it offers a completely different vibe. You’ll find plenty of open space, large parks, and scenic trails.

Richmond is where the famous Kew Gardens is located. This is London’s largest UNESCO World Heritage Site and offers visitors plenty to see and do.

Wander around an exotic rainforest, see giant lily pads, and walk 18 metres above the ground through the treetops. 132 hectares of gardens will be yours to explore.

Hampton Court Palace and Gardens is another popular Richmond attraction. This 16th-century Tudor palace was a favourite of King Henry VIII.

Explore the lavish residence and discover the young King in an exhibition showcasing his relationship with his first wife, Katherine of Aragon. 

You are also free to explore the 24 hectares of the magnificent palace gardens that run along the River Thames.

Located on the banks of the River Thames, Greenwich is a London borough famous for its maritime history .

The National Maritime Museum is a historical institution filled with British naval treasures. Discover artefacts, paintings, documents, and other pieces of antiquity.

The Cutty Sark is part of the museum’s complex. Hop aboard this restored 19th-century sailing vessel and imagine what it would have been like to voyage around the world back in the day.

Continue your discovery of maritime Greenwich at the Royal Observatory . Established in the 17th century, this is where the great scientists of the day mapped the stars to navigate the seas.

See the famous Meridian Line and stand with one foot in the western hemisphere and one in the east.  Add a little variation to your London 5 day itinerary by spending some time in exciting Greenwich.

Where to stay for 5 days in London

Since you only have five days in London you want to make sure you stay somewhere central and well connected. You don’t want to spend your 5 days in London wasting time on the tube!

I have detailed guides on where to stay in London , especially on where to stay for a first visit to London , but I wanted to list just a couple options for every budget in this post.

Budget: SoHostel   is considered one of the best hostels in London , and it’s easy to see why. With its cool interior design, spacious rooms and central location, it’s the perfect place to stay in London without breaking the bank.

Click here to book your stay at SoHostel!

Mid-range: Artist Residence, Pimlico   – This London boutique hotel is in the heart of London, easily connected all of central London. The tastefully decorated rooms are the perfect place to relax after a long day exploring London.

Click here to see prices and availability at Artist Residence, Pimlico!

Luxury:  St Pancras Renaissance Hotel   – This beautiful property is located right next to Kings Cross Station. It’s in a perfect location to explore London, and also offers luxurious rooms and a spa for those looking to treat themselves.

Click here to book your stay at St Pancras Renaissance Hotel!

London Itinerary 5 Days: Final Thoughts

London is a hub of activity that delights all travellers. It’s one of the largest European cities, which means there’s no shortage of things to do. Explore state-of-the-art museums, bustling markets, charming historical sites, and scenic parks.

I’ve lived in London for eight years, and I still haven’t explored everything there is to see in London.

On this site I put together also a London weekend itinerary , however if you have longer I definitely recommend taking your time and following this London 5-day itinerary.

Five days will give you just enough time to hit the highlights without rushing your trip. You’ll probably fall in love with the city so much, you’ll want to plan another London vacation itinerary!

I hope you find this guide useful in planning your 5 days in London. If you have any questions, just let me know in the comments below!

Enjoyed reading my London 5-day itinerary? Pin it!

Greta Omoboni is a full time blogger based in London. After 3.5 years of blogging about destinations all over the world on her main site, Greta's Travels, she decided to start a new site, dedicated to her second home and favourite city; London!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Privacy Overview

The Wanderbug

Travel blog.

5 Days in London: Itinerary with the best things to do, see & eat

London is the ultimate metropolis. Home to millions of people, distinct neighbourhoods each with long histories, and home to many of the world’s most exciting artists, creatives and thinkers. We spent 5 days in London in June this year, which was the perfect proper introduction to the city.  It was my third time in London, but the first time I’d spent more than 24 hours there – and after being a little underwhelmed on previous, fleeting visits, I fell head over heels for the city with a little more time to explore. This is our itinerary for 5 days in London as return visitors, having visited a few of the major sights on previous visits.

We visited London during our trip of one month in Europe & the UK . We’d come from Edinburgh via train, and after London we took the Eurostar to Paris . Below, I’ve shared our itinerary for 5 days in London, including the best things to do & neighbourhoods to visit.

I loved London so much that within the first 24 hours I felt genuinely panicked that we didn’t have any plans to move there. I got over it after a couple of days, as the novelty of being in a giant city wore off – London is different to New York City in many ways, but in just as many ways, giant western cities are at their heart, the same. Once the familiarity returned, I felt more comfortable with leaving, but with plans to return for many more visits & maybe even an extended stay.  Another international move isn’t on the cards right now, but I will definitely be back!

When I’m in a big city for the first time, I can’t help but walk as much as possible, to try to get a feel for different neighbourhoods and areas. Of course, we made time for a few of the most iconic sights, and the usual suspects: cheese, flowers and bookshops.

Getting to London

London hotel & transport, notting hill, kensington gardens, tower of london, tower bridge, borough market, st paul’s cathedral, fleet street, neal’s yard & covent garden, regents canal, hyde park picnic, green park picnic, an evening in marylebone, the regent’s park, primrose hill, shoreditch & brick lane, a big bar fail, harrods picnic in hyde park, westminster abbey & downing st, dinner & drinks in kensington, i’d return to:, attractions, bars & restaurants.

We caught the LNER train from Edinburgh to London , which I’d highly recommend. Comfortable, easy and it feels quick! We arrived at St Pancras, from which it was easy to transfer onto the Tube to get to Paddington station.

We took the Eurostar from London to Paris , which is also very easy and comfortable. I WISH train travel was as efficient in comfortable in Australia as it is in the UK & Europe. Dream!

Hotel: Rove Hotel in Paddington. Lovely street, small but modern and comfortable rooms, close to Paddington Station which meant we almost always could get a direct line to where we wanted to go. Perfect if you’re doing sightseeing all over town.

Getting around London: We took the tube everywhere, except at night when we got Ubers (out of laziness, not for safety reasons).

Day 1: Notting Hill & Kensington

We arrived in London at around 1pm, so rather than trying to jam in any major sights on our first day, we explored Notting Hill & Kensington Gardens.

The picturesque streets of Notting Hill was one of the things I was most excited to see in London, so we started there. When we arrived, the Portobello Road Markets were winding down for the day. Notting Hill is famous for its pastel-hued architecture, giving it some of the prettiest streets in London.  There are several notable streets within a short walking distance of each other – my favourite are the Colville Houses and St Lukes Mew’s, the latter which were a filming location for Love Actually. I’ll share a post soon with some of the prettiest spots in Notting Hill. 

After we’d finished exploring, we had a late lunch (or early dinner) at Gold , a new neighbourhood restaurant. I hadn’t made a booking, as I wasn’t sure what time we’d stop in, and so we were seated at some tables outside. Gold has a seasonal, produce-driven menu, with most of the dishes cooked in a woodfire oven. The food was so good, and it was easily my favourite meal in London, but I would definitely recommend booking so you get a better table. The outdoor tables on the street aren’t anywhere near as nice as the tables inside or in the back courtyard. Worth booking!

It was a gorgeous summer evening, so we walked from Notting Hill through Kensington, to reach Kensington Gardens. We arrived just before sunset, so the park was absolutely glowing. Kensington Gardens were my favourite of London’s gardens, and we visited quite a few! We’d each put a drink in the backpack, so we had a mini picnic as the sun went down.

Day 2: City of London & Covent Garden

Our first full day in London was one of the best! The weather was beautiful, and the long summer days meant we had plenty of time to see & do so much, without feeling rushed. We visited the Tower of London, Borough Market and St Paul’s Cathedral before exploring London’s West End, Soho and Covent Garden.

We started bright and early to make it to our first big “sight” at the start of the day. The Tower of London is a historic castle on the bank of the Thames, founded in 1066 as part of the Norman Conquest. The Tower is a Royal Palace, and has been used as a royal residence, a fortress, a prison and a mint. Under the Tudors, it stopped being used as a royal residence, and became primarily used as a prison in the 16th and 17th centuries. Its prison has hosted many famous prisoners, including Elizabeth I, and it is the final resting place of Ann Boleyn, among others. Today the Tower is home to the Crown Jewels, and is one of the most popular tourist attractions in London.

To my delight, we were greeted at the Tower by a sea of wildflowers. To celebrate the Queen’s Platnium Jubilee, in 2022 the Moat of the Tower of London was planted with more than 20 million wildflower seeds to create a beautiful biodiverse landscape. Every summer, there is a super bloom of red and yellow poppies and bright blue cornflowers.

Yeoman Warders, also known as Beefeaters, are the ceremonial guardians of the Tower of London. Their ranks are made up exclusively of retired serviceman from the British Armed Forces, who must have at least 22 years service. In addition to guarding the Crown Jewels, they also offer free guided tours of the Tower of London. 

We joined a tour – along with nearly 100 other people – which was one of the highlights of our visit. Be prepared to look alive on the tour – the Beefeaters don’t have microphones, so if you’re at the back of the crowd it can be nearly impossible to hear. If you can’t hear at first, don’t worry as there’s a chance to get closer to the front at every stop of the tour.

After the tour finished, we visited the chapel where Ann Boleyn is buried, the White Tower and the Crown Jewels. I loved seeing the Crown Jewels – they are absolutely incredible. The most treasured pieces are lined up in a long glass case, which flat escalators on either side to keep the crowd moving – a brilliant idea. We did a few laps on the escalator.

Buy tickets in advance & arrive early.

After the Tower, we admired the Tower Bridge , which is one of the most beautiful places in London in my opinion. We grabbed ice coffees to go from underneath the bridge, and made our way across to South Bank.

The Borough Market is easily one of the best things we did in London. It’s London’s most historic food market, with a market on this site since the 12th century. I love visiting food markets, so we came hungry and had an absolute feast. We started with some cheese from L’Ubriaco Drunk Cheese , which sells artisan cows milk cheeses which have been steeped in alcohol to aid the aging process. Fat rounds and wedges and cheese have a wine grape crust.

Next was a hard apple cider slushie, as we browsed more stalls. The current halls of Borough Market were built in the 1850s, and create a delicious maze of market stalls. Our next stop was Shellseekers , which had a queue snaking around their stall for shucked-to-order Dorset Oysters – the largest in the UK! We both love oysters, and often go to our local South Melbourne Market to eat fresh oysters, so this was a must-visit for us. I thought a giant oyster could be a bit difficult to eat, or potentially even a bit gross, but it was, not surprisingly, divine and went down like a treat.

Dave bought some jerky, and I bought a Scotch Egg from Scotchtails, to takeaway. A scotch egg is a traditional English dish, of a boiled egg encased in sausage mince & breadcrumbs, then baked or deep fried. They are heavy, hearty and absolutely delicious! We ate the last of our snacks on the riverbanks at Southbank, enjoying the sunshine.

We crossed the Thames into The City of London, and headed towards St Paul’s Cathedral . St Paul’s is a London landmark, built in the 17th century.

Tickets to St Paul’s are expensive – they were around 26 per person if you buy them at the door, whic is around $50 AUD. They’re cheaper if you buy them online, so we stood outside and bought them on our phones for 20 pounds per person. It was worth every pound. We visited Westminster Abbey a few days later, and obviously it was also impressive and special, but St Paul’s takes the cake.

Fleet Street was the centre of London’s media landscape from the 16th-20th centuries, and is still used as a byword for the media to this day. From St Paul’s we strolled down Fleet Street, towards a historic bar I was curious to see.

Ye Old Cheshire Cheese is a Grade II listed public house, on Fleet Street. There has been a pub on this site since 1538, but the current building was rebuilt shortly after the Great Fire of 1666. The Ye Olde Cheshire Cheese was a favourite haunt of Charles Dickens and Mark Twain, and walking through it’s doors is like stepping back in time – even once you’re inside! The ground floor is 19th century, but head downstairs to the cave-like basement, which is built inside a former 13th century Carmelliite monastery. Easily the most memorable spot we stopped for a drink in London!

Afterwards, we stepped into the opulence of the 19th century at The Old Bank of England , a bar built in the former Law Courts Branch of the Bank of England. It was built in 1866, and served as the bank into the 1970s, until it was converted into a bar in the early ‘90s.

Neal’s Yard is one of the most Instagrammable spots in London. This colourful courtyard is part of the Seven Dials neighbourhood in Covent Garden, and transformed from an 18th and 19th century slum into a vibrant hotspot of shops, bars & restaurants. Top spots in Neal’s Yard include it’s namesake, the wellbeing shop Neal’s Yard Remedies, a bakery by the legendary St John restaurant group, an outpost of my favourite wine bar in New York – Compagnie des Vins Surnaturals , and The Barbary , a critically acclaimed restaurant that takes inspiration from the 16th century Barbary Coast, from the Atlantic to the Mediterranean to the Middle East. 

We walked through Neal’s Yard, and then headed into the Seven Dials Market . Seven Dials Market is a modern food hall, home to twenty independent traders. I wanted to visit Seven Dials Market for Pick & Cheese, a cheesebar that operates like a sushi train. Instead, I filled up on Uzbeki dumplings at Oshpaz Dumplings , which were delicious!

We ended our day on Darcie & May Green , a floating bar & restaurant on Regents Canal in Paddington, near our hotel. The bar is built across two barges, which have been beautified in bright colours by pop artist Sir Peter Blake. We snagged a table on the top deck, and enjoyed a drink in the last of the sunshine.

Day 3: Mayfair, West End, Soho & Kensington

I didn’t really want to be eating in a cafe or restaurant for three meals a day while we were overseas, and breakfast/brunch was the easy choice to cut. The best brunch spots in the world take inspiration from Australian cafe culture these days, so I wasn’t going to get any FOMO by skipping a sit down breakfast. Instead, we found cheap & cheerful breakfasts to enjoy outside.

From our hotel in Paddington, we walked through Hyde Park Estate, a pretty village, to a Pret-A-Manger near the top of Hyde Park. We bought a couple of Pret’s takeaway porridge cups – which are unreasonably delicious – and had a picnic breakfast in Hyde Park. 

After breakfast, we hit Oxford Street, London’s most famous shopping destination. Our first stop was Selfridges, one of London’s most iconic department stores. I have to admit, my favourite part of any luxury department store is the food hall. Selfridges has a Champagne & Oyster bar, a cheese counter, an array of gourmet foodstuffs, and cabinets of freshly prepared baked goods, including the quintessentially English pork pie. We did a little bit of shopping on Oxford Street, and then headed to London’s West End for a department store of a different kind – and era – Liberty London.

Liberty London is unlike any store I have ever seen in the world. The half-timbered building is like walking into a collab between a department store and Tudor England. Even inside, it’s all timber beams and carved wood. I would love to have more of a shopping trip in London, and imagine that Liberty would be a go-to for decadent homewares.

We walked through Soho and Covent Garden, and into Carnaby St . Carnaby St was the heart of London’s counter culture during the Swinging 60s, and today it’s a pedestrianised shopping street. It was fun for a quick stroll through, and we stumbled upon another impressive food hall, called Kingly Court . We were going to stop for a drink at Cahoots , a tube-themed bar, but there was a giant queue of people who have booked a ticketed experience – we weren’t keen enough to wait, and it did look a little bit touristy. Instead, we carried on to Piccadilly.

Piccadilly is home to some of London’s most beautiful shops, and we hit two of them. First up was Hatchards , which is the most beautiful book shop I have ever visited – a new favourite! Hatchards is the oldest bookshop in London, and has the Royal Warrant, meaning it is the official supplier of books for the Royal Family. It is a gorgeous store of six floors, with delightfully specific shelves, like Agatha Christie or The Tudors. I could have spent all day in here, and spent a long time deliberating over which beautiful editions I’d further weigh down my suitcase with.

Our next stop was Fortnum & Mason , which can only be described as a luxury food emporium and gourmand’s paradise. Spanning several floors, Fortnum’s is a feast for the senses. Established in 1705, it’s one of London’s most historic and unique department stores. I couldn’t resist a giant, traditional marshmallow, the likes of which I haven’t seen in years.

We were getting hungry, and had decided on another picnic lunch because I wanted to try one of Marks & Spencer’s famed sandwiches. We also had dinner plans at St John, which I was looking forward to, and wanted to make sure I didn’t spoil my dinner!  Much like Pret, an M&S Simply Food offers delicious and inventive takeaway lunches, for a steal. One of my favourite writers, Dolly Alderton, has waxed lyrical about the M&S sandwiches on the High Low, so I was keen to try one. We were totally overwhelmed by the delicious options available, and took our lunch across the road to the Green Park to enjoy more of the sunshine. I wish we had such fresh, and delicious casual takeaway options in Australia!

We had a reservation at the Marylebone outpost of St John, a critically acclaimed restaurant by famed chef Fergus Henderson, who was a trailblazer for nose-to-tail eating.

Before dinner, we dropped into Daunt Books. Daunt has blown up on Instagram for its Edwardian interiors, but what I really loved was the way the shelves are arranged by region. Books about a place rub shoulders with books set in the same place, creating a wholly unique browsing experience – especially for a bookworm like me!

At St John , we were seated at the bar. I enjoyed our meal, but wouldn’t say that it was as memorable as some of the other dining experiences we had on our trip. St John opened its first restaurant in Smithfield in 1994, so it’s fair to assume that many of the similar dining experiences I’ve had in Melbourne and New York City, stand on the shoulders of trailblazers like St John.

After dinner, we decided to get a drink before we went home. The Chiltern Firehouse was jammed, not surprisingly, so instead we sat outside at a pretty wine bar, Clarette.

Day 4: Regents Park, Primrose Hill & Shoreditch

Our fourth day in London was spent farther afield, in the city’s inner north and east.

The Regent’s Park is one of the Royal Parks of London, spanning 400 acres across Westminster & Camden. The main reason for our visit was the Queen Mary’s Gardens, which is home to the largest collection of roses in London. There are more than 12,000 roses across 85 varietals, in a seemingly never ending 

We were very lucky as we visited in early June, and the best time of year for the roses are the first two weeks of June. We spent nearly two hours exploring the park, before heading to Primrose Hill for coffee.

Primrose Hill is a pretty and bucolic inner north London neighbourhood, on the edge of Regent’s Park. There are a number of pretty pubs here, but it was too early in the day for that so we wandered around for a while before stopping for a coffee and pastry at Ripe Kitchen . It was a Sunday, and there was a street party / mini carnival on along the high street, which brought out lots of residents.

I have to say, I did not get Shoreditch. It’s described as being similar to Williamsburg, but I couldn’t see much of a resemblance and I found it quite underwhelming. When I asked my friend who lived in London if I’d missed something, she agreed that it was over-hyped – and today, is mostly home to tech bros.

We walked around for a little while before heading to Brick Lane, which was bustling with Sunday markets. We had lunch at Brick Lane Brasserie , which is recommended as one of the best and most authentic Indian restaurants on Brick Lane. We had a lovely meal, but I couldn’t taste much of a difference between this restaurant and the delicious Indian food we have in Melbourne.

We’d been walking around all day, so we decided to stay close to the hotel in the evening and try a bar nearby. I found one on Google Maps, and thought from the photo that it looked okay. Wrong!

It was a cavernous bar, that gave the impression of the Mediterranean in the thumbnail photo but looked pretty cheap in the harsh light of day. It was really designed for 18 year olds, but when we went there were tables of all ages…who I assume were as lost as we were. I have never felt so old. We had one drink & then hit the road. 

We tried to go to the Cheese Barge, but they’d closed very early. Paddington is a bit of a desert in terms of bars & restaurants – there are a few pubs around but nothing particularly charming. Darcie & May Green is definitely the pick of the bunch.

Day 5: Chelsea, Belgravia & Kensington

Our last day in London, we took a slower pace and enjoyed the pretty streets of some of London’s most well-heeled neighbourhoods, Chelsea, Belgravia & Kensington. We visited Westminster Abbey, saw Big Ben and got as close as we could to 10 Downing Street. Our trip ended on a high note, by catching up for dinner with one my lovely friend Bridget, who lives in London.

Chelsa is one of London’s most affluent neighbourhoods, and the setting for the guilty pleasure reality TV show, Made in Chelsea. We were a month too late for the famous Chelsea Flower Show, which is held every May and attracts 150,000 visitors every year. Instead, we hit Chelsea’s famous high st, King’s Road.

We stopped for a light breakfast at Charlotte’s Cloud , a sweet little cafe on King’s Road, and dropped into a Waterstones bookshop, which is the largest bookshop chain in the UK. We didn’t have firm plans, and were basically heading towards Belgravia.

We stumbled across Cadogan Gardens, a charming street lined with ornate, red brick Victorian townhouses. They were built by Lord Chelsea in the 19th century, and today are part of the Cadogan Estate. I love the architecture in London!

Our next stop was Pavilion Road , a pedestrianised shopping street lined with independent shops, boutiques and cafes. I had wanted to have dinner at an Ottolenghi restaurant while we were in London, but we’d run out of time, so I wanted to visit the Ottolenghi Chelsea deli on Pavilion Road.

Our next stop was Harrods , the most famous department store in the world. Harrods is in Knightsbridge and its 330 luxury departments span 5 acres. As I’ve mentioned before, I’m almost never in the mood for clothes shopping when I’m travelling, but I love the Harrods Food Hall. We browsed for a while, before heading to the food hall to pick up the makings of a decadent picnic lunch. David got a rare beef salad, and I picked up a set of mini brioche rolls, with lobster, crab and prawn fillings. Harrods is just a few blocks from Hyde Park, so we found a bench & enjoyed lunch by the Serpentine.

As we were walking to Belgravia, is started bucketing rain. We didn’t have an umbrella, so we sought shelter at a beautiful neighbourhood pub, The Alfred Tennyson. It was still quite warm, so we sat on the patio, undercover and enjoyed a drink while we listened to the rain. It’s moments like these that are some of the most enjoyable on a trip, when you’ve got nowhere to be and can afford to stop and enjoy the rain. Funnily enough, we’d be caught out again by a surprise shower in Paris a few days later (luckily, this time we already had prime front row patio seating!).

Westminster Abbey is one of London’s most famous landmarks, with a history dating back nearly 1000 years, to 1066. It’s hosted at least 40 coronations, 16 royal weddings and is the final resting place of 18 monarchs. It’s not just royals who are buried here – dozens of famous writers, scientists, philosophers, artists, aristocrats and politicians are buried here. Parts of it are like a who’s who of English literature. We had purchased tickets already, so it didn’t take long to get in. We spent over an hour inside, but could have spent much longer had we not been a bit tired. If you’re a keen history buff, go at the start of the day when you’re fresh.

One of the highlights of my time in London was catching up with my lovely friend Bridget, who I met when we both lived in New York City. We met for dinner at Jacuzzi in Kensington, a very popular restaurant from the trendsetting Big Mamma Group, which is renowned for its maximalist restaurant interiors – Ave Mario, Circulo Popolare, Gloria, Carlotta to name a few. 

We had such a great time catching up, the food was fun and delicious and the service was refreshingly unpretentious. Highly recommend it!

After dinner, we had a nightcap at Dishoom , before it closed. Dishoom is another restaurant I’d have loved to try if we’d had more time  in London – maybe next time!

Next Time in London

It’s impossible to do everything you want to in London in one visit. I’ve already got a list going for next time, let me know in the comments if you’d recommend adding anything else.

Borough Market, Hatchard’s, Fortnum & Mason, Kensington Gardens, Hyde Park

A show in the West End, The Globe Theatre, The Tate Modern, The National Gallery, Serpentine Galleries, The British Museum & The Museum of London

The Red Room, Clove Club, Petersham Nurseries, Quo Vadis, Rochelle Canteen, Gymkhana, Padella, The Barbary, an Ottolenghi, Padella, The Connaught Bar, Scarfe’s Bar, Audley Public House

New here? Join thousands of readers and  subscribe to The Wanderbug via email.

The Wanderbug is reader supported. This site may contain links to affiliate websites, which means when you buy through links on this site I may receive a small affiliate commission at no cost to you. Thank you for your support!

Share this:

• Click to share on Pinterest (Opens in new window)
• Click to share on Facebook (Opens in new window)
• Click to email a link to a friend (Opens in new window)
• Click to share on Twitter (Opens in new window)

You Might Also Like

Tell me what you think please leave a comment below cancel reply.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

• Skip to right header navigation
• Skip to main content
• Skip to primary sidebar

Linda On The Run

Travel, Lifestyle, And Fitness For Those Over 60

• Destinations

5 Days in London: The Ultimate Itinerary

February 2, 2024 //  by  Linda On The Run

Are you looking for the ultimate 5 days in London itinerary?

I am totally smitten with Great Britain’s capital city. My time there is so extraordinary I want to share my tips with you, so yours will be as well!

There are so many incredible things to do in London ! From famous monuments to world-class museums and beautiful parks, London has so much to offer visitors.

Planning your trip to London last minute?

Make sure to book ahead! Hotels and tours often sell out the closer you get to your trip. Here are our top pics for London!

Top Experiences and Tours In London:

• The London Eye Entry Ticket (Save time and book in advance!)
• Harry Potter Warner Bros Studio Tour (Skip the line.)
• Tower of London & Crown Jewels Exhibit (Likely to sell out.)
• High Tea Thames River Cruise (Book ahead to save time.)

Best London Hotels:

• Sanderson London (Close to the subway!)
• The Montague On The Greens (Private and close to the subway)
• The Exhibitionist Hotel (In the heart of South Kensington)
• The Corner London City (Close to all subway connections.)

If this is your first time in London, congratulations! You will have so much fun!

You might think you can’t visit every location I list here. And that’s OK. After reading my suggestions, you must decide and prioritize what interests you most, and plan accordingly.

I always recommend you purchase tickets to places you want to visit beforehand. First off, it will keep you more organized.

You probably will get a discount on the price and more than likely you will get a skip-the-line perk.

If you do not have 5 days to spend in London, read what to do in London in 1 day.  I also have an itinerary for a long weekend in London .

Now, let’s get to London travel planning!

Table of Contents

Day One: Castles, Parks, and Palaces

Stop 1: green park.

Located in Westminster, in central London, Green Park is a lovely place to begin your 5 days in London itinerary.

It is like being in nature, in the middle of the city. You can walk along the paved pathways or meander through the grass. Walking near the trees and under their adjoining canopies is almost magical.

There are a few memorials located in the park you may wish to visit. All commemorate the soldiers who lost their lives during World War I and World War II.

Those memorials are the Memorial Gates (India, Africa, and the Caribbean,) the Canadian Memorial, and The Bomber Memorial (British).

A stone’s throw from Buckingham Palace, this bit of nature in the center of the city is a refreshing way to begin your London itinerary. 

Read here if you are interested in more beautiful places in London to visit.

Stop 2: Buckingham Palace 

Buckingham Palace is home to the Royal Family. Pretty much everyone who visits London plans to stop by Buckingham Palace.

Beautifully manicured gardens along with the administrative offices of the Queen are found at the palace.

Everything about Buckingham Palace is exciting, from the ornate black and gold gates to the palace itself.

Long a symbol for British citizens, the palace is important during celebrations as well as sorrows.

Do not miss out on seeing the renowned changing of the guard. Check the palace website for when you will be spending 5 days in London to confirm the dates and times of the ceremony.

Book Here: Buckingham Palace: The State Rooms Entrance Ticket

Book Here: London: The Changing of the Guard Experience

Stop 3: Hyde Park

A mere one mile from Buckingham Palace is Hyde Park. It is the largest royal park in London at 625 acres.

Created in 1536 as private hunting grounds for the elite, it was made public in 1637 and has remained popular ever since.

There is the famous speaker’s corner often used for debating and throughout the years major rock bands like the Rolling Stones and Pink Floyd have given free concerts.

Add a visit to Hyde Park to your London itinerary. It is a great place for exercise along its trails. Enjoy a picnic lunch or simply a rest during your busy 5 days in London!

Stop 4: Kensington Gardens

Located on Hyde Park’s western border, Kensington Gardens is 250 acres of beautifully landscaped green space. This is one of the best things to do in the Kensington neighborhood !

There are a few monuments to note in Kensington Gardens, one being the Prince Albert Monument. It was commissioned by Queen Victoria to honor her husband upon his death.

The Diana Memorial Playground is one of the most popular monuments in London.

It is a playground to honor Princess Diana, and it is located near Kensington Palace where her apartment was. 

The Peter Pan-inspired playground brings a lot of children to it and there is an accessible area as well, so all children can play. If you are traveling to London with kids , they will love this spot!

Don’t forget to see the famous Peter Pan Statue too!

There are plenty of tours in London that will include these gardens!

Book Here:   Kensington Palace Gardens Tour with Royal High Tea

Stop 5: Kensington Palace

Visit where Queen Victoria was born and where young royals have lived for over three hundred years at Kensington Palace.

Located adjacent to Kensington Gardens, the State Rooms are available to tour, but the private residences and offices are not.

You will be able to see the room where Queen Victoria was born and raised until she ascended to the throne at age 18, and ruled for 63 years.

There is a Princess Diana exhibit, and you can tour royal apartments of the past where one is more exquisite than the next.

Kensington Palace is a wonderful location to add to your 5 days in London itinerary!

Book Here: London: Westminster Walking Tour and Kensington Palace Visit

Stop 6: Little Venice

Venice in London? Well, kind of. The quirky residential neighborhood referred to as “Little Venice” is located where the Regent’s Canal meets the Grand Union Canal.

Where the canals cross, a small network of waterways is formed. While bustling and sometimes crowded, this area is not widely known to most tourists.

There are lots of things to do and see in London’s Little Venice. You can take a boat ride down the canals from April to November. Or walk along the waterways exploring Regent’s Park or the London Zoo.

You can take a rest at Rembrandt’s Gardens, sitting on benches among beautiful landscaping and looking out to Little Venice’s waterways.

There are a lot of other hidden gems in London to discover as well as Little Venice if you are interested!

Stop 7:  Kyoto Gardens

Located about one mile from Kensington Palace is Holland Park. Within this 54-acre park, you will discover the Japanese-inspired Kyoto Gardens.

It is a very tranquil spot and certainly worth a visit during your 5 days in London.

The gardens, established in the 1990s were a gift from the people of Japan to the people of Great Britain.

Peacocks meander and there are rippling waterfalls and ponds with koi which make this garden a great place to relax.

You may be rewarded with blooming cherry blossoms if you visit Kyoto Gardens during the late spring. The park is free and open from dawn until dusk.

Book Here: Secret Gardens of London Full-Day Tour

Day Two: Visit More of London’s Iconic Sites

Stop 1: trafalgar square.

Begin your day with breakfast in London ! Then head out to see some of the best attractions in London!

Located in Central London, the famous Trafalgar Square is the best place to begin day two of your London travel plan.

Named after Admiral Lord Nelson, the commander during a famous British naval victory, this very large public square is always busy!

You will find a huge statue honoring Nelson and guarding him are four massive lions found at the bottom of the statue.

Book Here: Grand London Half-Day Bicycle Tour

Stop 2: The UK’s Smallest Police Station 

Located in the southeast corner of Trafalgar Square, it is worth seeking it out as its history is quite interesting.

In days past, Londoners used Trafalgar Square as a gathering place to protest, utilizing their freedom of speech rights. This little police station was important in helping monitor the crowd’s behavior.

Narrow slits were put into the bottom of a light post in the 1920s so a police officer could observe the crowds’ activities.

Should he want to call for reinforcements, the tiny station was connected to a nearby station by telephone.

This gem, hidden in plain sight, is worth adding to your 5-day itinerary for London.

Here are some other unusual things to do in London for you to consider.

Stop 3: The Warped Window at St. Martin In The Fields Church

Also located at Trafalgar Square is St. Martin in the Fields Church. Its East Window is an extraordinary display of contemporary art with a profound message.

The current window display replaced one that was destroyed during World War II bombs.

Its austere and contemporary flair seems a bit out of place next to the opulent Baroque architecture of the church, and that is what makes it all the more striking.

High above the main altar, the Warped Window has vertical and horizontal lines that form a cross with an opening in the center that allows light to enter the inside of the church!

Stop 4: The National Gallery

Are you aware that a lot of museums have no admission fees in London? I did not know that on my first trip there either!

Located on the north end of Trafalgar Square, the National Gallery is one of the best museums in London.

Even if you do not consider yourself an art lover, I would suggest you add this museum to your London itinerary for 5 days.

When you enter, it is an excellent idea to get a map of the gallery so you can locate where the art you are most interested in is displayed.

Rembrandt, Cezanne, da Vinci, and van Gogh are but some of the artists that are featured.

Many London itineraries also include the Natural History Museum, the Science Museum, and the Victoria & Albert Museum. They are all free admission as well!

Stop 5: Whitehall Street

Whitehall Street is considered London’s “political” street. It begins due south from Trafalgar Square. There will be several iconic places you will pass.

Look for the gates of Downing Street. The Prime Minister lives at 10 Downing Street, but there are no tours of this private residence. Nor can you visit it.

However, you can visit 10 Adams Street. It has a front door that looks eerily similar to 10 Downing Street. It is a great place to catch a souvenir picture.

A bit further down Whitehall Street, you will see the Cenotaph Memorial. It is a monument honoring the dead from WWI and WWII.

Soon Whitehall Street merges with Parliament Street, and you will be at Bridge Street. If you look straight ahead you will see the Houses of Parliament.

To your right is Westminster Abbey. To your left is Westminster Bridge and the River Thames. This street is one of the best walks in London !

Stop 6: Westminster Abbey

Westminster Abbey is where all British Royalty is crowned. It is one of the finest examples of Gothic architecture. It is also where Prince William married Kate Middleton.

Within the abbey are monuments and memorials bestowed to British citizens throughout history.

The Tomb of the Unknown Soldier is located inside Henry VII’s chapel and is dedicated to the thousands of British soldiers who were killed during World War II.

Book Here: London: Westminster Abbey Entrance Ticket

Stop 7: Houses of Parliament Building and Big Ben

One of the most well-known and most frequently visited sites in London is the Parliament Building along with its Big Ben Tower! This is a must-see on any London five-day itinerary.

The Houses of Parliament building is also referred to as Westminster Palace. Tours are offered or you can rent an audio guide for a self-tour instead.

The vertical tower that houses the huge bell we call Big Ben is really named Elizabeth Tower. It chimes on the hour and has rarely been interrupted (save during the World Wars).

No matter how many days in London you have, you need to take the iconic walk across the Westminster Bridge and photograph Big Ben and the Parliament Building.

Book Here: London: Guided Tour of Houses of Parliament & Westminster

Stop 8: The London Eye

Located within walking distance from the Parliament Building and on the banks of the River Thames, the Coca-Cola London Eye stands a stunning 443 feet high.

Built in 1999 to usher in a new millennium, it is alternatively referred to as the Millennium Wheel.

Once aboard the London Eye, the huge wheel rotates very slowly around. One revolution takes thirty minutes. The views of the River Thames and surrounding London views are outstanding.

This is a great attraction to add to your 5 days in London itinerary!

Book Here: The London Eye Entry Ticket

Book Here: The London Eye Champagne Experience

Day 3: Out And About in London

Stop 1: the royal exchange.

The Royal Exchange Building is located in the financial district, the heart of London. It is trapezoidal in shape.

Twice, it has been consumed and destroyed by fires. The current building was designed and built in the 1840s.

A shopping and dining destination, the Royal Exchange is a worthy addition to your 5 days in London, England, itinerary. Its chic shops and excellent dining will lure you to this historic location!

Book Here: London: Historic City Walking Tour

Stop 2: Leadenhall Market

Located very close to the Royal Exchange Building, the Leadenhall Market is a covered market.

Its elegant roof painted maroon, cream, and green, coupled with its cobbled streets, make this market a splendid place to add to your 5 days in London, England, itinerary.

It is a popular tourist destination in the city, so you will not be alone! It is one of the top markets in London !

What makes Leadenhall Market so appealing is that it has been used in many movies. Harry Potter fans will recognize it from the first movie. There is even a marathon road race that is run through it.

The market sells fresh foods and flowers and this may be the perfect place to pick up some brunch in London as your afternoon progresses.

Book Here: Magical London: Harry Potter Guided Walking Tour

Stop 3: The Tower Of London

One of London’s most popular attractions is the Tower of London. Famous executions took place here and it is busy and crowded most of the time.

I suggest adding it to your London travel itinerary. Consider purchasing your tickets online in advance.

The Tower of London’s famous welcome tour is led by the Yeoman Warders, more famously known as Beefeaters.

Located on the north bank of the Thames River, you can also rent audio headsets which will permit you to take a self-guided tour at your own pace.

Make sure to take notice of the Jewel House to view the Crown Jewels and the Medieval Palace. Also, the execution site where many famous historical people were slain. Look for Ravel Tower too.

The Tower of London is so interesting, and I do not believe you need to be a history aficionado to enjoy visiting there on your UK itinerary.

Book Here: Tower of London Small Group Tour with a Beefeater

Book Here: Tower of London and Crown Jewels Exhibiti o n Ticket

Stop 4: The Tower Bridge

Over 40,000 tourists and Londonites cross the River Thames using the Tower Bridge. It is a mechanical masterpiece.

You can learn the history of this iconic bridge inside the Tower Bridge Rooms that tell the stories of the heroes who were responsible for building and running the original bridge.

Originally the bridge was raised and lowered over 20 times a day, powered by steam. That took 80 men. The bridge switched from steam to electricity in the late 1970s.

You can see panoramic vistas of London from the Glass Floor Walkway, 140 feet high above the Thames!

The glass walkway is 36 feet long and almost 6 feet wide. Not only can you see outside and around, but you can see below you to the street below!

The Tower Bridge Rooms are wheelchair accessible.

As is with all popular London attractions, please secure your tickets beforehand online.

Book Here: London: Tower Bridge Entry Ticket

Stop 5: Saint Dunstan-In-The-East Church

Next, visit a beautiful parish church that is very close by. St. Dunstan-in-The-East church is located on St. Dunstan’s Hill between London Bridge and the Tower of London.

Destroyed during WWII, this Roman Catholic/Church of England parish church was renovated in 1967.

There is a fountain and lovely landscaping there that adds to the ambiance of this Gothic parish church and its grounds. Sometimes weddings and services are held out on the grounds.

If you need a respite, or a quiet moment away from the noises of London, visiting Saint Dunstan-in-the-East parish church is a wonderful thing to do during your 5 days in London.

Stop 6: Sky Garden

Less than one mile away is the Sky Garden. It is an extraordinary public space, three stories tall. It offers uninterrupted panoramic views of London.

And, best of all, this attraction is FREE. However, you need to sign up for tickets online and in advance. A limited number of tickets are issued for each day, so please make sure you sign up early.

While you certainly can drop by and try your luck for available tickets, the line is usually long. And there is no guarantee you will be admitted inside.

When you do gain entry, you will see meticulously manicured botanical gardens on all three levels at Sky Garden. But the biggest draw is the 360* panoramic views of London surrounding you!

You will find several upscale restaurants for your dining pleasure and two bars for any celebratory cocktail you may want to have!

Even if you have rainy weather in London for 5 days, you can enjoy the greenery here.

Stop 7. The Shard

Next, you will cross the River Thames and head south to the building that looks like a piece of glass, the Shard.

It just may be the most stunning modern building in London, and it is one of the tallest buildings in Europe.

There is quite a discussion about which location has the better London views, the Shard or the Sky Garden.

I will not try to influence you. You should visit both during your 5 days in London and decide for yourself!

The Shard houses offices, businesses, a five-star hotel, restaurants, and The View From The Shard  observation towers.

This posh experience does not come cheap as there is admission charged to get into the building. However, there is nothing quite like the London skyline from over 800 feet in the air!

Purchase beforehand online if you can. And do not be late. Tickets are dated and timed. Security is very strict but once inside you can stay as long as you wish.

Day 4: Head Out Of Central London To Greenwich

Stop 1: the greenwich meridian at the royal conservatory.

There are so many great things to do in Greenwich !

At the Greenwich Meridian, you can be in the same place but at different times. Very cool indeed, but what does that even mean?

 The Greenwich Meridian is the actual line of the earth that separates east from west.

This is the same way that the Equator differentiates the North from the South. It is an imaginary line that marks zero degrees longitude.

It is significant because the Greenwich Meridian is the starting point of every time zone in the world!

The Greenwich Meridian is located at the London Royal Conservatory in Greenwich Park. It is a really interesting experience to add to your London five-day itinerary.

Stop 2: The Tulip Stairs

A few miles away from the Greenwich Meridian is the Queen’s Palace, also in Greenwich. When you visit the Queen’s Palace it is like visiting the past. Admission is free.

The spectacular blue ornate Tulip Stairs are an architectural masterpiece. From the seventeenth century, the Tulip Stairs have the distinction of being the first self-supporting spiral staircase built in Great Britain.

Visiting the Queen’s Palace is something to consider if you are a fan of architecture.

Stop 3: The Greenwich Foot Tunnel

A very unusual experience in London is walking under the River Thames.

The Greenwich Foot Tunnel was originally completed in 1902 and renovated in 2012. Its purpose was to replace the unreliable ferry service that transported people to and from their work.

Today entrances on both sides of the River Thames have glass domes and spiral staircases making climbing into and out of it more manageable.

The domes also make it easier to locate since it is one of the coolest hidden gems in London.

Stop 4: The Line Sculpture Trail

What is the Line? It is London’s first contemporary art walk.

Opened in 2015, it runs from Greenwich Peninsula (The O2) to Queen Elizabeth Olympic Park (North Greenwich to Stratford.) The Line Sculpture Hike is three miles as the crow flies.

It meanders along the London waterways of the River Thames, so that adds distance. Set up as an outdoor urban exhibition space, modern and contemporary art is displayed for all to view.

It is possible to hike, bike, or walk the entire trail.

Enjoying the Line is free. However, two areas have fees: the first is a cable car that takes you over the Thames River for a birds-eye view. Secondly, a DLR railway station.

There are lots of restaurants, pubs, and cafes along the Line Sculpture Trail. It is a great place for a bite to eat during your 5 days in London.

Stop 5: The Painted Hall at the Old Royal Naval College

Still in Greenwich, the sumptuous Painted Hall is London’s take on the Sistine Chapel!

Recently renovated to the tune of eleven million US dollars, this magnificent attraction just recently reopened. It was originally painted by James Thornhill 300 years ago or so.

Free for children, there is an admission fee for adults. There are cushioned reclining seats for your pleasure to admire the stunning Baroque-inspired ceiling. You can rent audio guides as well.

There is a gift shop and cafe as well for your convenience.

Book Here: London: Painted Hall and Tour of Old Royal Naval College

Stop 6: Eltham Palace

Less than five miles away you will find Eltham Palace. The mixture of medieval and Art Deco influences will delight the senses.

Eltham Palace was once a medieval palace but was renovated by eccentric millionaires into an Art Deco mansion.

Located in Greenwich in southeast London, Eltham Palace was the childhood home of Henry VIII. 

Walking through the halls of the house you will get a glimpse of the indulgent lifestyle of Stephen and Virginia Courtauld.

After touring the castle, you can explore the nineteen acres of beautifully manicured gardens. They consistently win awards.

The Art Deco and medieval influences have both been carried out into the garden decor. You can even see London’s oldest working bridge over the castle’s moat.

Book Here: London: Entry Ticket to Eltham Palace and Gardens

Day 5: Explore London’s World Class Shopping Destinations

Stop 1: picadilly circus.

Picadilly Circus is just like Times Square in New York City. You will find jumbo flashing billboards advertising the latest trends.

There are also many cool shops. It is a popular attraction, just like Times Square. This is a happening area and one of the top things to do in London with teens!

Picadilly Circus is a great place to start day five, of your 5-day itinerary for London!

Stop 2: SoHo

SoHo is located to the north of Picadilly Square. It is well-known as London’s late-night epicenter.

Here you will find some of London/s finest restaurants, bars, and theatres. You will find the best shopping here!

You might want to consider exploring some of the trendy bars in Shoreditch as well!

Stop 3: Leicester Square

You will run into Chinatown as you wander from SoHo to Leicester Square. If you are looking for the finest authentic Chinese food with plenty of restaurants to choose from, this is the place to be!

Leicester Square is a pedestrian-friendly street in London’s popular and fashionable West End. There is a myriad of shops to fit anyone’s budget.

The same applies to clubs, restaurants, and bars. If you are looking for something to do for date night or to do with the family, you will certainly find options in Leicester Square.

If you are a Broadway lover, like musicals or dramatic performances, London’s West End is where you want to be for live theatre performances.

You want to research online what will be playing when you are spending your 5 days in London as venues and popular shows sell out quickly.

Seeing a show is easily one of the best things to do in London for couples !

Book Here: Central London Bar Crawl and Nightlife Tour

Stop 4: Covent Garden

Covent Garden is less than a mile from Leicester Square. In London’s fashionable West End as well, it is a more upscale shopping experience with a rich history.

And there are so many cool things to do in Covent Garden !

Covent Garden used to be a fruit and garden market, but nowadays it has much to offer. It is a must-see during your 5 days in London.

There are lots of yummy restaurants in Covent Garden where you can grab a bite to eat!

Covent Garden has stalls of items hand-made by locals or those residing in the European Union, mostly on the weekends. I appreciate this and look there often for gifts and souvenirs.

There is also live entertainment out on the streets on the weekends. There are many clubs and bars in Covent Garden .

Stop by for afternoon tea in London in one of the upscale restaurants or shop at the trendy shops. Just do not miss putting Covent Garden on your London itinerary.

Stop 5: Neal’s Yard

Most travelers do not even know about Neal’s Yard. It is a beautiful little street adjacent to Covent Garden. It is one of the hidden gems in London , and you will want to stop and take a look at it!

Not long ago, this area was a haven for garbage. However, it has been cleaned up and renovated and has become a very popular spot for locals and tourists alike.

You will want to pop into the world-famous Neal’s Yard Remedies. It offers organic skin and body care items. There are also independent shops and fashionable boutiques.

There are also plenty of chic eateries and pubs to awaken your taste buds.

If you are curious, there are many clubs and bars in Camden Town to explore!

Stop 6: The Silver Vaults

Located one mile from Covent Garden, the London Silver Vaults have been in business since the late 1880s. Unbelievably, all forty of the shops have been owned by the same families for the past forty years!

Also unbelievable, the vaults have never been broken into. This subterranean location even withstood a direct bombing during World War II without sustaining any damage.

A stop to shop at the London Silber Vaults will truly be a memorable experience. Consider adding it to your London itinerary.

Stop 7: Harrods

Just about everyone has heard of the most famous department store in the world, Harrods.

It is the largest department store in Europe and is known for its superb service and luxurious shopping experience. The main location in London has 330 departments and 23 restaurants.

Simply visiting Harrod’s is an exciting experience. But you do not need to purchase anything expensive.

Grab a bite for lunch or a drink and take a rest from all your shopping today. I headed to the all-things-Harrods department and purchased myself a souvenir shopping bag!

If you visit London at Christmas , a visit to Harrods is a must! It is one of the most popular things to do in London with kids.

Book Here: London: City Sightseeing Hop-On Hop-Off Bus Tour

Packing Tips For Your 5 Days In London

You will want to remain healthy while you travel to London  and   pack lightly   to make your travels easier.

This unisex RFID-blocking concealed travel pouch is  lightweight and comes in several colors.

These  RFID  sleeves  would be handy to prevent identity theft.

This  Anker high-speed phone charging battery  is the exact one I carry with me on all of my trips .

My daughter gifted me with this  FugeTek Selfie Stick and Tripod  for my birthday. It has Bloothtooth connectivity so it is very easy to use.

These Bagail packing cubes   are  the exact ones I use whenever I travel .

Travel Locks are an important consideration.

This  world traveler adapter kit   can charge several devices at the same time

I never leave home on a trip without my  Bobble   filtration bottle .  The 18.5-ounce size is perfect for travel and it fits nicely in the pocket of a backpack or your purse.

The replaceable carbon filter ensures fresh drinking water.

This collapsible silicone foldable water bottle  would work well for you.

You will want a  backpack or daypack  with you to store snacks, your water bottle, phone, extra clothes, etc.. This  foldable water-resistant backpack  would be great.

Perhaps you need a more substantial backpack for your international travel. This  antitheft backpack   has a charging port, is water-resistant, and can comfortably carry up to a 15.6″ laptop.

These   waterproof all-season shoes  are extremely affordable and yet fashionable.

Mostly everyone is familiar with the Skechers brand, and these  Air Run high fashion sneakers  come in a lot of colors to match your outfits and are still affordable.:

We all need to  protect our eyes  from the sun’s harmful UVA/UVB rays. These  unisex polarized sunglasses   come in a lot of lens colors and frame designs and are extremely affordable too.

If you are fond of the  aviator-style of sunglasses  these polarized aviators may interest you and add a bit of glamor during your  unusual trip to London .

As an Amazon Affiliate, I earn from qualifying purchases.

Quick Tips For Your 5 Days In London

UPDATED:  Stay vigilant!  

Please do not have any preconceptions about who can violate you by stealing your possessions.   Stay vigilant and alert.  

Remember to always  stay hydrated . Bring a nondisposable refillable water container and refill it often!

Call your credit card company  for two reasons: 1) to notify the bank that you will be out of the country and give them your exact travel dates.

2) To check to see if the bank charges foreign transaction fees every time you are out of the country and use your card.  If it does, inquire about applying for a credit card that does NOT charge such fees.

When using an ATM  in London, England, make sure it is in your bank’s network, so you do not incur a transaction fee every time you use a British ATM to withdraw money.

Also, consider withdrawing larger amounts of money, fewer times, to limit the transaction fees by your bank.

Whenever you can,  purchase advanced tickets  to  London attractions whenever possible when seeking out secret places in London.

Tickets purchased online, in advance, are mostly always discounted, and many times come with a “skip the line” perk.

I hope these suggestions will maximize your planning making your London five day itinerary as organized and effortless as possible.

I hope you can plan the best itinerary for London in 5 days! It is not hard with so much to see and do!

Next, read up on the best day trips from London !

Reader Interactions

Fleur Maison

May 10, 2020 at 2:19 pm

Hi Linda this is a great guide to London. Very good advice. One tip I could give, you refer to being robbed in Paris which is an entirely different country and culture to London UK. Europeans do get a upset at being lumped together like we are one country. I am sure your readers will appreciate the stay safe advice, but you’ll upset European readers by talking of us like we are all the same. An incident in one country in Europe is not representative of the other 43. It is much better to stick to experiences in the country rather than presuming the next is the same. I wish you many happy travels.

Linda Malys Yore

May 16, 2020 at 4:15 pm

Thanks for taking the time to share your thoughts with me. I appreciate it so much. I share all my experiences with my followers, good and bad. And I pretty much give the “be vigilant” advice for ANY city, Europe or not, that I write about!

Discover more from Linda On The Run

Subscribe now to keep reading and get access to the full archive.

Type your email…

Continue reading

Unique outdoor travel experiences for families.

5-Day Itinerary for London: A First-Timer’s Essential Guide

If you’re planning a first trip to London, this 5-day itinerary for London will help make the most of your time. From iconic landmarks to cultural experiences, and all the best stay and dining experiences, this itinerary covers it all to create an unforgettable trip. Let’s dive into the details day-by-day to help you plan a great trip to London. If you’re traveling with kids we’ll give you all the best attractions, free things to do, and the best playgrounds in London.

Some attractions will require advance tickets or reservations, which will be noted. There are also attractions only open on certain days of the week so pay close attention to this as you might need to switch the order around to accommodate. We hope this 5-day itinerary for London gives you everything you need to plan an amazing trip.

Disclosure: when you buy through links on our site, we may earn an affiliate commission at no additional cost to you. We only recommend products we would use ourselves and all opinions expressed here are our own. Read more about our privacy policy.

How to spend 5 days in London? Let’s go!

Table of Contents

Day 1 in London

For arrival transportation, stay ideas and luggage storage options see the FAQ section at the end.

On this first day in London consider there could be flight delays so keep things flexible when planning. If you’ll be battling jet lag try to plan an activity that’s engaging to keep everyone awake but that is not overly strenuous or expensive in case plans need to change. 

Hop-on-hop-off buses in London

Explore London aboard an iconic red double-decker hop-on-hop-off bus that hits all the major sights. Most buses have covered and uncovered spaces that are flexible with weather changes. London has particularly great tours that can help provide a good overview of the city early in your visit. Book in advance or wait until the day of at the first stop. There are many options available so advance booking is not required for this one.

City Sightseeing offers a comprehensive tour of the city’s landmarks and note the free cancellation is before 24 hours so would not help on the day of. Big Bus Tours offers various tour options including a river cruise add-on and night tour options. Save by booking online. *Note we first booked with Toot Buses but they came so infrequently we switched to City Sightseeing and had no problem.

The bus gives you a taste of all the major sights in central London such as Trafalgar Square, Westminster Abbey, Big Ben, Tower Bridge, Tower of London, Houses of Parliament, Jubilee Garden, Buckingham Palace, Downing Street, Borough Market, Graffiti Tunnel, and more. 

If you’re trying to keep everyone awake, getting off the bus near these fun stops will ensure a home run for day one. Check out the Jubilee Gardens playground and London Eye which provide a great glimpse of what London has to offer. The Graffiti Tunnel is also a fun stop for day one. Unless you’re tight on time save the tours and longer visits for other days.  

Other options for the first day in London

• Enjoy a culinary excursion in Chinatown for lunch or dinner. 
• Immerse yourself in the wonders of science at the Science Museum (free)
• Delve into the history of transportation at the London Transport Museum (kids under 17 are free not adults)

Conclude your day by checking into your accommodation, whether a hotel or an Airbnb, settle in for the adventure ahead. Jump to our accommodation ideas here.

“Sure, London can be exhausting. It constantly badgers you to keep up, teasing you with the constant gamble of what to do, and what to miss. But that’s what I love most about London – you can never get bored.” – Olivia Pass

Day 2 in London

Day two is filled with great culture and art while sightseeing along the River Thames in the Bankside Cultural Quarter. The Globe Theatre can be found at the tube stop, London Bridge on the Northern line (9-minute walk) or Blackfriars on the District and Circle Lines (10-minute walk).

Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre

This theatre was originally built in 1599 with a unique open-air stage that was the primary venue for Shakespeare’s plays. They offer guided tours that are great for families but you must book in advance as they do sell out. If you’re lucky enough to catch a performance they offer them spring-fall. A reminder that the theatre is open air so dress for all weather as tours and events go on in all conditions just like in Shakespearean times. Learn more and reserve here.

After the tour take the 5-minute walk along the River Thames catching views of the Millennium Bridge. Since the Tate Modern is free and doesn’t require reservations fit this in around the Globe which is trickier to schedule.

Tate Modern Museum

This is an incredible modern art museum (did I mention it’s free!) with great programming for families with children. They frequently have different events and activities for kids and a Play Studio space for families to make art together. Learn more

Lunch or Dinner Options Nearby

Borough Market is a local market with great street food options and so much to explore. Closed Sundays and Mondays. Catch a Borough Market food tour through Viator .

‘O ver Restaurant in Saxon House serves the best wood-fired pizzas, fresh pasta, and salads.

Burger and Beyond Borough Yards creatively done burgers and sides.

Catch an afternoon spritz or an evening drink at the London Bridge Rooftop Bar which comes with amazing views.

Other stops in this area if you have more time

• Take the Millennium Bridge across the River Thames to see St Paul’s Cathedral on the north bank.
• Thames River Cruise – see the city from the best view possible on a Thames River Cruise.
• The Shard is a pyramid-shaped 72-story skyscraper with a viewing platform and fun afternoon tea sessions. Both require advance tickets (1-2 weeks out) and can be spendy. We do recommend the Sky Garden (free tickets) later in the itinerary but include the Shard as another option that’s nearby.
• Mint Street Adventure Playground – a small neighborhood playground that’s fun for a break in the action.

Day 3 in London

Day three invites you to explore London’s regal heritage. Begin your day with a visit to Buckingham Palace, witnessing the grandeur of the monarchy. Start at the Westminister Tube stop. Walk through St James Park to The Mall (15min walk)

Changing of the Guards at Buckingham Palace

Experience the Changing of the Guards at Buckingham Palace every Monday, Wednesday, Friday, and Sunday. This is free of charge and no tickets are needed but it can be crowded so arriving early is a good idea.

The Changing of the Guard ceremony takes place between St. James’s Palace and Buckingham Palace. The ceremony begins at 10:30 am at the Friary Court, St James’s Palace (Marlborough Road). Recommend taking a peek through the gates of them lining up as you walk by en route to Buckingham Palace but if you wait for this you miss a good spot for the main event. At 10:45 am the procession enters The Mall and walks toward Buckingham Palace and it’s best to beat the crowds following them. Then at 11 am the official Changing of the Guard ceremony begins at the Buckingham Palace gates and takes just under an hour.

We arrived at Buckingham Palace gates by 10 am to find the best viewing spot. This was perfect to be able to take photos and find a good viewing spot. Note: it gets very crowded and can be difficult to stick together with a group, so have a plan and limit bulky backpacks or strollers.

The entire ceremony path and best viewing spots are on the website with maps. Check the schedule as things frequently change.

Buckingham Palace indoor tours are limited to when the King is not there and dates can change but previously were July-September. In addition, there are some family-guided tours as well as other theme-specific tours that happen throughout the year.

Changing of the Guards tours 

St james park.

If you’re with kids or just want a nice place to relax check out the St. James playground and gardens on the way back. It’s a wonderful garden to explore and for kids to play. Walk back down Birdcage Way to get lunch at the Cellarium Cafe in Westminister Abbey or somewhere nearby.

Lunch nearby

Enjoy lunch at the Cellarium Cafe in Westminster Abbey before a tour. It has simple modern fare with beautiful architecture and cloistered ceilings of the Abbey. Reservations weren’t needed when we visited in March but may be in the summer months or holidays.

Westminster Abbey

Westminster Abbey is the royal church of London and is a World Heritage Site with over a thousand years of history. There have been many royal weddings and coronations and more than 3,000 people are buried in Westminster Abbey. It is an incredible place of history and beauty and our kids loved this stop more than I thought they would.

The Abbey is busier during the months of May-September, Easter, and Christmas/New Years time periods when advance online tickets are needed but otherwise purchasing tickets onsite is possible. We always recommend purchasing tickets online in advance to avoid waiting in line. The Abbey is not open for tours on Sundays only services. 

Queen’s Diamond Jubilee Galleries are a worthwhile add-on for £5 to gain access to the beautiful 13th-century triforium space which includes views of the Nave and the Abbey floors. The audio guide is included with the entrance price and is very good. 

When walking Westminster Bridge along Great George Street/A302 there will be several red phone booths where you can photograph the phone booth with Big Ben in the background.

Additional things to do nearby with more time

The Royal Mews at Buckingham Palace is a great way to see the historic royal carriages and working stables. Learn more

Big Ben – recently reopened up for tours so it’s been popular but you have to be up for a workout to climb the 334 spiral staircase steps to see the clock face that is known as Big Ben, the tower itself is the Elizabeth Tower. Advance tickets are required and often sell out three months in advance. Tickets are released on the second Wednesday of every month at 10 am local time. Visitors must be 11 years or older.

Visit the Houses of Parliament, including Westminster Hall, the Central Lobby, and the House of Commons Chamber.

Churchill War Rooms – secret underground headquarters where Churchill lived and worked during WWII.

See 10 Downing Street, the official home of the British Prime Minister.

Walk across the Westminster Bridge and ride the London Eye. 

Using TKTS allows discounted same-day theatre tickets for London’s West End shows. The TKTS booth is in the heart of Leicester Square open seven days a week (check times) as well as online. Seeing a show in London is not to be missed!

Day 4 in London

On day four discover the storied halls of the Tower of London, unlocking secrets from centuries past including the Crown Jewels. Catch the best views of London and dine along the Thames.

Tower of London

The Tower of London is a historic castle on the north bank of the River Thames in central London. It’s a UNESCO World Heritage Site and one of the top attractions in London.

Advance tickets are needed (1+ months in advance is best) and you can buy them directly. We recommend scheduling for first thing in the morning for fewer crowds. Make sure to add the audio guide when booking as this gives you access to five different tours including the popular Yeoman Warder tour. The Yeoman Warder who lives onsite will share what it’s really like to live inside a Royal Fortress. 

When you enter the castle head straight to see the Crown Jewels first to save on the lines that will soon follow. Then go back and catch the next Yeoman Warder tour. These tours are mostly outdoors so dress accordingly.

Learn more and reserve tickets

If you prefer to visit in the evening consider trying for the hard-to-get tickets for the 700-year-old ancient Ceremony of the Keys.

Lunch Nearby

Coppa Club Tower Bridge is a great restaurant within a 2-minute walk of Tower London. Situated along the River Thames Coppa Club offers modern European fare in beautifully designed igloos or indoor seating. Reservations are recommended. An easy 10-minute walk from lunch to Sky Garden.

London’s highest public garden sits atop a skyscraper with 360-degree panoramic views of the skyline. There are restaurants and bars to relax and take in the amazing indoor and outdoor terrace views of the city. Tickets are required, although free, they open for weekly availability three weeks prior (often Mondays between 9-10am local time) and go quickly. Visitors need to bring ID along with mobile tickets and there is a security bag check and no beverages allowed up.

Additional things to do nearby

• Tower Bridge – Discover the high-level glass walkways with unforgettable views from the Tower Bridge. To get tickets and find timing for the bridge lift times check here.
• Horrible Histories Boat Tour is a fun way to learn about history while taking in the views on the Thames.
• Leadenhall Market is a Victorian indoor marketplace with apparel, gifts, and restaurants.

Day 5 London

This last full day includes some arts and outdoor time before a travel day, all while seeing any last stops you didn’t get to yet. Today starts at Kensington Palace and then heads to explore everything that the West End district has to offer.

Kensington Palace and Diana’s Playground

Venture to Kensington Palace to get in a morning walk and explore the gardens. There are also tours offered to see inside this royal residence. Find a pavilion near the gardens that offers food and traditional tea. Continue your way to Diana’s Playground, a great outdoor space for kids to play, and don’t miss Hyde Park nearby as well.

Explore Covent Garden and Neal’s Yard

Next, check out the lively Covent Garden shopping and entertainment area in London’s West End. The historic market building and surrounding streets are known for some of London’s best outdoor dining and pop-up experiences. There are often street performers on the pedestrian piazza near the 17th-century St Paul’s Church entrance. Explore the colorful alleyways of Neal’s Yard , there are great places for lunch or a relaxing cafe visit.

Near Covent Garden on Google Maps as “Diana “Mary Poppins ” by bambi”

Today is a great option if you haven’t already taken in a show in this famed West End theatre district.

Other stops nearby if you have more time:

• Transportation Museum 
• The Royal Opera House
• The British Museum

What to do in London with more time

As you can see there is so much to do in London. If you have more than five days for your London itinerary, below are additional ideas. 

• Windsor Castle which is only open every Tuesday, Thursday & Saturday 
• The Stonehenge Circle tour experience requires a very early start and due to limited reservations, tickets go quickly. 
• Catch an Arsenal F.C. game
• Harry Potter studio tour
• TKTS get discounted tickets to a show in the West End. Catch Back to the Future, Matilda, Six the Musical, and so many more. The smaller intimate theatres were great with kids and the discounted tickets allowed for greater access to great theater.

Free things to do in London for Families

While London and any major city can be quite expensive, there are so many great things to do in the city that are free. The city of London has an amazing amount of museums and activities that are free to visit. This can be an incredible savings for families with kids looking for free things to do in the city.

9 ¾ platform in Kings Cross Station – for any Harry Potter fans, Kings Cross train station is where the Hogwarts Express begins. Get photos taken near the iconic luggage trolley disappearing into the wall. There are professional photographers with props, but they also allow you to take your own photos. The line for photos here can take time so we recommend doing this stop not on a travel day. The Harry Potter shop is also in this station.

Young V&A   is part of a collection of creative museums across London that spark creativity, learning, and imagination. including the Admission is free. 

Tate Modern is an amazing modern art museum that is free and open to all. It offers interactive activities and spaces for families. Tate Kids is an online experience where kids can learn about art, play games, and take quizzes.

National History Museum Some family favorites in this museum are the beloved Dippy the Diplodocus dinosaur, whales, and volcanoes but there is so much to see. The space itself is incredible, make sure to look up! Free admission but reserve your visit time online.

Science Museum This incredible museum offers seven floors of science and educational fun. Free⁠ but pre-booked tickets are required.

The Wallace Collection is free and offers monthly Hands-On Armour sessions where families can see and touch the real armour. They also have creative workshops, storytelling, and a swordplay cupboard.

Harry Potter London Tours

Unique things to do in london.

If you’re looking for other unique things to do in London check out some of these ideas.

• Sherlock Holmes Museum
• House of Dreams Museum
• Catch one of these fun, themed afternoon teas Peter Pan tea at the Shard – a creatively done afternoon tea inspired by a Peter Pan theme. Sketch London does afternoon tea right in a pink explosion Art Deco dining room.
• The Thames Rocket speedboat experience from the London Eye and Tower Bridge.
• Herd of Hope is a family of 20+ life-sized bronze elephants which each represent a different orphaned elephant story. The sculptures move to different locations across London and aim to raise awareness of the mistreatment of elephants thanks to the Sheldrick Wildlife Trust.

The Best Playgrounds in London for kids

We love finding cool and unique playgrounds when we travel. It’s also a great way to meet locals or other families traveling with kids. Here are some great playgrounds in London to check out during a visit.

• St. James Park Playground
• Diana Memorial Playground
• Holland Park Adventure (close to Diana’s Park)
• Kilburn Grange Adventure Park
• Prospect Park at Battersea Power Station 
• Jubilee Park
• Wembley Park Play Park (covered)
• Finsbury Park Playground
• Gloucester Gate, Regent’s Park If Paris is part of your larger itinerary check out the best playgrounds in Paris.

Protect your investment.

Travel now comes with such unpredictability that protecting your investment is important. Get quotes from the most reputable travel insurance providers all in one place.

Frequently Asked Questions on Planning a 5-day Itinerary for London

What are the best stay options for families in london.

London hotels are known for being small and strict on the number of guests and this can make traveling with kids or a large family challenging.

We loved this AirB&B in Little Venice . Centrally located in the beautiful Little Venice area a 7-minute walk to Paddington Station. Great restaurants, shops, and canals are all within walking distance. Note: the link may not work if they’re not currently accepting new bookings.

Family/Suite Options in London

Doubletree By Hilton Lo ndon Kensington – has larger rooms and a great central London location.

Jubilee Hotel Victoria – budget family room options within walking of Buckingham Palace

Park Plaza Westminster Bridge – very walkable near the London Eye with family room options.

The Langham is an iconic luxury hotel in London. Five stars in the heart of the West End with family room options.

Luxury Hotels…because it’s London!

Radisson Blu Mercer Street this luxury hotel is close to Covenant Garden and within a 10-minute walk to Trafalgar Square.

St. Ermin’s is a luxury hotel tucked in a quiet neighborhood near Buckingham Palace but walkable to main attractions within central London.

Ruby Zoe Hotel – referred to as “lean luxury” with a design focus but many self-service offerings. A bit outside central London near Notting Hill Gate station but easy access on the Tube. Smaller rooms.

Where to eat in London?

Café in the Crypt A coffee shop and cafe in the crypt under St. Martin’s in the Fields near the edge of Trafalgar Square.

Dishoom – is a popular Indian food restaurant and they have various locations throughout London.

BrewDog Waterloo – pub food within a microbrewery, live music, outdoor seating, duckpin bowling, an ice cream truck, and did I mention there’s a slide?

How many days should I spend in London?

With five days in London you can see so much of what it has to offer. Catch all the best attractions from the Changing of the Guards, Westminster Abbey to the London Eye, and theatre in the West End. Try to plan travel days on either end so you have five full days in London. If you have seven to ten days there is always something more to do in London.

How do I get from Heathrow Airport to central London?

There are a few options but the Heathrow Express is our preferred option.

Take the Heathrow Express for an easy 15-minute journey to London. Purchase tickets at the train station for convenience. Non-stop trains run every 15 minutes from all terminals to Paddington station, where you can transfer to the London Underground or the Elizabeth Line. ~£15 Children 15 years and under travel free when accompanied by a paying adult.

London Underground ( ‘the Tube’) will take you from Heathrow to central London in under an hour. Trains run every 10 minutes and the cost is ~£6 and children under 11 years old are free. The easiest way to pay is using a contactless “tap” credit card or Oyster card but you can also buy single tickets at the station.

Elizabeth Line is London’s newest rail line. Heathrow to central London in under 45 minutes, with trains every 30 minutes and the cost is ~£13, and children under 11 years old are free. The easiest way to pay is using a contactless “tap” credit card or Oyster card but you can also buy single tickets at the station.

Welcome Pickups A personalized car transfer service with great customer service and reviews. This is a nice option if traveling with large luggage or kids after an international flight. They help with luggage and can coordinate based on your needs. We’ve used them in the past and have been very happy with the level of service. Book your Lon don Airport Transfer

What is the easiest way to handle public transportation with kids in London?

The public transportation is very good in London and kids under 11 years of age ride for free with paying adults see details here . The easiest way for adults and those over 11 years to pay is using a contactless “tap” credit card or Apple Pay setup on a watch or phone. You need a separate card or device (even if it’s tied to the same account that’s ok) per person as you tap in and out. Children traveling for free do not require tickets and station staff will let them through the wider luggage gates. The accompanying adult will use the ticket gates as normal. More info on rail travel with kids in London.

Where can I store luggage in London?

Left Luggage offers bag storage in Paddington Station but there are others like Bounce, Transfer Bags, and Stasher.

Is the London Pass worth it?

The answer is different depending on your itinerary. If you follow this itinerary exactly I’ll share we did not get the London Pass for our family of five. Build your itinerary and then compare entry costs for the things you’re interested instead in doing. It can also lead to packing in too many activities into fewer days to make it worthwhile. 

What are the best apps to download for a trip to London?

Google Maps, Tube Map, TfL Go, Gett (black taxis), The Fork, Visit London, Welcome Pickups (if airport transfers are needed), Rick Steve’s Audio Europe (great audio guides).

Reminder: setup Apple Pay if you don’t have a contactless credit card as it will make tapping in/out for the Tube easier and most establishments use contactless payment.

Lastly, we hope this 5-Day Itinerary for London helps you plan an amazing trip. Perfect for first-timers, it balances must-see attractions with local experiences for an unforgettable London adventure. Share with us what your favorite things to do in London! Follow us on Instagram and check out our saved story highlight for this trip to London.

If Paris is also in your plans check out the best playgrounds in Paris with travel tips. Check out our guide on How to Plan Budget Family Travel without Sacrifices .

Pin it to save for later!

One Comment

London and England are awesome for family travel. I’m a librarian, mom, and former educator and I love to find children’s books to read before traveling. Here are some of my favorites featuring England and London: http://storybooklists.com/country/storybooks-with-england

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

London in Five days

Planning to visit  London in five days is a great idea, as you will be able to explore London´s best attractions as well as London´s best museums and parks. The following five day itinerary to see London has been designed to include some of London’s top attractions, like Big Ben ,  London Eye ,  Westminster Abbey ,  The Tower of London ,  St Paul’s Cathedral  as well as some of London´s less touristic places.

I would recommend that you plan your five day trip to London in advance to be able to make the most of your trip. If you arrive in London with planned itineraries, you won’t have to waste any time deciding where to go next.

London in five days

If it’s your first time in London and you want to see as much as possible, I would highly recommend the  hop on hop off bus tour . You will get to see so much more when visiting London, but we absolutely love the  free river cruise  which is included and totally worth it.

One more thing you should probably consider if you are spending 5 days in London, is a London Tourist Pass. If you are planning on visiting a few of London’s attractions it will most likely be worth considering a London Sightseeing Pass . The London Pass actually includes the hop on hop off bus tour, as well as a river cruise too.

London in five days: Days 1, 2 and 3 in London

For the first three days in London I would suggest that you follow our Three Day London Itinerary.

Following our three day itinerary will enable you to see the following attractions and must-sees of London during the first three days:

• Changing of the Guard
• Buckingham Palace
• Westminster Abbey
• Trafalgar Square
• Regent Street
• Carnaby Street
• Covent Garden
• Oxford Street
• Kensington Gardens
• St Paul’s Cathedral
• Tower of London
• Tower Bridge
• London Bridge
• Borough Market
• The View from the Shard

There is also time during these first three days in London to visit one of London’s top museums or to watch one of London’s top musicals one evening.

London in five days: Day 4 in London – Greenwich / Harry Potter Studio Tour / Other Day Tour

For your fourth day in London, we are going to suggest that you head out of central London. You could either choose:

> Option 1: Harry Potter Warner Bros Studio Tour

This is your perfect chance to visit the famous Harry Potter Warner Bros Studio Tour if you’re a fan. Don’t forget to book as soon as possible though, as tickets sell out very quickly.

Check out our Harry Potter in London Guide

> Option 2: Greenwich

visit the magnificent area of Greenwich in the morning, and to make the day even more spectacular we would suggest that you get to Greenwich by boat from Westminster as the views are amazing.

Once you arrive at Greenwich, you will be able to visit the following attractions:

• Greenwich Market  (free entry, open 7 days a week from 10 am to 5 pm)
• Painted Hall  (free entry)
• Old Royal Naval College  (free entry)
• Queen’s House  (free entry)
• National Maritime Museum  (free entry)
• Royal Observatory

In order to get to Greenwich by boat, there are several options. You can hop on a river cruise from Westminster to Greenwich but don’t forget that you can also get a free river cruise  from Westminster to Greenwich if you buy a two day ticket for the  sightseeing bus tour in London. Other options include buying combined tickets for the river cruise + Cutty Sark or River Cruise + entry to Royal Observatory .

> Option 3: Other Day Tour

Other cities: Maybe you would like to visit Oxford, Cambridge, Bath, Stratford Upon Avon or Stonehenge for example. All these places can be easily reached from London, and they make wonderful day trips from London. You can either choose to organize everything yourself, by getting to these places by public transport or you could join an organized tour to make your life easier.

Inside London: You could also consider visiting Richmond Upon Thames, Hampton Court Palace or Kew Gardens for example.

If you still have time afterwards, you may be able explore more of London in the afternoon or evening. You can head over to one of London’s Top Museums , or, depending on what you are doing, this may be a good day to see one of London’s Top Musicals , like the Lion King, Mamma Mia, Wicked or The Phantom of the Opera.

London in five days: Day 5 in London – Little Venice and Camden Market

On day 5 we are going to visit the area of Little Venice in London . This oasis of tranquility is nestled in central London. From here, we can walk along Regent’s Canal (or take a boat trip) to Camden Lock. We will then have the opportunity of visiting Camden Town and the famous Camden Market .

Best Travel Options when visiting London in five days

There are plenty of things to do in London and the best way to move around is by using an oyster card or a visitor oyster card . You can also use a contactless debit or credit card on London’s public transport system, but check bank commission charges if it’s a non UK card. This is definitely the cheapest way to get around London in five days, and you can use any of those cards to go on public buses, tube, dockland light rail trains or trains within London Travel Zones .

Recommended hotels to spend three days in London

We have shortlisted a few hotels for you, based on price and location.

Check them out here: Recommended hotels in London .

Related Posts

Changing of the guard in london: dates 2024, london pass itineraries, the best black taxi tours in london, best musicals in london in 2024.

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Notify me via e-mail if anyone answers my comment.

Type above and press Enter to search. Press Esc to cancel.

Ultimate 5 days in London Itinerary for first time Visitors

Are you ready to explore one of the world’s most vibrant and fascinating cities? Below is our 5 days in London itinerary for first-time visitors. London is a city full of rich history and unique attractions – the perfect destination for adventure! With our five days in London Itinerary, there’s no way that you won’t find something to enjoy.

Table of Contents

Whether you view Big Ben and Westminster Abbey or dine along the River Thames, London will capture your heart, and you won’t want to leave!

We’ve crafted this guide of 5 days itinerary in London so you can get the best out of your time in London. Let’s start planning your dream trip right away!

Affiliate Disclaimer: Some links on this blog are affiliate links. This means that, at no additional cost, the author may earn a small commission if you purchase through these links. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases.

Day 1: 5 days in London Itinerary

Arrive in london.

Want to beat jetlag? Here’s a pro tip : arrive at your destination at night. If you take a red-eye flight, landing in the morning can make adjusting harder. We prefer to take a morning flight and arrive in the evening.

If you choose the nighttime arrival, head straight to bed when you get to your hotel. It will likely be close to midnight, and after a long day of travel, falling asleep in a bed instead of on the plane will be much easier and more comfortable. This will help combat jetlag. When you wake up the next day, you will be ready to explore and make the most of your trip.

If you prefer the red-eye flight, drop off your bags at the hotel (your room will likely not be ready) and keep moving. Use the Nanny app to store your luggage if your hotel is far from where you want to tour for the day.

English Breakfast

First, treat yourself to a hearty English Breakfast. An English breakfast consists of mushrooms, tomatoes, eggs, bacon, sausages, baked beans, and toast. The dark sausage is called blood sausage; need I say more?

An English Breakfast is also called a Fry Up. This hearty meal will give you fuel for the day ahead! One of the restaurants that we recommend for breakfast is The Breakfast Club . There are several throughout London.

Hop-on Hop-off Bus Tour

Take a free walking tour.

After breakfast, consider taking the Hop-on Hop-off Big Bus tour and stay awake until at least 8 pm local time. This will aid your body in adjusting to the time difference, and you will see much of the city you will explore in the next few days.

Alternatively, do the Rick Steves walk below to get your blood pumping after the long flight.

Day 2: 5 days in London Itinerary

Take a free walking tour.

Discover the joy of exploring new cities with the fantastic free walks on Rick Steves’ app! These walks allow you to go at your own pace, stop for a delicious bite, or spend extra time at places that captivate your interest.

They are the perfect starting point for first-time visitors to get acquainted with a city. Once familiar with the city’s layout, you can choose which sites to explore further. So get ready to embark on an unforgettable journey of discovery, all at your leisure! And the best thing is, they are FREE!

There are other free walking tours besides the Rick Steves’. Free Tours by Foot, London Walks, Devour Food Tours, New Europe Walking Tours, and GuruWalks are great sources.

The Millennium Wheel, also called the London Eye, is a giant Ferris wheel in London’s heart. It has a height of 135 meters and provides breathtaking 360-degree panoramic views of the city’s skyline. View major landmarks like the Houses of Parliament, St. Paul’s Cathedral, and the Shard.

It takes about 30 minutes to complete a full rotation on the London Eye, which allows enough time to take in all the spectacular views. The attraction also has state-of-the-art audiovisual guides, providing a fascinating insight into London’s history and culture.

River Thames

The River Thames is the most iconic river in England, flowing through the heart of London and the surrounding countryside. It is the second-longest river in the United Kingdom at 215 miles from its source near the Cotswolds to the North Sea.

The river is rich in history and culture and played an essential role in the development of London, serving as a trade route for centuries. It is also home to diverse wildlife, including otters, seals, and various fish species.

Big Ben and Elizabeth Tower

Elizabeth Tower is the iconic clock tower, and the largest bell inside is Big Ben.  In 2012, the tower was named Elizabeth Tower for Queen Elizabeth II’s 60th Jubilee.

Before that renaming, it was called Clock Tower. It adorns the Palace of Westminster on the north bank of the River Thames in London. This majestic structure has a unique architectural style, featuring neo-Gothic design elements that are a tribute to the Victorian era.

Elizabeth Tower was completed in 1859 and has been a symbol of British culture and heritage. It has endured numerous renovations and restorations to ensure its longevity and maintain its status as a UNESCO World Heritage site, as well as one of the most recognizable landmarks in the world.

Big Ben & Elizabeth Tower Through History

During WWII, the clock face went dark in compliance with the wartime blackout rules.  It survived the bombings, even escaping a bomb that hit the Parliament building.   It kept time and chiming while Parliament was restored.

The green lantern at the top of the tower, the Aryton light, shines when Parliament is in session. This was installed at the insistence of Queen Victoria. She wanted to see when the House of Lords was in session after dark.

Statue of Boadicea

The Statue of Boadicea is a bronze sculpture next to Westminster Bridge in London. This stunning statue depicts Boadicea, a legendary warrior queen who led the Iceni people in a revolt against the Romans during their occupation of Britain.

The statue stands on a chariot with her daughters, who also fought alongside her in battle. Boadicea is wearing traditional Celtic clothing and wielding a spear as she looks out fiercely over the Thames River.

The famous sculptor Thomas Thornycroft created this remarkable piece of art in 1902. The statue serves as a symbol of national pride and the British people’s historical resilience.

Parliament Square

Parliament Square is a famous public square in the heart of London. It is in front of the Houses of Parliament and is known for the famous Winston Churchill and Nelson Mandela statues.

The Houses of Parliament

The Houses of Parliament is a historic building complex that serves as the center of the United Kingdom’s political power. It is also known as the Palace of Westminster. Two chambers of the UK Parliament, the House of Commons and the House of Lords are located here.

The complex comprises several stunning Gothic Revival-style buildings, including the iconic Elizabeth Tower and the Big Ben bell. The Houses of Parliament and Parliament Square are steeped in history. They offer visitors a glimpse into the rich political heritage of the UK.

If you wish to visit the Houses of Parliament, buy tickets beforehand. This tour skips the line into the Houses of Parliament and Westminster Abbey .

Westminster Abbey & the Queen’s Jubilee Gallery

Westminster Abbey is a world-renowned Gothic abbey that has been the site of numerous coronations, royal weddings, and burials for centuries. It is an important symbol of British national identity and a historical landmark.

It was founded in the 11th century by King Edward the Confessor and has been expanded and renovated numerous times.

The abbey boasts beautiful stained glass windows, intricately carved tombs, and breathtaking architecture. It is home to countless historical and cultural artifacts, including the tombs of many British monarchs, influential statesmen, and famous writers like Charles Dickens and Rudyard Kipling.

The Queen’s Jubilee Gallery is also housed here.  It is a stunning collection of royal portraits and artifacts that celebrate the long reigns of British monarchs. The gallery is high above the abbey’s nave and provides visitors with a panoramic view of the abbey’s interior. The Queen’s Jubilee Gallery offers a unique insight into the history of the British monarchy and is a must-see for anyone visiting Westminster Abbey.

The Abbey has a beautiful evensong at 5 pm Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, and 3 pm on Sunday.

This is highly recommended if you are interested in a guided tour of Westminster Abbey, plus a walking tour. It also includes admission to the Abbey.

Walking along Whitehall

Walking along Whitehall Street in London is truly an experience like no other. This historic street is jam-packed with iconic landmarks, including Downing Street, the Prime Minister’s home, and the Horse Guards Parade.

Steeped in history, Whitehall Street holds many stories and fascinating facts that add to its allure. For example, the street’s name can be traced back to the reign of King Henry VIII, who installed a large palace with white walls.

In addition, the annual Trooping the Colour ceremony takes place on the Horse Guards Parade, a dazzling spectacle that never fails to leave a lasting impression.

A stroll down Whitehall Street is the perfect opportunity to immerse oneself in London’s rich past and experience the city’s incredible architecture and landmarks up close.

The Cenotaph

The Cenotaph in London is a war memorial erected after World War I. It was designed by Sir Edwin Lutyens and is located on Whitehall Street. The Cenotaph represents the United Kingdom’s effort to remember and honor the sacrifices of the British citizens who died in the conflicts of World War I, World War II, and other battles.

Constructed from Portland stone, the monument is a hollow rectangle that measures over 35 feet long and 10 feet high. It comprises seven sculptural forms that symbolize sacrifice, courage, and justice.

The Cenotaph commands an enormous sense of respect. It is a focal point for national remembrance ceremonies, such as Remembrance Sunday, Armistice Day, and other significant military occasions throughout the year.

#10 Downing Street

#10 Downing Street is a historic building that serves as the official residence and office of the United Kingdom’s Prime Minister. The building dates back to the early 1700s and features a distinctive black door with a lion-shaped knocker.

The Prime Minister’s living quarters are on the third floor, while the Cabinet Room and other government offices are spread throughout the lower floors. The building plays a significant role in British politics.

For centuries, it has been a meeting place for world leaders, the site of notable speeches and announcements, and a symbol of British power and influence.

Banqueting House

Banqueting House is an impressive architectural masterpiece. In the 17th century, it was the site of elaborate court celebrations and banquets for the British monarchs.

Designed by Inigo Jones, it is widely considered one of the most significant buildings of Stuart architecture. It symbolizes the unity between art and politics during that era.

The building is renowned for its magnificent painted ceiling, featuring a grandiose fresco by Peter Paul Rubens that depicts the divine right of kingship. The Banqueting House was the site of King Charles I’s execution in 1649.

Banqueting House offers visitors a glimpse into the opulent world of the kings and queens of the past. It is open to the public on limited days.

Horse Guards

The Horse Guards building is next to Whitehall and faces the famous Downing Street; the Horse Guards building serves as the official entrance to St. James’s Palace and Buckingham Palace.

The building was initially constructed in 1745 and has since been a ceremonial site where the Changing of the Guard is held daily.

The Horse Guards building features striking architecture combining the baroque and rococo styles. The impressive horseback guards attract thousands of visitors annually.

Additionally, it serves as a reminder of the city’s rich history and is a must-visit for anyone looking to explore London’s cultural heritage.

This is also a great place to get a picture of a Guard—it is hard to find a place closer to them than here.

Trafalgar Square is the final stop of the Westminster Walk

Trafalgar Square is one of London’s most iconic landmarks in the city’s heart. The square is named after the Battle of Trafalgar, where Admiral Nelson led the British Navy to victory over the French and Spanish.

The square is adorned with stunning bronze lions and a towering column honoring the Admiral’s heroic achievements. It is a popular destination where many significant events and demonstrations have been held.

The National Gallery, the United Kingdom’s leading art museum, is located on the square’s north side and attracts thousands of visitors annually. In addition, Trafalgar Square is home to numerous cafes, restaurants, and shops, making it an excellent spot for a day out in the city.

Eat lunch near Trafalgar Square. I recommend the Sherlock Holmes Pub if you crave fish & chips or another traditional British dish.

Visit Buckingham Palace

Buckingham Palace is steeped in history and symbolizes the British monarchy and its important societal role. Book tour passes to visit Buckingham Palace State Rooms in advance.

I also recommend visiting The Royal Mews , where you can see the Royal carriages, including the Diamond Jubilee State Carriage, and learn about the Royal Horses.

If you are interested in art, consider booking the Queen’s Gallery at Buckingham Palace .

Buckingham Palace has been the official residence of the British monarch in London since Queen Victoria’s reign in 1837. Visiting Buckingham Palace is a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to experience the grandeur and opulence of the British Royal Family’s official residence.

The palace has 775 rooms, including 19 staterooms, 52 royal and guest bedrooms, 188 staff, 92 offices, and 78 bathrooms. Guests can admire the lavish State Rooms used for official and ceremonial occasions. T

hey are adorned with priceless works of art, ornate chandeliers, and antique furniture. The throne room is the most impressive, featuring golden thrones and an elaborate red carpet.

Visitors can also explore the Picture Gallery, which houses an extensive collection of artworks by esteemed artists such as Rembrandt and Rubens. The palace also boasts impressive gardens, including the famous Buckingham Palace Garden, with over 350 wildflowers and a private lake.

A visit to Buckingham Palace is a truly unforgettable experience. It provides a glimpse into the regal world of the British monarchy.

Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace

The Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace has been a time-honored tradition for over 300 years. It takes place outside the palace’s gates.

The ceremony consists of soldiers from the Foot Guards and the Household Cavalry marching from the Wellington Barracks to Buckingham Palace.

At 11 a.m., the Old Guard hands over its duties to the New Guard, a process accompanied by musical fanfare and the band playing the national anthem.

The ceremony lasts approximately 45 minutes and is witnessed by thousands of spectators who gather to see the spectacle. It is fascinating to see the soldiers in their uniforms, the precision of their marching, and the magnificent horses of the Household Cavalry.

While in London, definitely try to see the Changing of the Guard. The British do pomp and circumstance like no other.

We were fortunate to be in London for the opening of Parliament one year. We saw the parade and the carriage carrying Queen Elizabeth II, the now King Charles, and Queen Consort Camilla. It was truly amazing and something we will remember for a long time!

This tour includes entry into Buckingham Palace and a tour guide for the Changing of the Guard .

The National Gallery

The National Gallery in London has over 2,300 Western European paintings dating from the Middle Ages to the 20th century. Founded in 1824, it has since become one of the world’s most visited museums, attracting millions of tourists annually.

The collection includes works by famous artists such as Leonardo da Vinci, Vincent van Gogh, Rembrandt, and Botticelli. In addition to the permanent collection, the National Gallery hosts temporary exhibitions, tours, talks, and events throughout the year.

Admission to the museum is free, making it an accessible and affordable cultural experience for everyone. If you would like to take a guided tour of the highlights of the National Gallery , this one is very popular and sells out quickly.

Covent Garden

Head to Covent Garden for dinner and live entertainment in the evening.

Covent Garden is a vibrant district in the heart of London, famous for its markets and theaters. Once a fruit and vegetable market, It is now home to numerous shops, cafes, restaurants, and boutique stores.

Covent Garden is also a popular destination for street performers who entertain crowds with amazing acrobatic skills, magic acts, and music. The Area has a rich history and lively atmosphere, but mind your wallet while you watch street performers as it attracts tourists and, therefore, pickpocketers.

Seven Dials Market and Neal’s Yard

If you seek something more off-the-beaten-path than Covent Garden, head to Neal’s Yard or the Seven Dials Market. Seven Dials is located in the heart of the West End.

It is a lively food hall with a large selection of food vendors with something for everyone. The building it is housed in is a great example of Victorian architecture, with an atrium with high ceilings.

There are often musical performances, pop-up shops, and other activities. Neal’s Yard is a colorful hidden gem in a courtyard of stores and restaurants. It has a friendly community vibe and was developed as a health, wellness, and sustainability corridor.

Day 3: 5 days in London Itinerary

Tower of London

The Tower of London, also known as Her Majesty’s Royal Palace and Fortress, is a historic castle on the north bank of the River Thames in central London. The Tower of London was first built in the 11th century by William the Conqueror as a royal palace and later became a fortress used to protect London from invasion.

Throughout its long and storied history, the Tower of London has served as a royal palace, a treasury, a prison, a zoo, and a place of execution. Its most famous residents were undoubtedly the imprisoned monarchs Anne Boleyn and Lady Jane Grey, executed within its walls.

Today, the Tower of London is most famous for being where the Crown Jewels of the United Kingdom are kept. Visitors to the Tower can take a guided tour and see the Crown Jewels, learn about the history of the Tower, and view the various exhibitions and displays that showcase its rich past.

Plan on spending at least two hours at the Tower of London.  One of the most popular tours is to attend the Opening Ceremony of the Tour and skip the line to see the Crown Jewels.

Tower Bridge

The Tower Bridge is a historic and iconic structure spanning the River Thames. Designed by Sir Horace Jones and opened in 1894, it has become one of the city’s most recognizable landmarks.

Tower Bridge is often mistaken for London Bridge. Don’t be that tourist that confuses it. London Bridge is very underwhelming, considering it has a nursery rhyme.

The bridge consists of two towers connected by a suspension bridge and a bascule bridge, which can be raised to allow ships to pass through. It is 800 feet long, 213 feet high, and made of over 11,000 tons of steel.

Today, the Tower Bridge is a popular tourist attraction that offers stunning views of the city and its surroundings. If you have time, visitors can walk along the high-level walkways and explore the exhibitions in the bridge’s towers, which tell the story of the bridge’s construction and its place in London’s history.

St. Paul’s Cathedral

This landmark is Christopher Wren’s creation. The current church was constructed after the Great Fire of London in 1666. It was completed in 1711 and took 39 years to build. Five other churches have sat on this site dating back to 604AD. A timeline of the site and world happenings is etched on the stone in the catacombs.

The cathedral’s most distinguishable feature is its dome, which is the second largest in the world. It weighs approximately 66,000 tons and has eight arches supporting it.

You can climb the 560 steps to the top of the dome to see an excellent view of the City. I highly encourage you to do this as it is quite the experience!

The Duke of Wellington, Admiral Nelson, and Christopher Wren are among the famous people buried at the cathedral. It also hosted Winston Churchill’s funeral and the wedding of King Charles (then Prince Charles) and Princess Diana.  

Plan to spend about 40 minutes at St. Paul’s Cathedral , a bit more if you climb to the top of the dome.  Rick Steves has a free walking tour of the inside for those interested.

If you can arrange your schedule to do the Choral Evensong at St. Paul’s, it’s beautiful. It is free and offered daily at 5 pm and 3 pm on Sundays.

One New Change for Great Views of St. Paul’s Cathedral

For those looking for a different view of St. Paul’s, One New Change is a commercial and office building with stunning views. This seven-story structure, designed by renowned architect Jean Nouvel, stands out with its futuristic glass panels and curved metal frames.

One of the building’s most outstanding features is its terrace, which offers an unobstructed view of St. Paul’s Cathedral’s dome. This provides a unique and unparalleled view of the skyline of this historic and picturesque city. The building also houses various shops, cafes, and restaurants, making it an excellent destination for tourists and locals.

Millennium Bridge

The Millennium Bridge is a pedestrian-only suspension bridge that spans the River Thames in London. It connects the City of London on the north bank to the Tate Modern and Shakespeare’s Globe on the south bank.

The bridge, which opened in 2000, was designed by Norman Foster, an architect, and Anthony Caro, an engineer. It features a sleek and modern design with slight undulations on the surface to create a sense of movement.

If you can make your way to this bridge in the evening, it makes for a stunning picture of a lit-up St Paul’s.

Tate Modern is free to enter, and it has an observation deck with great views

Tate Modern is one of the world’s leading contemporary art museums. It is located on the South Bank of the River Thames in London and was established in 2000. It has attracted numerous visitors worldwide.

The museum boasts an extensive international modern and contemporary art collection, including paintings, sculptures, installations, and photographs. Its terrace offers views of London’s skyline.

The terrace is a work of art designed by Herzog & de Meuron, the architects responsible for transforming the building from a power station to a museum. It offers a stunning panoramic view of the city, with the River Thames flowing below, the Shard, and St. Paul’s Cathedral towering above.

The terrace is also a great spot to enjoy food and drinks from the museum’s restaurant while taking in the breathtaking scenery. Tate Modern is free and undoubtedly a must-visit for art lovers and anyone seeking a memorable experience of London’s beauty.

Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre

Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre was a prominent performing arts venue in London during the Elizabethan era. Constructed in 1599 by Lord Chamberlain’s Men, a renowned theatre company Shakespeare was closely associated with, it was situated on the south bank of the River Thames.

It was a quintessential example of English Renaissance architecture and an impressive sight with its thatched, open-air design, 20-sided polygonal shape, and larger-than-life stage.

Unfortunately, the original Globe Theatre was burned down in 1613, but the rebuilt version remained operational until 1642, when the Puritans closed it. In 1997, a reconstruction of the Globe Theatre was completed, and audiences have been entertained ever since.

Today, you can tour or attend a performance at the Globe. If you are interested in Shakespeare, this 3-hour guided walking tour is highly recommended.

Borough Market for lunch

Borough Market is one of London’s oldest and most famous markets. It is located in the Southwark district, not far from London Bridge. The market boasts a wide variety of fresh produce, including vegetables, fruits, meat, cheese, baked goods, international cuisine, and street food worldwide.

The market has a rich history, dating back over 1,000 years, and has been a trading hub for local farmers and merchants since the Middle Ages. Today, it is a popular destination for tourists and locals who enjoy its vibrant atmosphere, unique offerings, and exceptional quality.

It has won numerous awards for its sustainability practices and commitment to supporting local farmers and producers.

Southwark Cathedral

Southwark Cathedral is a magnificent and historic church on the south bank of the River Thames, a short walk from Borough Market. It is believed to have been founded in the 7th century, making it one of London’s oldest Christian establishments.

The current Gothic-style building dates back to the 13th century and is marvelous. The Cathedral features a stunning nave, a choir screen with detailed carvings, and an intricately decorated Victorian Gothic chapel.

Visitors can admire a wealth of art within the Cathedral, including beautiful stained glass windows, sculptures, and several historic tombs.

Anchor Bankside

Anchor Bankside in Southwark is a great place to grab a pint and a bite if you don’t eat at Borough Market or are in the area for dinner.

The Anchor Bankside is a historic pub located in Southwark, London. It was established in the 17th century and has been a popular gathering place. This charming pub retains its original ambiance with wooden beams, a cozy fireplace, and rustic decor.

The Anchor Bankside is also famous for being the home of Samuel Pepys, who frequently visited the pub and even wrote about it in his diary. Today, the pub serves delicious traditional British food and drinks and hosts live music events. Its riverside location offers views of the Thames and the iconic Tower Bridge.

Sky Garden for Fabulous views

The Sky Garden is a stunning and unique attraction in the heart of London that offers visitors unparalleled views of the city skyline.

Located atop the 20 Fenchurch Street skyscraper, known as the Walkie Talkie building, the garden boasts three stories of lush greenery and beautifully landscaped gardens, creating a serene and calming oasis that adds one of the world’s busiest cities.

The garden is spread across three levels, each offering a unique experience, from the lower outdoor terrace to the indoor observation deck to the uppermost bar serving cocktails and fine wines.

The Sky Garden is open to the public free of charge, making it a popular attraction, and has quickly become one of the city’s most unique and sought-after venues.

Although the Sky Garden is free, timed tickets must be reserved online on Mondays three weeks in advance.

Day 4: 5 days in London Itinerary

Discover the wonders outside of London today! Step outside the city and embark on a day trip filled with adventure. Take advantage of the incredible day trip options available to you.

Stonehenge and Bath

Head over to Stonehenge and Bath , a mysterious prehistoric monument just two hours from London. Marvel at its ancient beauty and immerse yourself in history. Bath is known for its’ hot springs and Jane Austen.

Windsor Castle

If you missed the Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace, don’t worry; you can catch them at Windsor Castle. Windsor Castle , a magnificent royal residence just outside London, welcomes visitors all year round. Experience the grandeur of the castle and get a taste of royalty.

The Cotswolds

Escape to the scenic Cotswolds , where rolling hills, charming thatched-roof cottages, and idyllic villages await. Take a stroll through this picturesque region and soak in its beauty.

Greenwich, Hampton Court Palace , or Camden Town

Would you prefer to stay within the city limits? Explore the wonders of Greenwich , Hampton Court Palace, or Camden Town . Each offers full days of unique experiences and hidden gems waiting to be discovered.

After a day of exploration, unwind at your hotel or enjoy a delightful dinner and drinks with friends. The choice is yours!

Day 5: 5 days in London Itinerary

Churchill War Rooms

The Churchill War Rooms, located in the heart of London, is a museum and memorial honoring the life and legacy of Britain’s iconic wartime Prime Minister, Winston Churchill. The museum is housed in the underground complex where Churchill and his government operated during World War II.

It was a secret underground bunker that provided a haven for the key decision-makers and strategists during the air raids on London. The War Rooms were considered one of the most important operational centers during the war, as they were critical in shaping the course of the conflict.

The exhibits in the museum are incredibly detailed, allowing visitors to explore the warren of rooms where Churchill and his team worked tirelessly to defend their country against Nazi Germany. The museum has fascinating artifacts, including Churchill’s famous cigar, his iconic Homburg hat, and the original bunker map room.

The museum also includes interactive exhibits that bring to life the events of the war, such as authentic sound recordings from the war era, wartime photographs, and films. Visitors can see the desks, phones, and equipment used by Churchill’s team, giving them a sense of what working in the War Rooms was like.

A visit to the Churchill War Rooms is an absolute must for anyone interested in history, politics, or the Second World War. This private tour walks you through Churchill’s London with admission to the War Rooms.

Shopping on Regent Street, SOHO, and Carnaby Street

After taking in the Churchill War Rooms , indulge in retail therapy on iconic shopping streets like Regent and Carnaby Streets. Regent Street is home to many International brands and several Flagship stores.

Don’t miss the unique and eclectic Liberty of London or the trendy shops in Carnaby. If you have enough time, walk to Piccadilly Circus to soak up the electric vibes.

If you are a quilter or love to sew, check out Liberty of London’s famous fabric selection. A couple of yards of fabric is a souvenir that I bring home on every trip.

Lunch in China Town or Afternoon Tea

Are you feeling hungry? Head to Chinatown for a delicious Ji Li or New China meal. Or treat yourself to a classic British tradition with an elegant Afternoon Tea.

For extra indulgence, I recommend either Claridge’s or Fortum & Mason. Brigit’s Bakery in Covent Garden is another great option, with several specialty-themed double-decker buses serving afternoon tea.

Know the difference between Afternoon Tea and High Tea. Many people mistake High Tea for Afternoon Tea. High Tea is a meal eaten in the late afternoon or early evening, usually a cooked dish, bread, and desserts with tea.

Afternoon Tea is served mid-afternoon to bridge the gap between lunch and dinner. It comprises scones, tea sandwiches, and delectable desserts with tea. Today, it is a treat to have Afternoon Tea with the busy lives we lead.

West End Theatre Show

For all theater lovers, swing by the theatre early in the morning to get same-day tickets. You can score discounted last-minute tickets to a show in the renowned West End at the actual theatre.

Are you looking for even more options for tickets? Explore Todaytix.com for a wide range of West End shows and beyond. There is a booth in the middle of Leicester Square labeled TKTS; this is another option if you are in the area.

When visiting London , I look for a play or musical based in the UK or that I can only see there. On our most recent trip in June 2023, we saw Operation Mincemeat. It was in a small theatre and a cast of five. It was fabulous, and I highly recommend it!

The longest-running show in London is Agatha Christie’s The Mousetrap. It celebrated 70 years in 2022.

Are you planning a trip to London? Check out these other posts!

• Best Day Trip By Train from London Under 3 hours- 2024
• 30 London Myths and Urban Legends Debunked

How to get around London

You have plenty of options – hop on the charming red Double-Decker Buses, dive underground on the iconic Tube, ride a bike, or enjoy a stroll.

But be prepared to wear your walking shoes, as exploring London on foot can often be quicker than relying on buses or taxis. Even if you take the bus or Tube, you will end the day meeting your steps goal almost guaranteed. We rarely take a taxi unless it is very early or late in the day.

the Tube (Underground), DLR (Overground), and Bus

If you want to travel like a proper Londoner, the Tube (Underground) is the ultimate way to get around the city. And to make your journey even easier, get yourself an oyster card – it opens up all the doors to any mode of public transport in London.

Please do not buy a daily travel card, as it is not a value. There are travel caps for the day using your Oyster or bank contactless card, making the daily travel card more expensive.

Don’t worry about getting lost—the CityMapper app has your back. It’ll show you the best way to your destination, with real-time updates on bus and train arrivals and costs, and even provide easy-to-follow directions.

It will show you if you should walk, take the underground, take a bus, or take the DLR. Sometimes, it requires more than one!

The Tube is the ultimate travel companion, connecting you to every corner of London. It’s also super user-friendly, so hop on board and explore the city hassle-free!

Now, let’s talk about the famous Black Cabs. These iconic taxis symbolize London’s charm, and their drivers are truly remarkable.

Unlike their counterparts in other cities, London’s Black Cab drivers must possess an incredible knowledge of the city. They must pass the grueling Knowledge of London test, in which they memorize over 25,000 streets in the city.

So you can trust that wherever you need to go, they’ll know exactly how to get you there.

Use the apps GETT or Taxiapp UK for a Black Cab. Otherwise, it is fairly easy to pick one up on the street. Just look for the yellow light glowing on top, and it is available for hire.

Uber is available in London, but I always try using a Black Cab because of their specialized training when taking a car.

Traveling from the surrounding airports into London

There are five main airports in the London region. Heathrow (LHR) is the largest; if you are arriving on an International flight, it will most likely be from here.

There are several ways to get from Heathrow to central London.

• The new Elizabeth Tube line (Underground) is the cheapest and fastest option (about 6GBP). It will be the most straightforward option if you have an Oyster card upon arriving since this new line is very clean and has air conditioning, which not all tube lines do. There is also the Piccadilly line for an Underground option.
• Then there is the Heathrow Express (approximately 17 GBP). It is more expensive than the Elizabeth line and arrives at Paddington Station.
• A cab stand is right outside Heathrow; cabs are available most of the day. This option can be pricey depending on the location of your hotel, but plan on 60GBP to 80GBP to central London.
• Hired car, which is the most expensive option (about 100GBP to central London). First-time visitors often choose this route for convenience and not having to deal with train stations and luggage. Use either Get Transfer or Holiday Taxis to arrange in advance.

There are also Gatwick (LGW), London City (LCY), Luton (LTN), and Stansted (STN). The train system (DLR or National Rail) can access all these airports.

If you are flying to another country, consider these options, as some fares might be significantly cheaper than flying out of the well-known Heathrow.

Also, beware that some airports are a reasonable distance from central London, so map them beforehand to know your travel times. We like London City the best as it is small, close, and easily accessible via the DLR from the Bank tube station or Canary Wharf.

Where to Stay

We are big fans of the Marriott Bonvoy program and frequently stay at Marriott participating hotels. One of our favorite places to stay in London is the Montcalm East Autograph Collection , conveniently located near the Old Street tube station on the Northern line.

There are great restaurants and pubs in the area. A Sainsbury’s is nearby for picking up snacks or beverages. For a quick grab-and-go, there is a Pret across the street.

We’ve also enjoyed stays at the Marriott Canary Wharf and the Residence Inn Tower Bridge. We love the Marriott Bonvoy program for its added perks and upgrades.

There is no such thing as finding a hotel close to all London attractions. A hotel is best chosen near a readily accessible tube station. Staying out of Zone 1 will save you money. Ensure an Underground (Tube station) within a 10-minute walk.

Cash & Cards

London is primarily a cashless city, which means you can use your credit card for almost any purchase, including public transportation if you don’t have an Oyster card.

You will need some cash (not a lot), so hitting an ATM at the airport is as good as any place. Make sure to withdraw in pounds, not dollars, as your bank’s conversion will be better than at home at the ATM or a currency store before you leave.

However, it’s important to remember a few things to ensure a smooth experience. First, always pay in the local currency for the best exchange rate.

Before your trip, notify your bank and credit card providers about your travel plans to avoid any issues. Also, check with your credit card provider to ensure they don’t charge International Currency Fees.

Lastly, ensure your card has a contactless feature for easier transactions. Enjoy your time in London hassle-free!

How to Stay Connected

Want to stay connected without breaking the bank on international fees? Look no further than Airalo .

Order an eSim or SIM card from Airlo and enjoy hassle-free data wherever you go. Instead of paying exorbitant daily charges from your phone carrier, save big by purchasing a data eSIM or SIM card for a fraction of the cost.

You can even keep using apps like WhatsApp to stay connected with friends and family back home.

London Tips & Tricks

• Use the Nanny app: your go-to for finding a safe spot to store your bags during the day. Say goodbye to lugging around your belongings!
• Instead of taking the traditional Hop-on Hop-off bus, why not try Local Bus #11 for an alternate sightseeing experience?
• If you plan to explore London’s attractions, consider the London Pass for convenience and savings.
• When riding escalators, be polite and stand on the right side to keep the flow moving smoothly.
• There are BLUE PLAQUES on buildings all around the city. Stop and read them. London is rich in history; these plaques tell you what happened in the building or courtyard.

More Tips for London

• You will need an adapter for the outlets. The UK outlets are different from the rest of Europe and the U.S. This is the travel adapter we use the most.
• In the UK, they drive on the left side of the road. Look both ways when crossing the street to be extra cautious. Or look down; oftentimes, they will have warnings to tell you where to look.
• Remember, in case of emergencies on the tube, text 61016 for immediate assistance or dial 999 or 112.
• Always know where your country’s embassy is located. Keep a physical copy of your passport and other essential documents safely tucked away in the hotel room and give a copy to someone trusted at home.

From the Westminster Walk and Tower of London to The Sky Garden and Churchill War Rooms, there is so much to explore in the great city of London.

Shopping at Liberty of London or on Oxford or Regency Streets, seeing Buckingham Palace, and taking a day trip out of London are all musts when planning your 5 days in London.

All these experiences add up to an amazing and informative five-day London itinerary that you can truly make your own—whether visiting as many sites as possible or relaxing and taking in the sights.

Did you find this post informative? Subscribe to our Newsletter list for more amazing itineraries like this for your next visit to London and other European cities.

Here are a few other International Travel posts to help plan your trip.

• How to survive a long-haul flight
• Best Travel Essentials for Packing a Carry-on Bag 2023

Carry-on versus check-in luggage tips

• Basic Travel Safety Tips and Tricks
• Travel Resources

Our Trusted Resources

Booking.com: for booking accommodations

Fare Drop: for finding the best airfare deals.

Viator or Get Your Guide: for all my activities

Discover Cars: for car rentals

Airalo: for eSIM card

Trainline: for booking train tickets

Vuori & prAna: great sources for travel clothes

Columbia: great clothes and accessories for outdoor adventures.

International Drivers Permit: for getting your IDP

Travelex : for Travel Insurance

And don’t forget, always wear sunscreen!

Happy Exploring!

Creator, Founder of Cultivate Traveling

Becky is an expert in crafting itineraries for European and beach destinations, with a focus on places like England, the Hawaiian Islands, Arizona, St. John, USVI, and Italy's Rome, Florence, and Cinque Terre. With 15 years of European travels and a London residency in 2019, she's passionate about revisiting and discovering locales to create comprehensive travel plans. Based in Tucson's mountains, Becky enjoys outdoor adventures and off-roading, while summers are spent by a quiet lake in Illinois, near Wisconsin.

Similar Posts

Are you dreading schlepping your luggage to the airport before your next vacation? When packing for a trip, there’s…

Unique & Thoughtful Present Ideas for Hikers Gift Guide 2024

Hiking at Bryce Canyon with the red clay and hoodoos.

Best Travel Essentials for Packing a Carry-on Bag 2024

As a fellow passionate traveler, I know the thrill (and sometimes stress) that comes with preparing for a trip….

Ultimate 10 Day Maui Itinerary to Maximize Your Time

Are you looking for the Ultimate 10-Day Maui Itinerary? Have you been daydreaming about an unforgettable Maui vacation but…

Best Breweries in Maui -Brewing, Distilleries & Winery Guide

Are you planning a trip to Maui and looking to visit breweries there? I’ve made the perfect guide for…

Best Souvenirs and Gifts from Kauai: Made in Kauai Guide

Are you seeking inspiration for souvenirs and gifts from Kauai? Look no further. We present a curated collection of…

I’ve only been to London once but I’d love to go back for another visit. I’ll have to look up some of your recommendations for a second visit! Thanks for sharing all your tips!

I did most of these things on my first trip to London!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

London Itinerary: 5 Days

Home » Destinations » Europe » England  » London » London Itinerary: 5 Days

• Last Updated on April 10, 2024

London is one of the great cities of the world. The capital of English-speaking Europe and the head of an empire-turned-Commonwealth, this city is the center of one of the most powerful countries on earth. In addition to its political, economic, and historical importance, London is one of the top tourist destinations in Europe, and for good reason. It’s safe, friendly, easy to navigate, and fun. The city is chock full of interesting sights, all linked together by one of the best public transit systems anywhere. You will also find that, unlike much of the rest of Europe, the service in England is excellent most anywhere you go. People are always willing to help you find what you’re looking for.

You could easily spend a couple of weeks in the city and still not see it all. To help you plan your trip and figure out what to see, what to do, and how to get around, here is our suggested 5-day London itinerary . We also included other suggestions in case you have additional time in the city. We recommend doing the activities in the order listed to optimize your time.

Table Of Contents - London Itinerary

Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace ★ ★ ★

State Rooms at Buckingham Palace ★ ★

Victoria and Albert Museum ★ ★

Hyde Park ★

Palace of Westminster: Houses of Parliament (Big Ben) ★ ★

Westminster Abbey ★ ★ ★

Churchill War Rooms ★ ★ ★

10 Downing Street

London Eye ★ ★

British Museum ★ ★ ★

Covent Garden ★

National Gallery ★ ★

Piccadilly Circus ★

Chinatown ★

Theater Performance ★ ★

Tower of London ★ ★ ★

St. Paul’s Cathedral ★ ★

Millennium Bridge

Shakespeare’s Globe ★ ★

Windsor Castle ★ ★

Hampton Court Palace ★ ★

Other Things To Do In London

Afternoon Tea ★ ★

Imperial War Museum ★ ★

Tate Modern ★ ★

Tate Britain ★

British Library ★

Royal Observatory Greenwich ★

National Portrait Gallery (Closed until Spring 2023) ★

HMS Belfast ★

Ben Franklin House ★

Museum of London ★

Kensington Palace

London transport museum, practical info.

Getting Around

Day Trips From London

Stonehenge & Cotswolds ★ ★

Cambridge ★ ★

STAR RATING KEY:

★★★  Top priority

★★  Highly recommended

★  Worthwhile

No Star – Skippable if not interested‎

Day 1: London Itinerary For 5 Days

If you have extra time on this day, consider adding Kensington Palace to your itinerary. 

Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace

Start your 5-day London itinerary watching the changing of the guard at Buckingham Palace. This is one of the most popular things to do in the city, and is a must-do if you have the time. The guards march into Buckingham Palace grounds accompanied by a brass band to change shifts. The ceremony lasts 40 minutes, but you have to get to there 1-2 hours early in high season to get a good spot right up against the fence in front of the palace.

Cost and Hours : Free. Every Mon, Wed, Fri, Sun at 11:00am in front of the palace. Will be canceled in very wet weather. Address : London SW1A 1AA, United Kingdom Website : www.householddivision.org.uk

State Rooms at Buckingham Palace

This lavish palace has been the home of the British monarchs since 1837. This is where the monarch  lives most of the year. However, every summer he heads out of town for 10 weeks and the palace is open to visitors. Book your timed-entry tickets online in advance to guarantee a slot and avoid long ticket lines.

Cost and Hours : £30 per adult. Open Thurs-Mon late July-Sept 9:30am-6:30pm (closes 7:30pm late July-Aug). Address : Buckingham Palace, London SW1A 1AA, United Kingdom Website : www.rct.uk/visit/buckingham-palace

Victoria and Albert Museum

This unique museum displays 2,000 years of decorative arts from around the world, including altarpieces, furniture, clothing, carpets, pottery, sculpture, and much more. Visiting this unrivaled collection of objects is a treat, even for those who may not love traditional art museums.

Cost and Hours : Free admission. Open daily 10:00am-5:45pm (closes 10:00pm Fridays).

Address : Cromwell Rd, London SW7 2RL, United Kingdom

Website : www.vam.ac.uk

Hyde Park is to London what Central Park is to Manhattan. This huge green space is a place for Londoners to come and relax. Rent a paddle boat and tool around, rent a folding chair and de-stress, lie in the grass and take a nap, stroll about and get some exercise, whatever you decide to do, take a break from your busy 5-day London itinerary in this grand oasis.

Cost and Hours : Free. Open daily 5:00am-12:00am.

Address : Hyde Park, London, United Kingdom

Website : www.royalparks.org.uk/parks/hyde-park

This gigantic department store is one of a kind. It is enormous, yet thoroughly fancy. They carry everything here – from nail polish to drones to paintings by Picasso. It is worth taking some time to walk around this store and see what all they have to offer. Additionally, they have plenty of tasty options if you get hungry. Plan to stick to window shopping, unless you’re prepared to spend big bucks.

Hours : Open Mon-Sat 10:00am-9:00pm, Sunday 11:30am-6:00pm.

Address : 87-135 Brompton Rd, London SW1X 7XL, United Kingdom

Website : www.harrods.com

Day 2: London Itinerary For 5 Days

If you have extra time on this day, consider adding the Tate Britain , or the Imperial War Museum to your itinerary. 

Palace of Westminster: Houses of Parliament (Big Ben)

This historic site is the heart of Britain’s constitutional democracy. The Palace of Westminster holds the two houses of Parliament, the House of Lords and the House of Commons. Visitors can tour the palace, including the two houses, with a live guide or an audio guide. Expect your visit to take 90 minutes. You must book online in advance. Don’t forget to appreciate Big Ben (AKA the Elizabeth Tower – the one with the giant clock) from the outside before or after your tour.

Cost and Hours : £22.50 per adult (extra £6.50 for live guide). Tours available every Saturday year-round, plus Mon-Fri during recess (late July-early Sept), 9:00am-4:30pm. Address : London SW1A 0AA, United Kingdom Website : www.parliament.uk

Westminster Abbey

This is the most important church in Great Britain – arguably in all of Europe. The kings and queens of England have been crowned in this medieval house of worship for nearly 1000 years. This is an absolute must-see on this 5-day London itinerary. You will find the likes of Charles Darwin and Isaac Newton buried underfoot. Don’t miss Poet’s Corner, where Oscar Wilde, Jane Austen, and Shakespeare are memorialized. There are even several famous artists actually buried here, including Charles Dickens, Geoffrey Chaucer, and Robert Browning. Expect to spend 1-3 hours here going over every inch of this church. Book your tickets online in advance to avoid long lines at the ticket counter.

Cost and Hours : £25 per adult. Open Mon-Fri 9:30am-4:30pm, Sat 9:00am-4:00pm. Address : 20 Deans Yd, London SW1P 3PA, United Kingdom Website : www.westminster-abbey.org

Churchill War Rooms

This fascinating site functioned as a bunker for the country’s leaders during WWII. This is where Churchill hunkered down amidst frequent German bombing of London, and established a command center for the war effort. Everything is displayed as it was when the location was abandoned in August 1945. A visit here will teach you all about the bunker and Churchill’s life. Expect to spend at least an hour here. Buy your tickets online in advance, as ticket lines can be over an hour.

Pro Tip : We recommend you watch the 2017 Oscar-winning film Darkest Hour prior to visiting this museum. The movie focuses on the story of Winston Churchill as he leads Britain during WWII. It is available on Netflix. You can also rent it for ~$4 on Amazon Prime Video. Cost and Hours : £26 per adult. Open daily 9:30am-6:00pm. Address : Clive Steps, King Charles St, London SW1A 2AQ, United Kingdom Website : www.iwm.org.uk/visits/churchill-war-rooms

Number 10 Downing Street is the British version of the White House. The prime minister lives and works here. Like the White House, it is barricaded off and there is nothing more to do here than take a quick look from the street.

Address : 10 Downing St, London SW1A 2AA, United Kingdom

This observation Ferris wheel is the most unique part of London’s skyline, and has become a must-do for tourists. The experience involves a single rotation of the wheel, lasting 30 minutes. Each “capsule” holds 28 people.

Buy your tickets online in advance and expect to still wait in line for about an hour.

Honestly, this is a standard tourist trap, but there’s no other way to get that classic photo at the top. If you don’t care about getting the perfect photo, skip this activity.

Cost and Hours : £33 per adult. Open daily 11:00am-6:00pm.

Address : Riverside Building, County Hall, London SE1 7PB, United Kingdom

Website : www.londoneye.com

Day 3: London Itinerary For 5 Days

If you have extra time on this day, consider adding Ben Franklin House , or the National Portrait Gallery to your itinerary. 

British Museum

The British Museum is arguably the best museum in the country, thus one of the top things to do in this 5-day London itinerary. It opened in the 18th century, and ever since has been filled with the exploits of various English expeditions. Many of the world’s greatest treasures are held here, including the Parthenon friezes, the Rosetta Stone, and an impressive collection of ancient Egyptian mummies. Focus your visit on the ground floor exhibits, particularly those on Egypt, Assyria, and Greece.

Cost and Hours : Admission is free. Open daily 10:00am-5:00pm (closes 8:30pm Fridays). Address : Great Russell St, London WC1B 3DG, United Kingdom Website : www.britishmuseum.org

Covent Garden

This busy square is one of the best places for people-watching in London. The outdoor spaces are full of crowds and street performers. The iron-and-glass-roofed indoor market is the historic part of this site. A market has been here since medieval times, though its purpose has changed throughout the centuries. Today, it is a mecca for shopping, eating, drinking, and people-watching.

Address : Covent Garden, London, United Kingdom

Website : www.coventgarden.london

National Gallery

This excellent museum holds the most extensive collection of paintings in England. It is organized more or less chronologically. If you know what era you’re interested in, you can find some of the most famous works of art in the world, including masterpieces by Leonardo da Vinci, Michelangelo, Rembrandt, and Van Gogh. Unfortunately, the collection is not well presented, so many visitors wander around the galleries without getting much out of it. Consider taking the free guided tour Tuesday-Thursday at 3:00pm. Just show up 5 minutes early in Sainsbury Wing Foyer to catch the group (check the website before going in case there are cancellations or changes).

Cost and Hours : Free admission. Open daily 10:00am-6:00pm (closes 9:00pm Fridays).

Address : Trafalgar Square, London WC2N 5DN, United Kingdom

Website : www.nationalgallery.org.uk

Piccadilly Circus

Piccadilly Circus is the Times Square of London. It is filled with advertising screens and tourist traps. Despite this, the area surrounding the square is fun. We recommend walking around the circus, going at least a couple of blocks down each of the 5 roads that converge here. If you like what you see after two blocks, keep walking. If not, head back to the circus and try the next street.

Address : Piccadilly Circus, London, United Kingdom

This charming neighborhood is small, but rich in fun. The main reason to go here is to eat, so work in a stroll around dinner time. If you’re not going to eat here, it’s not worth the trip. Keep in mind, this area is not known for fine dining. We recommend you just walk around and see what looks good to you at the moment, but if you need a recommendation, Joy King Lau is a good bet for dim sum. (Joy King Lau: 3 Leicester St, London WC2H 7BL, United Kingdom . Telephone: +44 20 7437 1133 )

Address : Chinatown: the main intersection is Wardour Street and Gerrard Street . Head here, then follow your heart (or nose) from there.

Theater Performance

London theater rivals Broadway for the best live performances in the world. Try hard to see a play while you are in town. Focus on shows in the West End (e. g., Soho, Covent Garden, Piccadilly), as the best shows are typically found here. Find out what’s playing on the Official London Theater website . See the latest reviews here .

Day 4: London Itinerary For 5 Days

If you have extra time on this day, consider adding the Tate Modern , or HMS Belfast to your itinerary. 

Tower Of London

This UNESCO World Heritage Site is probably the most important thing to do in this 5-day London itinerary. This medieval castle has served various functions throughout the centuries. It has been a fortress, a royal palace, and a prison. Several famous people were also executed here, including two of King Henry VIII’s wives. Today, it serves as a beloved tourist destination and the home of England’s Crown Jewels. You can expect to spend at least three hours in the tower complex. Get tickets online in advance to avoid the long ticket line. Don’t forget to get a photo with the famous Tower Bridge while you’re in the area.

Cost and Hours : £29 per adult. Open daily at least 10:00am-4:30pm, longer hours in summer. Click here for detailed hours of operation. Address : London EC3N 4AB, United Kingdom Website : www.hrp.org.uk/tower-of-london

St. Paul’s Cathedral

Built in the late 1600s, St. Paul’s Cathedral is master architect Christopher Wren’s greatest masterpiece. This enormous church is full of history, having hosted the marriage of Prince Charles and Lady Diana Spencer, a sermon by Martin Luther King Jr, and Winston Churchill’s funeral. Don’t miss the extensive crypt, which holds the tomb of Christopher Wren himself. You can also climb the dome for stunning city views. Free guided tours are offered throughout the day at varying times (no set schedule), ask for details when you buy your ticket.

Cost and Hours : £18 per adult. Open Mon-Sat 8:30am-4:30pm (opens 10:00am Wed).

Address : St. Paul’s Churchyard, London EC4M 8AD, United Kingdom

Website : www.stpauls.co.uk

Millenium Bridge

This sleek steel bridge was the first new bridge in the city of London since the Tower Bridge in 1894. It is a work of art architecturally, even if it did have a rough start. When it first opened in 2000, it was so wobbly the first day that pedestrians had to grab the hand rails for support. It ended up closing for 2 years for repairs, but it hasn’t had any problems since. The views from the bridge toward St. Paul’s Cathedral are stunning.

Address: Millennium Bridge, London, United Kingdom

Shakespeare’s Globe

This theater is a replica of the original Globe theater, where Shakespeare wrote and directed his plays in the early 1600s (the original globe theater burned down in 1613 during a performance of King Henry VIII). You can visit the theater at night during a performance of one of Shakespeare’s plays, or you can take a 50-minute expert-guided tour during the day. You must book ahead online for either.

Cost and Hours : £19 per adult for guided tour, click here for available time slots and info. Tours only offered during summer.

Address : 21 New Globe Walk, London SE1 9DT, United Kingdom

Website : www.shakespearesglobe.com

Day 5: London Itinerary For 5 Days

Windsor castle.

Windsor Castle has been the home of the British Royal Family for over 900 years. This fortress is the oldest and largest occupied castle in the world. It was Queen Elizabeth II’s favorite royal residence. Visitors are welcome to tour the state rooms, as the monarch is rarely home. Don’t miss St. George’s Chapel, the burial site of the most recently deceased royals (Queen Elizabeth II and her husband, mother, father, and sister) and King Henry VIII. It was also the site of Prince Harry and Meghan Markle’s wedding in 2018. Book your tickets online in advance to avoid long lines at the ticket counter.

Pro Tip : This castle is over 20 miles from central London (a quick train ride) and is best visited as a combination day trip with Hampton Court Palace. Use Google Maps to plan your train route there.

Cost and Hours : £27 per adult. Open Thurs-Mon 10:00am-4:00pm (closes 3:00pm Nov-Feb). Closed Tues-Wed.

Address : Windsor SL4 1NJ, United Kingdom

Website : www.rct.uk/visit/windsor-castle

Hampton Court Palace

This gorgeous palace was built in the 1500s and served as the royal residence of the notorious King Henry VIII. From state rooms to gardens, this Tudor-turned-Georgian estate will take you a half-day to explore. Pre-booking online is recommended.

Pro Tip : This palace is 15 miles from central London (a quick train ride) and is best visited as a combination day trip with Windsor Castle. Use Google Maps to plan your train route there.

Cost and Hours : £26 per adult. Open 10:00am-4:00pm Wed-Sun (closes later and open daily in the summer, check here for detailed operating hours).

Address : Hampton Ct Way, Molesey, East Molesey KT8 9AU, United Kingdom

Website : www.hrp.org.uk/hampton-court-palace

Afternoon Tea

Afternoon tea is one of the great English traditions, and worth adding to your 5-day London itinerary if you have time. Today, not many Brits take part in this custom, but it’s still fun for tourists to experience. The event varies at each location, but typically your table comes with a three-tiered stand full of scones, clotted cream, jam, pastries, tiny sandwiches, and bottomless tea. Reserve ahead and plan for an expensive afternoon. There are plenty of places to enjoy afternoon tea in London, but we list a couple of the most famous spots below.

Pro Tip : Beware that some places require you to dress up for afternoon tea. You may even be required to wear a jacket and tie at certain locations – check the dress code directly with the restaurant when you make your reservation.

Brown’s Hotel

This London institution has been offering afternoon tea since the 1800s. In fact, Queen Victoria used to take her tea here. Expect a wood-paneled drawing room with an inviting fireplace that is classy, without being too snooty.

Cost and Hours : £70 per person.

Dress Code : “Smart dress.” No shorts, trainers, sportswear, t-shirts. Collared shirt required for men. Jacket and tie not required.

Address : 33 Albemarle St, London W1S 4BP, United Kingdom

Telephone : +44 207 518 4006

Website : www.roccofortehotels.com

Fortnum and Mason

Fortnum and Mason is one of the oldest department stores, having opened over 300 years ago. It supplies tea to many afternoon tea houses, and has its own Diamond Jubilee Tea Salon. Expect to enjoy a fancy traditional tea experience, while listening to a grand piano in this Georgian-style salon.

Cost : £70 per person.

Dress Code : No specific dress code enforced, but the salon recommends “smart casual attire.” They will allow trainers year-round and shorts in summer.

Address : Fourth Floor, Fortnum & Mason, 181 Piccadilly, St. James’s, London W1J 9LE

Telephone : +44 207 734 8040

Website : www.fortnumandmason.com/diamond-jubilee-tea-salon

Imperial War Museum

This engrossing museum covers the history of war from WWI through the conflicts in Afghanistan and Iraq. It tells the human story of war, including the lead up to WWI, the rise of fascism, WWII, the Cold War, the Troubles in Northern Ireland, and terrorism. The exhibits are well-organized and easy to understand. Book ahead in high season to avoid waiting for your timed-entry slot.

Cost and Hours : Free admission. Open daily 10:00am-6:00pm.

Address : Lambeth Rd, London SE1 6HZ, United Kingdom

Website : www.iwm.org.uk

Tate Modern

The Tate Modern is England’s best modern art museum. This industrial-power-plant-turned-museum holds an impressive collection, including masterpieces by Warhol, Dalí, and Picasso. If you love modern art, this is a must-see. If you hate modern art, this museum isn’t going to change your mind.

Address : Bankside, London SE1 9TG, United Kingdom

Website : www.tate.org.uk

Tate Britain

This is one of the greatest collections of British art anywhere. The works range from the 1500s to modern day. If you are interested in British artists, such as Henry Moore, J. M. W. Turner, or William Blake, this is where you find them.

Address : Millbank, London SW1P 4RG, United Kingdom

Website : www.tate.org.uk/visit/tate-britain

British Library

This library holds an astounding collection of written materials. Treasures include the Magna Carta (800 years old), the Gutenberg Bible, Leonardo da Vinci’s notebook, Jane Austen’s diary, and more. Unfortunately, these gems are displayed in a dimly lit room with little-to-no explanations or information. To put it bluntly, unless you have a specific interest here, this collection can be pretty underwhelming. When you get there, ask how to get to the Treasures Gallery. That is where the historic items are kept – the rest of the building is a regular library.

Cost and Hours : Free admission. Open Mon-Thurs 9:30am-8:00pm, Fri 9:30am-6:00pm, Sat 9:30am-5:00pm, Sun 11:00am-5:00pm.

Address : 96 Euston Rd, London NW1 2DB, United Kingdom

Website : www.bl.uk

Royal Observatory Greenwich

This site is most famous for being located on the prime meridian (0° longitude). This means that it is the center from which time and distance are measured across the world. There are a few exhibits on time and astronomy, but most people come here to take a selfie straddling the prime meridian, with one foot in each hemisphere.

Cost and Hours : £16 per adult. Open daily 10:00am-5:00pm.

Address : Blackheath Ave, London SE10 8XJ, United Kingdom

Website : www.rmg.co.uk/royal-observatory

National Portrait Gallery (Closed until Spring 2023)

This gallery serves as a veritable who’s who of British history. Portraits go from Charles I, William Shakespeare, and King Henry VIII, to today’s royal family. This museum is thoughtfully presented, quick, and free.

Cost and Hours : Admission is free. Open daily 10:00am-6:00pm (closes 9:00pm Fridays). Closed until Spring 2023 for renovations.

Address : St. Martin’s Pl, London WC2H 0HE, United Kingdom

Website : www.npg.org.uk

HMS Belfast

This WWII warship is the ultimate for WWII history buffs. The HMS Belfast sank a German cruiser and assisted with the D-Day Invasion in Normandy. The vessel is kept just as it was in its heyday. A visit here comes with an excellent audio guide, which walks you through the site step by step (although it is easy to take a wrong turn and get lost). This is a fun site for all ages, and if you have time, it’s worth adding to your 5-day London itinerary. But be aware that exploring this ship requires going up and down narrow ladders.

Cost and Hours : £24 per adult. Open 10:00am-6:00pm daily.

Address : The Queen’s Walk, London SE1 2JH, United Kingdom

Website : www.iwm.org.uk/visits/hms-belfast

Ben Franklin House

This is the only one of Ben Franklin’s residences that survives to the present day. He lived in this house from 1757 to 1775 during the years leading up to the start of the American Revolution. Mr. Franklin was living in London as the chief diplomat from the colonies to Great Britain. He was an avid loyalist for most of this time, believing that the differences between the colonies and Great Britain could be solved without the colonies needing to become independent. Learn the rest of the story as you tour the house. You must book a guided tour to visit the property.

Cost and Hours : £8-10 per adult. Open Friday-Sunday 12:00pm-5:00pm.

Address : 36 Craven St, London WC2N 5NF, United Kingdom

Website : www.benjaminfranklinhouse.org

Museum of London

This museum tells the story of London from prehistoric times to modern day. This collection of artifacts is extensive, from elephant fossils to art deco elevators, and is interesting enough to keep visitors engaged. There is also a recreation of a Victorian shopping street, which is a fun exhibit for all ages.

Cost and Hours : Free admission. Open daily 10:00am-5:00pm.

Address : Museum of London, 150 London Wall, EC2Y 5HN

Website : www.museumoflondon.org.uk

This palace has been a royal residence for over 300 years. Here, you can tour the apartments of King George III and learn about the life of Queen Victoria, who was born and raised in this complex. 

Cost and Hours : £20 per adult. Open daily 10:00am-6:00pm (closes 4:00pm Nov-Feb)

Address : Kensington Gardens, London W8 4PX, United Kingdom

Website : www.hrp.org.uk/kensington-palace

This museum tells the history of transportation in London, from horse-drawn carriages to today’s double-decker buses and Tube system. The museum is fun and interactive, and worth adding to your 5-day London itinerary particularly if visiting with kids. For adults, the displays can be more visually pleasing than truly informative.

Cost and Hours : £21 per person. Open daily 10:00am-6:00pm.

Address : The Piazza, London WC2E 7BB, United Kingdom

Website : www.ltmuseum.co.uk

This funky neighborhood, with its hipster vibe and trendy restaurants, is a great place to explore. This is best done before seeing a show in the West End.

Address: Carnaby St, London, United Kingdom

Getting Around London

London has one of the best public transit systems in the world. The subway (AKA tube) is easy to use (just tap your contactless credit card or apple pay-enabled phone as you go through the gates) and can get you just about anywhere. For any place that the tube doesn’t cover, use the double-decker red buses you see driving around town. Google Maps has excellent coverage in London, and can tell you the quickest way to get anywhere via public transportation. You should avoid bringing a car here.

Stonehenge & Cotswolds

Stonehenge is one of the great wonders of the world and on many travelers’ bucket lists. It is amazing to see, and is definitely worth adding it to any London itinerary. That being said, it is not that easy to reach, and can be a bit underwhelming compared to the effort of getting there. That is why we recommend combining Stonehenge with a visit to the Cotswolds to get the most out of your day. Check out our Stonehenge & Cotswolds Day Trip itinerary for details.

Bath is a beautiful Georgian (Neoclassical) town just 90 minutes by train from London. The town was founded by Romans at the site of healing natural hot springs. In medieval times, it was an important city for the wool trade. In the 18th century, it became the trendy getaway it continues to be today. If you’re looking for a culturally rich day trip from London, this is it. See our 1 day itinerary for Bath for more details. 

Cambridge is a pretty university town 50 minutes away from London by train. The home of Cambridge University, it has a unique combination of youthful energy and medieval ambience. Some of the world’s most famous scholars were educated here, including Charles Darwin, Alan Turing, Isaac Newton, and Stephen Hawking.

The best way to see Cambridge from London is to travel there by train and get a guided tour of the town once there.

We recommend the Cambridge Highlights Tour (~$25). If you prefer a private tour, you can reach out to the company directly by email. See info here .

The one other must-do in Cambridge is punting. This is the name given to the activity of slowly meandering down the Cam River behind the university in a small boat called a punt. We recommend a guided experience, as the punts are harder to maneuver than you might think. A shared punting experience is a good introduction to the activity, and is a good value.

If you don’t want to share a punt, a private punting experience is also a good option.

All rights reserved © Travel Cheat Sheet. Republishing this article and/or any of its contents (text, photography, etc) is strictly prohibited. 

Share This Post!

Related To This London Itinerary

London Itinerary: 7 Days

Stonehenge & Cotswolds Day Trip

London Itinerary: 1 Day

2 thoughts on “london itinerary: 5 days”.

Great recommendations ☺️

Hi Rodrigo! We’re glad you found this itinerary useful. Have an awesome trip!

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

• Skip to right header navigation
• Skip to main content
• Skip to primary sidebar

MY WANDERLUSTY LIFE

#TimeBudgetTravel

The Best 5-Day London Itinerary For First-Time Visitors

Last Updated: February 5, 2021 //  by  Ashley Smith 27 Comments

Coming up with a 5-day London itinerary had never been on my radar. It was as much a stranger to me as everything else I couldn’t care less about: Star Trek , pho, pacifiers, what sorority you were in.

I basically ended up going just to say I’d been and because hearing “OMG of all the places you‘ve traveled, you’ve never been to London?” had gotten stale faster than forgotten focaccia. What was London–some kind of gateway travel destination?

I had initially set aside just 2 or 3 days in London—as per usual—but the list of things I needed to see kept growing and growing, much to my shock. I’d never realized there was so much to do and, like, was I actually going to enjoy London? Were all your sorority sisters right after all? I already live in New England… was there a chance regular ol’ England was going to be even better?

I took a chance and came up with an entire 5-day London itinerary which is more than I typically allot for a new place I care so little about. Maybe I’d enjoy the hell out of it; maybe a 5-days London itinerary was too long; regardless, how could I get bored in a place with so many pubs?

To my surprise, I enjoyed the hell outta my trip and feel this 5 days in London is perfect for a first-time visitor. This 5-day London itinerary includes so much to see and do, you’ll never feel bored—but you also won’t feel rushed or exhausted or like Dobby with a desk lamp ( “Dobby had to punish himself, sir” ).

The one thing you will feel is astonishment at how good the food is (the exact opposite of everything you’ve been led to believe your whole life, no?). Regular ol’ England, here I come!

⇣⇣⇣  Click on this little square thing to see the key and layers.

5- DAY LONDON ITINERARY | DAY 01

Where to stay in london.

Deciding where to stay in London was a job in itself. London is absolutely massive and the only place I knew to stay was already booked up. I mean, c’mon Buckingham Palace; I know you’ve got a crapload of rooms in there. Why the snub? Hit me back.

I eventually settled on the Trafalgar Square area because of its central location and I can’t recommend this area enough for first-time visitors. I could walk almost everywhere, catching public transportation was a breeze, and pubs pubs pubs pubs pubs.

I stayed in a studio apartment room at the Citadines Trafalgar Square and it was perfect. There wasn’t anything I needed they didn’t already provide and that list includes free coffee in the lobby, an Italian male concierge, and a purple wall in my room. I can be pretty persnickety when I wanna be. Read more reviews on Tripadvisor | Book your room here!

After dropping off my bags at the hotel, I walked to the end of my street and over the river to the London Eye because I can only get my bearings at 443 feet up and no less.

Why visit the London Eye?

Though I’m not usually one for kitschy Ferris wheels, the views from the London Eye are the best in the city. And isn’t that why we all came to London anyway? To point out as many filming locations from Harry Potter as we could spot?

TRAFALGAR SQUARE

Since I had to go back and actually check in to my room, I followed that up with a trip around Trafalgar Square , my new ‘hood.

Why visit Trafalgar Square? 

For me, it was to get acquainted with my new digs. For everyone else, there’s Nelson’s Column in the center and the surrounding lion statues people come from far and wide to see; there’s a fountain, some other weird art I don’t get, some beautiful architecture, and like the most confusing street patterns I’ve ever seen. THANK GOD the streets tell you from which way the cars are coming.

ALSO CHECK OUT ─ Is your trip to London going to be your first international trip? (Yay!) Be sure to check out my step-by-step guide for how to get a passport . I’ve broken down this mildly confusing process into steps you can actually follow.

NATIONAL GALLERY

My first stop was the National Gallery which takes up the entire north side of Trafalgar Square. I had a little over an hour to explore before closing time when I imagine all those crazy paintings come to life. My personal favorite was this guy, illustrating what all my readers must look like when they read my blog posts:

Why visit the National Gallery?

London’s National Gallery displays paintings by such artists as Botticelli, Michelangelo, Raphael, Van Gogh, Da Vinci, and everyone else you learned about in high school art class. The National Gallery has one of the largest collections of fine art in the world and the place is totally FREE. Seriously, just walk right in off the street, ain’t no thang.

Because I like to keep my life as balanced as possible, I went straight from the pretentious world of fine art and even finer tailoring and into the loudest, most testosterone-heavy pub I could find,  Lord Moon of the Mall .

Why visit Lord Moon of the Mall?

Well, even the sign outside said “Welcome to a traditional English pub.” And that it was—an eye-opening first London pub experience that left me with so many questions. First and foremost, where are all the women? This is a trend I noted in every pub I went into—heavy male presence, almost zero women.

Regardless, the atmosphere was jovial, the place was super cozy despite its large size, and the beers were delicious. What more do you want from a pub? Purple walls and an Italian male hostess? Damn. Get your priorities in check.

5- DAY LONDON ITINERARY | DAY 02

One thing I love about British culture more than anything probably (yes, even more than their funny words, even more than scones), is their penchant for decent, nay, phenomenally filling breakfasts. The French ways of café and croissant do absolutely nothing for me— I need meat, vegetables, eggs, beans, and, whatever bubble & squeak is, I need it more than I need oxygen . So what did I do on my first official morning in the of bountiful British breakfasts?

ALSO CHECK OUT ─ What to Pack for London and Paris in the Winter (for real people!) if you haven’t already. It’s full of helpful tips for packing for these two awesome cities.

BREAKFAST AT CAFÉ CONCERTO

I hit up the French café across the street because… lazy. I mean, it was right there. I should only be required to walk so far first thing in the morning.

Why visit Café Concerto?

I actually had breakfast at Café Concerto twice during my 5 days in London and though it’s not brilliantly British, I still include it in this 5-day London itinerary because the food was fantastic, the service was excellent and super friendly, and the atmosphere was cozy and chill.

Plus they had framed photos of He Who Must Not Be Named but like, in regular clothes. So… Ralph Fiennes, I guess. There, I named him.

DOUBLE-DECKER BUS TOUR

After filling up on ham, cheese, and caffeine, I headed into Trafalgar Square to grab a seat on a big red bus. I chose The Original Tour because I read they were the best and, well, they were right there. How many of my life choices are made for me because of proximity alone? Hmm. Regardless, I highly recommend them!

Why take an Original double-decker bus tour?

➤ These busses are hop on/hop off so you can even use them as your primary mode of transportation if you wish. Get off when you hit an attraction you want to visit; get back on and head to the next one when you’re done.

➤ Score a guided tour of the city just by staying planted (laziness + proximity win!). Plug in your earbuds (or they’ll give you a set) and listen to a pre-recorded guided tour of the city’s highlights as you drive past them. (They point out all the HP filming locations too! Nerd win!)

➤ Riding on the open-air top level of the bus is a kickass and unique way to see London. (Yes, riding on top of the bus in February is really, really cold. But if you’ve read my post on What to Pack for London and Paris in the Winter , you’ll be fully prepared!)

➤ Our double-decker bus tour even came with a Thames river cruise which I’m sure would’ve been awesome had I remembered to take it.

Believe me, I was totally against these uber-touristy red bus tours at first but quickly learned that the awesomeness of them outweighed how ridiculous I looked to strangers whose opinions I give no shits about.

These tours can be booked online (it is 2020 after all) but I simply walked into the Original London Visitor Centre and got my ticket there.

ST. PAUL’S CATHEDRAL

After a bit of a tour around the city, I got off the bus (ahem, hopped off) at St. Paul’s Cathedral . Now, I’m a big fan of cathedral hopping in Europe—Italy, France, Spain, etc.—but St. Paul’s was unlike anything I’d ever seen, being not Catholic and all.

When I look up pictures of it now, it just looks ornate and beautiful. But walking around inside I remember thinking, “What in the world is going on here?” and it wasn’t just because of the questionable modern art installations (let’s just say I saw more than one 21 st century boobie).

I can’t remember exactly what weirded me out (no photography allowed inside), I just remember it felt a little… off . Like Princess Leia in the last scene of The Force Awakens or Governor Tarkin the whole entire time . I see what you’re doing there… but no. Kickass floor though…

Why visit St. Paul’s Cathedral?

St. Paul’s Cathedral is one of the largest churches in the world (#22 by Wikipedia’s estimate) and was consecrated a long time ago in a galaxy far, far away (or 1697). That’s cool and all but… there’s also a whispering gallery here and a badass dome.

In the whispering gallery you’re supposed to be able to communicate with someone else clear on the other side of the church just by whispering. I failed at this sorcery so if you succeed, share your secrets!

St. Paul’s also has two levels of dome you can climb for 360° views of London (at no additional cost) from the 2 nd largest cathedral dome in the world (364 feet up, 528 steps to get there).

TOWER OF LONDON (a 5-day London itinerary MUST)

After leaving St. Paul’s I caught another Original bus and rode the loopty-loop around to the Tower of London . I joined the very next Yeoman Warder tour and afterwards explored the place on my own.

I made friends with ravens, plotted out who I’d behead if this were still medieval times, and bought a set of old rusty castle keys that are so comically large my husband knocks them off the wall every time he walks by.

Why visit the Tower of London?

Because Medieval times, yo! The Tower of London is a fortress founded in 1066 and is straight out of your every medieval nightmare. Guillotines and dungeons and tales of beheading and torture, yup, it’s all here.

The Tower of London is also home to the crown jewels—Queen Elizabeth II’s crown and a hundred other crowns with jewels the size of your morning scone; ermine capes and staffs and dishes worth more than, well, you. They’ve got a team of ravens jacked enough to kick your ass if need be and the most fascinating, hilarious, worthwhile tour I’ve ever been on.

The Yeoman Warder tours take place every 30 minutes, last one hour, and are included in your (and worth the entire) admission cost. Yeoman Warders have been the Royal Bodyguard since 1509 and to become one is to almost become royalty themselves. Also, they are HI-LAR-I-OUS. I had the pleasure of being led by Moira who was, at the time, the first and only female Yeoman Warder in history.

TOWER BRIDGE

Just outside the Tower of London is (proximity win!) the Tower Bridge . There’s also the Tower Bridge Exhibition that takes you up inside the bridge for great views, a lesson on “the magic of a bridge lift”, and a glass floor over the traffic because if you’re at no point afraid you might die a horrible death, where’s the fun? We learned that crossing the street in Trafalgar Square, now didn’t we?

I opted out of the exhibition in favour of (well look at that, my computer automatically spelled that in British) getting to the fish and chips a half hour sooner and chose simply to walk across the beautiful blue bridge.

Why walk across the Tower Bridge?

Because look how beautiful it is! It’s famous and blue and it’s a London icon. It’s meant to just be walked all over. Plus, ya gotta get over the river anyway.

LUNCH AT BOROUGH MARKET

Once over the Tower Bridge it was just a short walk down to the Borough Market where I would devour some freshhh fish and chips and it’s about damn time, right? I’d been in London like 24 hours by this point.

Why visit the Borough Market?

The Borough Market is London’s most renowned food market and you can get just about anything you want there. I opted for fish and chips, duh, but they have cheese shops and prosciutto shops and bakeries, pasta-eries, chocolate stands, seafood joints, paella, and even a pig roasting on a spit if that’s what tickles your fancy.

Everything is phenomenal (I TRIED ALL THE CHEESE AND PROSCIUTTO SAMPLES SO YOU DON’T HAVE TO) and the seating is communal. Regardless of what you order, you’re going to have a delicious meal next to the nicest people.

GLOBE THEATER

After lunch I hauled my beer-battered ass back up to street level and towards the Globe Theater on my way back over the river.

Why stop by the Globe Theater on your way back across the river?

The Globe is a theater built back in 1599 by William’s Shakespeare’s Playing Company and for over a decade put on some of his most famous plays. This one is a reconstruction. It was built in 1997.

However! As any ol’ play actor would tell you, pretending is super fun so when you pretend this is the original, fun times for all! It’s located right next to the spot of the original and you can still see plays here in the original style (and by that I mean yo’ ass is standing).

MILLENIUM BRIDGE

I turned left outside the Globe Theater entrance and found myself face-to-face with the Millennium Bridge and thought, “This will be a fine bridge to cross the river on.” JK, I had that planned out all along. ⚡

Why cross the river via the Millennium Bridge?

For those of you in the know: Death Eaters, son! For those of you not: Something to do with Harry Potter .

BACK ON THE BUS

After crossing the Millennium Bridge (that was harrowing for a while there, phew), I walked along the river until the sun set and caught another Original bus. The tour continued up to Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament, past some other sites I’ll get to, and back to Trafalgar Square.

Why get back on the bus?

They’s my ride.

BEERS AT SHERLOCK HOLMES

After decompressing back at the hotel for a hot minute, I headed just around the corner to the Sherlock Holmes —a London pub so cute it just couldn’t have been real—for a flagon of ale. They say stuff like ‘flagon of ale’, right? They better ‘cause I’ve got all the hobbit drinking songs in my back pocket should the occasion arise.

Why stop for beers at the Sherlock Holmes?

Proximity. But also because LOOK HOW CUTE. The Sherlock Holmes is a—no shit, Sherlock—Sherlock Holmes themed bar. That sentence was too much I think. I don’t know jack about Sherlock Holmes but if you do, this is your spot.

I do know a thing or two about consuming beer in a jolly environment and making new Japanese friends though. It was a Tuesday night when I went and the place was completely packed. I drank beers I had no clue about and ate chips (fries) until standing at the bar became leaning on the bar then headed back to the Citadines for a long winter’s nap.

5- DAY LONDON ITINERARY | DAY 03

Breakfast at café in the crypt.

While searching for places to have a good, English breakfast near Trafalgar Square on day 3 of my 5-day London itinerary, I came across something weird and truly questionable—so naturally I jumped on it like a wizard to a broom. Yer dining with dead people, Harry!

Why Café in the Crypt?

Say what you want about starting your day with tea on a tombstone but this place was awesome. Café in the Crypt is exactly what the name implies, a café located—why? Beats me.—inside the crypt of the Anglican church St. Martin-in-the-Fields.

They serve full English breakfasts and a host of other items, amazing pastries, and porridge . How cute is this place? Well, except for all the surrounding reminders that one day your eternal resting place may be located under a restroom.

The food was delicious and I followed up my meal with a look around the crypt, then a look around the church upstairs. Is it weird eating your breakfast on top of countless graves? Hell no, it rocks! 🤘🏼

BUCKINGHAM PALACE | CHANGING OF THE GUARD

Thinking it would take me, like, forever (it didn’t), I decided to walk to Buckingham Palace for the Changing of the Guard ceremony from Trafalgar Square. I ended up getting there super early which 1) sucked because it was freezing out and 2) rocked because I was able to get a great spot along the barrier, front and center.

When it’s all said and done, you’re left with great pictures and probably all your digits so, my advice is to get there EARLY. Even in February when it’s colder than a house elf on Hoth, the crowds are still ludicrous.

Why see the Changing of the Guard ceremony?

The Changing of the Guard is a quintessential London experience, that’s why. It’s really cold and the ceremony is not all that long but wouldn’t you feel stupid if you visited London and didn’t include this in your 5-day London itinerary? Besides, THIS IS WHERE THE QUEEN LIVES.

The outfits are fancy, there are ponies, and the whole experience is worth it to hear that one guy who is so bad on his trumpet you just know he snuck in off the street. Off with his head!

After the brief ceremony, I opted to grab a cab back to Trafalgar Square due mostly to the fact that I wasn’t even sure if my legs were still attached but also because it’s really fun riding on the left side of the street. #What?Shutup. I stopped into Café Concerto again for a cappuccino to raise my body temperature from the inside out.

HARRY POTTER STUDIO TOUR

From there I walked the two blocks to the Embankment Underground station to catch a train to Leavesden which was, by the grace of the nerd gods, on the tracks between platforms 9 and 10. A short train ride, then a longer train ride, then a shuttle bus later I was at the Warner Brothers lot for my Harry Potter studio tour .

Why take the Harry Potter studio tour?

The HP studio tour takes place at the Warner Brothers studios where all the Harry Potter films were made. You can see the sets, props, wardrobes, and behind the scenes technology; you can fly on a broomstick or in an enchanted car; you can drink butterbeer; you can go inside the Knight Bus, the Great Hall at Hogwarts, Diagon Alley, Dumbledore’s Office, the Hogwarts Express, and 4 Privet Drive; you can get up-close to the scale model of Hogwarts; you can all around geek the f*ck out and nobody will make fun of you! It’s nerd Mecca and you’ll never want to leave, that’s why.

I had such an amazing time on the Harry Potter studio tour that I wrote an entire post about it. Read that here ⇣

DINNER AT BRONTE

After what felt like an entire day in Leavesden, I finally made it back to Trafalgar Square where I opted for dinner at Bronte because I passed it on my way back to the hotel from the train station (yeah, I took the looong way home) and there were flames on their porch to which I was inexplicably drawn.

Why have dinner at Bronte?

Great food, fancy-pants service. The tuna tartare was delicious and, had I the energy to consume anything more, I’m sure it would’ve been great. The place is trendy and aesthetically pleasing and I’m sure I looked like an absolute fool in there with my Slytherin scarf and bag of souvenir cat plates from Professor Umbridge’s office. Totally going back to Bronte for a proper fancy-pants do-over.

5- DAY LONDON ITINERARY | DAY 04

On Day 4 of my 5-day London itinerary I had a phenomenal breakfast! At a place that is now closed forever so… awkward…. I guess just eat wherever you want today.

WESTMINSTER ABBEY

After the best avocado toast I’ve ever had in my life (sorry), I caught a cab for Westminster Abbey . I spent a good couple hours there so I think that clears me for a while with the Man Upstairs, right?

Westminster Abbey was incredible and proved way more entertaining than I expected. I grabbed an audio guide upon entering and took my time weaving throughout the entire place. The audio guide, which you can also download ahead of time, takes about one hour and is narrated by Uncle Scar from The Lion King so… Hello, emotional roller coaster! Your voice is like a warm blanket. Murderer! But tell me more about this beautiful church. I hate you!  

(UPDATE: Their link to the audio guide is gone but you can still download it via your friendly app store. Just look for the official Westminster Abbey app.)

Why visit Westminster Abbey?

Personally, I was most interested in seeing the graves of a bunch of famous people because I’m creepy like that sometimes. Among the thousands of people buried at Westminster Abbey you’ll find: Charles Darwin (whose claim to fame is basically the opposite of ‘church’ so this one is particularly interesting), Sir Isaac Newton, and Charles Dickens.

You can also visit the tombs of Queen Elizabeth I, Mary, Queen of Scots, and a ton of other historic figures you’d totally know if you read about them.

Westminster Abbey is also where all the royal coronations and a host of royal weddings have taken place since 1066 AD. Prince William and Kate Middleton were married here, Queen Elizabeth was crowned here, and you can check out the Coronation Chair that’s been used for every coronation since 1300. Shut up, it’s cool!

Note: There is no photography allowed inside Westminster Abbey. Worldwide broadcasts of intimate wedding ceremonies are apparently okay though.

BIG BEN | PARLIAMENT

After leaving Westminster Abbey I walked across the street to check out Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament . Something Brexit-related was happening so I couldn’t get inside but here are some pictures from the sidewalk. Being able to enter or not, seeing the clock tower and building up close is still a 5-day London itinerary must.

CHURCHILL WAR ROOMS

Just a few minutes walk down the street from Parliament, down an alley, then down a staircase, are the Churchill War Rooms . The Churchill War Rooms are the secret, underground bunker that served at Winston Churchill’s and the British government’s command center during World War II that also includes the Churchill Museum.

They even have one of his cigar butts here. Do you ever wonder how much of your cruddy old garbage could be worth millions someday? Something to think about.

Why visit the Churchill War Rooms?

Down here you’ll walk through the labyrinth of offices, bedrooms, conference rooms, and a bunch of other rooms where Winston Churchill & Co. lived and worked during the war. Everything is set up just as it was during the war when they all lived and worked in total isolation and secrecy.

It’s also really cool how they play footsteps and a person whistling like it’s still operational. (That is a total lie – it’s absolutely terrifying when you’re lost in the maze by yourself surrounded by lifelike mannequins.)

AFTERNOON TEA

After exploring the entirety of the War Rooms and the Churchill Museum I caught a cab back over by Westminster Abbey because it was TEA TIME!

Afternoon tea is a 5-day London itinerary MUST. Your options are endless so let me make it easy for you—the Willy Wonka and the Chocolate Factory -themed afternoon tea at the Chesterfield Mayfair has to be the best.

Why have afternoon tea at the Chesterfield Mayfair?

Well, I wrote an entire post on that too which you can (and should) read here .

I chose the Charlie and the Chesterfield afternoon tea for the fun and unique theme (I freakin’ love Willy Wonka ), everything they offer sounded amazing, I read a lot of great reviews, and they had chocolate tea which is pretty much Heaven in a dainty little cup.

The whole experience was so fun, the food was UH-MAZING and UN-LIMITED, and my afternoon tea turned out to be one of the top highlights of the trip. Seriously, read more about it here ⇣

RELATED POST ─ My complete review of Charlie & the Chesterfield , the Chesterfield Mayfair’s Willy Wonka-themed afternoon tea experience.

SEE A SHOW!

I stepped out of the Mayfair Hotel where a top-hatted gentleman opened a cab door for me. I rolled my overstuffed Violet Beauregard belly into the back seat and said, “Take me back to Trafalgar Square, kind sir!” You see, I’d just had afternoon tea at the Mayfair, I was fancy now.

I walked back into the Original London Visitor Center where I’d purchased my double-decker bus tour a couple days before and demanded a ticket to a Broadway show. Whatever’s cheap to whatever’s good (that I hadn’t seen). Question: Is it still called a Broadway show if it’s in London? Please advise. I left there with a ticket to Kinky Boots and time for a nap beforehand.

Why see a show?

If New York City is the #1 city for live theatre (which it is) then London is #2. I mean, hello?, does the name ‘William Shakespeare’ mean anything to you? The caliber of talent in these two cities is unlike anything you ever thought possible from human beings that aren’t LeBron James. No 5-day London itinerary would be complete without some live theatre. (Spelled -re for obvious reasons.)

London has all the best shows you need to see and you can get tickets to almost all of them the night of and at a huge discount. London’s West End (the theater district) is just a few blocks from Trafalgar Square and, besides, it’s an iconic London activity that requires nothing more than sitting in an upright position with your eyes open.

(I’m looking at the brochure for Kinky Boots as I write this and almost literally wrote “…with your legs open.” That would’ve been hilarious. I shoulda left it.)

Kinky Boots , by the way, was UNBELIEVABLEEEEEE.

5- DAY LONDON ITINERARY | DAY 05

Day 5 of the 5-day London itinerary could be a bonus if you wanted it to be since it doesn’t technically take place in London. There were a couple of day trips I had been considering: Stonehenge (but a whole day dedicated to seeing one thing didn’t appeal to me all that much) and Stratford-upon-Avon for all the Shakespeare history and goodness (but the weather was terrible and this town looks solely like a cute, good-weather town).

I settled on a day trip (it’s really just like 20 minutes away) to Greenwich basically because I wanted to check out the Eastern hemisphere while I was in town. It’s all about efficiency.

BRUNCH AT THE ADMIRALTY

I started my day by sleeping in (🙌🏽) then having brunch at the Admiralty in Trafalgar Square. This Brunch. OMG. For the record, this is my favorite meal out of my entire 5-day London itinerary.

Why have brunch at the Admiralty?

Besides the fact that the restaurant is boat-themed (I LOVE ANYTHING WITH A THEME AHHH), they serve beer + meat pie samplers. Three pies, three beers. Every bit of it was amazing.

ROYAL OBSERVATORY | PRIME MERIDIAN

I left the Admiralty and caught a train to Greenwich—which ones, I can’t remember but here’s  the page on how to get there. I went straight from the train station to the Royal Observatory, an observatory and museum that played a huge part in navigation and astronomy.

That sounds super nerdy but it was cool. It was maybe a half hour walk from the train station, and uphill, so make sure to charge your FitBit so you get credit for this madness.

Why visit the Royal Observatory?

There’s a planetarium, an entire museum dedicated to clocks, navigation, and telling time, and some historic buildings, but I went to stand on the Prime Meridian—the up & down equator, if you will.

The Prime Meridian divides the East and West hemispheres giving Greenwich the coordinates of 00° 00’. It’s also where time starts. For instance, I live in the Eastern time zone which is also written as “GMT -5”. This means Boston’s time is 5 hours behind Greenwich Mean Time, get it?

I found the clock and time museum seriously fascinating and only partly because it also felt like the workshop lair of every creepy scientist in a time-travel flick.

DINNER AT THE MITRE

After coming back down the hill from the Observatory and spending 20 minutes trying to find one particular chippy with no luck, I settled for dinner and beers at the Mitre . I say “settled” because that wasn’t my intended destination but this place was exactly what I didn’t know I needed.

Why have dinner at the Mitre?

Chippy or not, I still got my desired fish and chips and they were more fabulous that I thought food could be from a place named after the Pope’s hat. The place was dark and relaxing and straight up filled with clocks of all kinds. Take it easy here and chill on the last night of your 5-day London itinerary because you have a busy 3 days in Paris coming up tomorrow.

Planning your own 5-day London itinerary? Find great places to stay here . But where do I personally recommend? The Citadines Trafalgar Square . Camera I used for this post?  Olympus OM-D EM-5 Mark II  with  12-40mm  &  40-150mm  lenses What else have I written about London? You can find more London posts here . Like this post? Have questions? Hit me up on Facebook | Twitter | Instagram | Pinterest

WHAT CHANGES WOULD YOU MAKE TO THIS 5-DAY LONDON ITINERARY? LET ME KNOW IN THE COMMENTS BELOW!

PIN ME ⇣⇣⇣

About Ashley Smith

Ashley is a historian and Oktoberfest expert & tour guide. She has traveled to 39 countries and specializes in quick trips throughout Europe and the Americas that prioritize hiking adventures, museums of all kinds, cultural experiences, and jam-packed itineraries. She hails from Memphis, TN and currently lives in Boston with her husband and two feline sidekicks.

Subscribe to MWL

Get my 2024 Oktoberfest Party Planning Checklist here!

Free 2024 Oktoberfest Packing Checklist

Get my 2023 Oktoberfest Packing List here!

Want more  Oktoberfest ?

Belize Packing List

Iceland packing list, get my 2024 hotel booking checklist here.

Subscribe to MWL!

Tmb packing list 2024, morocco packing list 2024, 2024 oahu bucket list.

5 Days in London: The Perfect London Itinerary

Spending 5 days in London? From palaces to museums, and plenty of food along the way, here’s what not to miss on your London itinerary – written by a local.

As a Londoner, I take for granted how many wonderful things there are to do in my city. From wandering through London’s best parks, hitting up the top museums and, of course, taking an obligatory ride on the London Eye, it’s no wonder that the English capital is abuzz with tourists.

Here are 5 jam-packed days filled with epic London sights (but, to be totally honest, you could spend another 5 days here and barely scratch the surface of this bloomin’ beautiful city).

Now, I don’t want to flex. But I’d like to think I’ve nailed this itinerary. So, without further ado, here’s how to spend five days in London…

Handy Tips for Planning Your 5 Days in London Itinerary 

Top tours for your london trip itinerary .

• Changing of the Guard Walking Tour : There’s nothing more traditionally British than the changing of the guard at Buckingham Palace, right?
• Soho Music and Historic Pubs Experience : Discover the streets where Rock n’ Roll came to life within some of the oldest pubs in the city. Did someone say, “Drinks on me?”
• London’s Palaces and Parliament Walking Tour : Discover over 20 stunning landmarks on this fully guided tour through Westminster.

What to Pack for Your London in 5 Days Itinerary

I’ll let you in on a little secret: while it does rain in London — a lot — the weather in the UK isn’t as bad as many people think.

That said, you want to be prepared. Here are some things you’ll want to pack for London:

• Outer Shell : The weather can be somewhat unpredictable in London, so an outer shell to protect you from the rain and wind is ideal.
• Comfortable Trainers : London and walking go hand in hand, especially with all the picturesque parks. Don’t risk uncomfy shoes and pesky blisters – you’ll be miserable, I promise.
• Umbrella : Look, even a sunny summer’s day can turn gloomy in next to no time, so it’s good to bring one of these. 
• Layers: Even if you’re visiting in summer, it will get chilly in the evening. Bring plenty of layers for throughout the day.

Where to Stay for Your 5-Day London Itinerary

Henrietta hotel .

Not sure where to stay in London? The Henrietta Hotel is my top choice. This gorgeous spot blends modern design with classic architecture to create a distinct and equally stunning stay. 

Rooms are individually-designed, featuring rounded arches with pastel walls. It’s also situated smack-bang in the heart of the city, in Covent Garden and a stone’s throw away from the West End and Soho.

Simply put, it’s the perfect base for your 5-day itinerary in London.

Check Rates and Availability

Milestone Hotel Kensington

Feel like royalty at this luxury London hotel, with royal linen and opulent living areas. From the authentic oak-laden open bar to the delightful delicacies at Cheneston’s Restaurant, the Milestone Hotel will make your Kensington stay one to remember.

Room2 Chiswick Hometel

Look no further than the colourful Room2 Chiswick Hometel for an affordable option. They’re not afraid to play with colour, as seen in the blue and redwood bedrooms, and the charcoal and cream bathrooms. 

Wake up and indulge in their complimentary breakfast and idyllic street-side views before hitting the streets for a day in LDN.

Quick Info for Your 5 Days in London Itinerary

• Time Zone: British Summer Time (GMT+1)
• Currency: Pound Sterling (£)
• Plugs: Type G
• Nearest Airport: London Heathrow Airport, London Gatwick Airport, London Stansted
• 5 Must-See Spots: The London Eye, Buckingham Palace and the Changing of the Guard, Museum Mile in South Kensington, a West End show and Brick Lane.
• Top Tip: Take advantage of the (many) free museums in London. The capital can be expensive, but there are plenty of ways to see the city for cheap.

Getting Around 

Tube & bus.

The Tube is hands down the easiest and most affordable way to travel around London.

The London Tube is one of the world’s most intricate and expansive railway systems. Grab a Travel Card . You get unlimited travel access using the Tube, trams and buses for however many days to pick.

Alternatively, you can tap in and out with a contactless card – this is the easiest way to travel.

When you’re not using the city’s fantastic public transportation, you’ll want to walk. Central London is surprisingly walkable, with the likes of Soho, Covent Garden, and even Southbank easily accessible on foot.

I can’t stress this enough, don’t drive in London. Thanks to the jam-packed traffic, congestion charges and confusing road signs, public transportation is much easier and less stressful.

Honestly, I don’t recommend using a Black Cab unless you need to. They are often costly, and the Tube is usually quicker.

The Best Five Days in London Itinerary 

London travel itinerary day one: london’s royal gems.

From Buckingham Palace to Westminster Abbey, day one explores the magical spaces synonymous with the English Monarchy.

See the Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace

You’ll spot those fluffy black hats and brilliant red coats from a mile away. Kick off your London itinerary by watching the Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace.

Enjoy a walking tour following the extravagant march from Waterloo Place to Buckingham Palace. A trumpeting band announces the changeover – it’s quite the spectacle.

Top Tip : Visit the Changing Guard website to stay updated with the event dates and times, as they change in winter. 

Stroll Through St. James’s Park

Next up: St James’s Park. Admire the beauty of the Buckingham Palace flower beds, with its awe-inspiring display of salvias, geraniums and spider plants. 

After that burst of colour, the Diana Princess of Wales Memorial Walk encapsulates all St. James’s Park offers. Enjoy green-laden views of iconic landmarks significant in Diana’s life, from Kensington Palace to Clarence House.

Visit Westminster Abbey

Westminster Abbey imbues itself in English folklore for many reasons, and that’s something you’ll soon learn on a guided tour . 

Discover the burial sights of hundreds of famous writers (including Shakespeare and Dickens) at the Poets’ Corner. Or admire the Coronation Chair’s majesty and the echoing remnants of royal weddings at the Lady Chapel.

The cloisters connect all there is to see, while the Queen’s Diamond Jubilee Galleries holds the royal family’s greatest treasures.

Explore Parliament Square

Staying in Westminster, a Parliament Square walking tour is the best way to explore the ins and outs of London’s impressive Gothic architecture.

While you’ve already seen Westminster Abbey and the other iconic buildings in the area, Parliament Square Garden has some nifty sites to check out. Snap photos near sculptures of icons, from Mahatma Gandhi to Abraham Lincoln.

Enjoy a Sunset Ride on the London Eye

You’ll need to walk along Westminster Bridge — stunning in itself — to get to this epic end-of-day activity. 

Once there, take to the sky and soak up the city’s best views with a ride on the London Eye. Within your magical glass ball, everything is on display. Look out for Big Ben to the south, St. Paul’s Cathedral to the north, the River Thames to the west and Jubilee Garden to the east.

Top Tip: Grab your London Eye ticket before getting there to save time. 

Indulge in Dinner and Theatre at the South Bank and West End

You must be peckish by now, right? There’s no better place to dine in style and admire the River Thames than at Skylon Restaurant . 

From artichoke tortellini to melt-in-your-mouth Chalk Stream trout, this European restaurant is truly one of the best in London. It’s also the perfect destination to fill up before a theatrical end to the day.

Once you’re all ready to go, walk across the Golden Jubilee Bridge to enjoy a night of musical magnificence at the West End. From classics like Les Mis and Moulin Rouge to modern greats like Matilda , there’s plenty of choice when it comes to which show to see.

London Itinerary Day Two: Discover London’s Museum Scene

Day two includes history and intrigue, from the controversial collection at the British Museum to the undeniable masterpieces at the National Gallery.

Be Captivated at the British Museum

Next up, it’s time to explore one of the top sights in Holborn. A British Museum guided tour is the best way to learn about the historical progression of humanity over the last two million years. 

I know that this is a sensitive subject – with artefacts from around the globe, the museum has some problematic ownership rights over cultural pieces. For example, there has been a call to return the Benin Bronzes and Parthenon Marbles (and it looks like some movement is being made). 

If you don’t want to support the British Museum (I don’t blame you), how about visiting the quirky rotating exhibits at the Wellcome Collection or the Grant Museum of Zoology?

Dig Into Lunch at Frenchie and Take a Stroll Through Covent Garden

After a couple of intensive hours exploring one of London’s top museums, it’s about a 15-minute walk to Covent Garden where lunch awaits…

Frenchie is a delicious choice, with its Parisian inspiration and stunning interior creating a decadent dining experience.

PS: A mini shopping spree at Covent Garden is the perfect way to help your lunch settle, I think.

Admire Masterpieces at the National Gallery and National Portrait Gallery

After a short seven-minute walk from Covent Garden, you can begin your National Gallery guided tour . This illustrious building has over 2,600 works, ranging from the impressionist pieces of Claude Monet to contemporary classics by the likes of Pablo Picasso.

While that will keep you busy, don’t forget to visit the new National Portrait Gallery (opening on 22nd June 2023). It’s a place where the gaze takes centre stage through painting, sculpture and photography.

Feel the Buzz at Trafalgar Square

If you ask me, no London itinerary is complete without a visit to Trafalgar Square. Given the name after the famous 1805 Battle of Trafalgar, this stunning square has been a meeting place for many political demonstrations.

Today, it has two crystal clear water fountains comparable to the ones in Rome and towering sculptures you can’t miss. The top ones to snap a photo near include The Charing Cross (it’s not the original), Nelson’s Column and the Landseer Lions.

Indulge in Drinks and Dinner in Soho

As the sun sets, there’s nothing better than ending your day with a few drinks in the vibey neighbourhood of Soho.

There are some genuinely amazing bars in this neck of the woods, which you can explore on this Soho music and pub experience . But I highly recommend popping into Swift, where three distinct cocktail bars await. 

Once you’ve had something at all three spots, it’s time to dig into some tasty Thai food with a Londoner’s twist at Kiln Restaurant . It’s a seafood lovers’ sanctuary and a sure way to celebrate the end of day two.

London Itinerary Day Three: Enjoy the River Thames and Greenwich

London itineraries often overlook the historically significant neighbourhood of Greenwich. But this one won’t make that same mistake.

Chug Along a Uber Boat to Greenwich

Start with a boat cruise and enjoy the sites and sounds of London along the river. It’s roughly an hour’s ride from Westminster Pier to Greenwich Pier , so you have plenty of time to sit and relax. 

That said, you’ll still see some unmistakable landmarks along the way. Gaze at St. Paul’s Cathedral, London Bridge and The Gherkin, to name a few of the river’s top landmarks. 

Enjoy Some History at the Royal Observatory and the Prime Meridian Line

Guys, it might seem super boring, but I promise you need to book yourself a Royal Observatory entrance ticket . 

For starters, this is the birthplace of the Prime Meridian Line. Okay, that’s not entirely true. The Prime Meridian Line has always been. But it was the first place to acknowledge the east-west divide.

From visiting the Harrison clocks to learning more about the universe at the Peter Harrison Planetarium (catch a show – they’re magical), you could easily spend hours here.

Say Huzzah at the Queen’s House

Sticking near Blackheath Park, it’s wild to think you can visit the Queen’s House. It’s been a part of the National Maritime Museum since 1805. 

From the spiralling Tulip Stairs and the gold-plated Great Hall ceiling to the hoards of maritime-based artwork, the Queen’s House is another historic gem you’ll love.

Discover England’s Pride at the National Maritime Museum and the Cutty Sark

After admiring the beautiful architecture of Inigo Jones at the Queen’s House, it’s time to extend your maritime knowledge. England is notorious for its naval exploits, and that’s on full display at the National Maritime Museum.

It may not be the most exciting destination of the day, but it’s a real eye-opener of the country’s rich history in sailing. To make your experience even more surreal, hop aboard the 212.5-foot (64.7-metre) long authentic tea clipper, the Cutty Sark.

Top Tip: Make the most out of your trip and visit over 80 museums and attractions in the city with this London Pass .

Ride the Tube to Brick Lane and Spitalfields Market

Next, make the journey from Greenwich to Brick Lane (the best way to get there is on a tube to Shoreditch).

Once in Brick Lane, you’ll notice that colourful murals paint the streets. While you can admire these on a Brick Lane street art tour , I also highly recommend visiting Spitalfields Market – it’s one of the trendiest spots in town.

Top Tip: Visit the Saturday Market for affordable goodies, from homemade ceramics to thrift clothes.

Experience a Flavour Explosion With Dinner at Gunpowder

End your explorative day with a meal at Gunpowder – one of the finest Indian restaurants in the city (Brick Lane is famed for its curry houses, but this one is a totally elevated experience).

The entirely oak interior sets the tone for a pub-grub experience, but this is a dining extravaganza you wouldn’t expect. The likes of Gunpowder chaat and Tandoori chicken chop populate the menu, though I recommend opting for a set meal and letting the talented chefs do their thang.

London Itinerary Day Four: Enjoy London’s Green Spaces

Believe it or not, there’s more to London than just museums, culture and tasty food. London’s parks breathe life into the city, and you should take the time to explore them.

Take Your Pick From the Victoria and Albert, Natural History, or Science Museums

First up, head to Kensington for another museum spot. I can’t decide which to pick from these three magnificent museums (I think the V&A just cinches it, though) – you can make your own mind up.

• Victoria and Albert Museum: With over 2.27 million artworks in its archive, this museum is London’s largest applied arts museum.
• Natural History Museum : 80 million objects may sound daunting, but it’s all doable after admiring the full whale skeleton Hope or exploring the Charles Darwin Collection.
• Science Museum: For an interactive dive into the world of science, walk along the self-guided and immersive trails at the Science Museum.

Discover the Albert Memorial and Royal Albert Hall

With a seating capacity of 5,272, the Royal Albert Hall has long been the venue for only the best theatre performances in London. Making things even more, wow, its glass dome ceiling is still the largest unsupported glass dome in the world. 

And sitting within the theatre space is an out-of-this-world experience. I highly recommend grabbing this guided tour to admire the scale of this architectural phenomenon fully.

Finally, don’t forget to visit the Albert Memorial in Kensington Gardens on your way to the next attraction.

Stroll Through Kensington Gardens and Admire the Kensington Palace

With 107 hectares of evergreen trees and blooming native flowers, a Kensington Gardens and Palace tour is a must. From visiting the 900-year-old Elfin Oak to admiring Long Water beneath The Arch by Henry Moore, you’re in for a treat.

As you approach Kensington Palace, the mighty statue of Queen Victoria welcomes you to the royal residence. Although much of the palace is private, you can still explore the gardens and the Kings and Queens State Apartments. Call it a royal invitation, if you will. 

Dig Into Lunch at the Churchill Arms

Easily the prettiest pub in London, the Churchill Arms is an absolute must-visit in Kensington. You might first mistake the building for a massive bouquet, but the Churchill memorabilia will give you a quirky pub vibe once you enter. 

To make it even more unique, they serve Thai food with authentic ale. It’s an odd combination, but it works. You’ll see.

Find Kyoto Garden in Holland Park

After a sensory overload at Churchill Arms, find inner peace at the tranquil Kyoto Gardens in Holland Park. Given to London in 1991 by the city of Kyoto to commemorate the Anglo-Japanese Alliance, it’s a little taste of Japanese authenticity in the heart of England.

Enjoy the calming carp pond and listen to the gentle rustling of the maple trees, which change colour with the season. Simply walking through this space will bring your inner zen back to life.

Top Tip: Keep an eye out for the magnificent peacocks that roam the gardens.

Wine and Dine In Notting Hill

Round off day four with a dinner to remember in Notting Hill. You can grab some deli delights at Ottolenghi Notting Hill — they close at 7 pm, so you’ll want to get there early. Or enjoy a six-course tasting extravaganza at The Ledbury (this one is pretty pricey, but boy, it’s delicious). 

Once you’ve had your fill, venture into the beautiful world of Trailer Happiness. This dimly-lit rum bar will show why it’s an award-winning location. And if you visit on weekends, this trendy spot is pumping with local DJs taking to the stage.

London Itinerary Day Five: A Classic English Experience

When designing this London itinerary, 5 days didn’t seem like enough. But the last day is about wrapping up those classic English experiences you haven’t had just yet.

Explore Hyde Park and Ride a Boat on the Serpentine

Start your last day with a chilled-out walk through Hyde Park. 

Discover Speakers Corner, where many historic protests and rallies took place (and still do, albeit rarely). And visit the Princess Diana Memorial Fountain with its inspirational design showcasing her love for her children.

To make your Hyde Park experience memorable, hop on a boat and ride along the Serpentine. This snake-like lake is mainly for swimmers, but there are a few paddle boats you can hop onto.

Top Tip: While in the park, don’t forget to visit the Serpentine Gallery, an architectural revelation by Zaha Hadid, offering a dive into the contemporary art world.

Go Shopping at Harrods

Find all your shopping needs at the world-famous Harrods. With 3,000 brands and 330 stores selling designer and luxury goods, it might just be your new fave spot.

Need I say more other than shop-till-you-drop and don’t be afraid to spoil yourself?

Enjoy a Traditional Afternoon Tea

There’s nothing more British than a pot of tea and finger sandwiches to cap off a lovely morning. Thanks to an abundance of choice, it can be hard to choose where to go. Don’t fret – I recommend picking from The Ritz , Claridges or The Goring (personally, I think The Ritz is unbeatable. Shhh.)

You’ll enjoy similar experiences at all three of the above: sumptuous cakes, classic scones and sandwiches paired with tea or fizz. All set within quintessentially British tea rooms. Treat yourself.

Take in the Natural Wonders of Green Park

As one of eight Royal Parks in London, Green Park is yet another tranquil space to wander through. It’s also one of the few spaces that doesn’t have a designated flower bed. Instead, it’s made up of predominantly large open grass fields and towering oaks.

Don’t forget to admire the gold-laden Canada Gate and listen out for the Royal Gun Salutes if you visit on the right day – you can check here .

Top Tip: Despite having no flower beds, the park lights up in yellow thanks to wild blooming daffodils in spring.

Cap Off Your London Trip with Dinner and Drinks in Mayfair

Round up your London experience with a premium dinner at Guinea Grill and drinks at Mr Fogg’s Residence. Both are Mayfair classics, but each offers a distinctly unique experience of this fun-loving neighbourhood.

The Guinea Grill specialises in grass-fed, dry-aged steaks – not to mention their award-winning suet-lid pies. 

Then you should head to Mr Fogg’s Residence , home of historic English explorer Phileas Fogg. It’s a truly immersive space, with the explorers’ artefacts on windowsills and all over walls, while the drinks take inspiration from around the world.

Top Tip: You can join a cocktail-fueled murder mystery at Mr Fogg’s Residence every Saturday – it’s ridiculous fun.

5-Day Tour of London Itinerary – Map 

Planning a Trip to London? Here’s What to Read Next

• Where to Stay in London: Area by Area
• 55 Fascinating Facts About London I Bet You Didn’t Know
• Unmissable Things to do in the UK
• English Castles You Need to Visit

Love This? Save and Share on Pinterest

I’m Julianna Barnaby - a professional travel writer and geek extraordinaire. I started The Discoveries Of to help you to discover the best of new destinations from around the world.

Discovering new places is a thrill - whether it’s close to home, a new country or continent, I write to help you explore more and explore differently.

Related Posts

Where to See the Northern Lights in Scotland (and Top Tips For Spotting Them)

Where to Stay in the Cotswolds: A Step-by-Step Guide

The Best Things to do in London: 18 Iconic Landmarks and Attractions

Best Airbnbs in London: Cool, Quirky & Stylish Accommodation in the Big Smoke

Follow me on Instagram for travel inspiration, tips, and guides.

Explore London in 5 days with this ultimate 5-day itinerary

Things to do in London London Travel Guide London Itineraries 5 Day London Itinerary

Have 5 days in London and wondering how to spend it? Check out our exclusive 5-day itinerary designed to showcase the best of the city to any visitor making its way to the United Kingdom capital. Go through this list to discover more.

5 Days in London - How To Spend Your Day

• Day 1 in London  :   Hop On Hop Off Bus, London Eye, Covent Garden  
• Day 2 in London  : Tower of London, Borough Market, Globe Theater
• Day 3 in London  :  Harry Potter Studio Tour, Camden Market
• Day 4 in London  :  Buckingham Palace, Piccadilly Circus, West End Show
• Day 5 in London  :  Notting Hill, Street art in Shoreditch, Up at the O2

London In 5 Days - Detailed Itinerary

Experience the must-see in london.

Hop On Hop Off Bus

Covent Garden

Top London Attractions

Renowned Red Buses

What could be more fun than to explore the breath-taking city on our London open-top Hop On Hop Off Bus Tours ? From museums, palaces, shopping streets, parks to cathedrals we cover all the top-visited sites in your bucket of wander. Begin your journey around London by boarding one of our renowned red buses! You may customize your time in London with 24 or 48-hour passes.

• While you can get an assigned seat on other bus tours and assure that you’ll always have a place to sit, there is no such guarantee on these hop-on-hop-off bus tours. All seats are first-come, first-served, so be sure to be as early as possible.
• Tickets are cheaper when purchased online in advance.
• This service is more about taking your time and exploring each location of interest.Visitors who want a quicker, more efficient experience should consider a different kind of London bus tour.

🇬🇧 Local Travel Tip  🇬🇧  

Try to decide on the places you would like to visit before getting on the bus. Since there are multiple routes, find out where your attractions and places of interest are and board accordingly.

Must Do in London

World’s Tallest Cantilevered Observation Wheel

After consuming scenic views of London, a trip on the London Eye is truly captivating, a ‘must-do’ and has been London’s number one visitor experience for over a decade. Elegantly rotating over the River Thames and less than a five minute stroll from Waterloo station along the beautiful Southbank. Step into your capsule and feel the exhilaration as you rise up over the Thames. Come face to face with the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben, before soaring above them - up to 135 meters on the world’s tallest cantilevered observation wheel.

• There’s a fast track option which allows you to pay a little extra to skip to the front of the line, which can be very helpful on busy days when you have other things planned! And who doesn’t like to feel like a VIP, walking past everybody else stuck in the queue?
• While you’re hanging back taking pictures of the loading dock, the rest of the people in your capsule will be snagging the best spots – so try to be the first one in the door! For optimal photo opportunities, you’ll want to be on the far side of the capsule as you come in.

Book fast track tickets to gain entry from a dedicated entrance and skip a majority of the queue. This ticket also gives you access to the Champagne bar and 4D Cinema Experience.

Restaurant Recommendations

The Complete Guide to The London Eye

Must See Destination

London's Premier Tourist Center

Head down to the Covent Garden to immerse yourself in the vibrant must-see destination to stimulate your senses and enjoy shopping, theater, restaurants, bars, history and culture. Filled with restaurants, bars, markets and boutiques, London's premier tourist center offers fabulous shopping by day, and the destination of theatergoers and patrons of the Royal Opera House by night.

• If you are planning to shop in the convent garden, carry a small backpack with you, so you do not have to take lots of shopping bags in your hand.
• Covent Garden is a vast area where you will have to walk around a lot. Always wear comfortable shoes like sneakers or loafers, so your feet do not hurt at the end of your day.
• If you are planning to attend any events, book tickets or them in advance either online or physically. Standing in queues as a tourist is not a pleasant experience.

The Covent Garden has a lot of historical significance for the locals. The best way to explore the locality is to take a thorough tour of all the museums and historic landmarks of the region.

A Blast of London History & Culture

Tower of london, borough market, globe theater.

London's Castle

Infamous Prison

Secure Fortress

We are starting off the day with one of the major trip highlights, the Tower of London ! Even you non-museum people will enjoy because the history of the nobility, especially King Henry VIII, is just fascinating (if you haven’t read The Other Boleyn Girl yet then you’re missing out), the Beefeaters are a trip, and the crown jewels are unbelievable to see up close and personal.

• It does make sense though to do the Tower of London first thing, so even if you’re a bit lazier on the other days, really commit to beating the crowds and arriving before the Tower opens.
• You should definitely skip the audio guide and plan on taking the one hour Beefeater tour because the guides are typically very personable and informative and it doesn’t cost any additional money on top of the ticket price.

A lot of people visit the Tower of London in the afternoon during weekdays, so get there early in the morning to avoid the rush.

Discover a Thousand Years of British History at The Tower of London

Food Lover’s Heaven

Best Markets in London

Are you a foodie? No? Do not worry, you’ll be converted to one at this food lover’s heaven. There is a plethora of culinary options you can choose from at the Borough Market.It’s one of the best markets in London. The market dates to the 12th century, has over 100 stalls and produce is sourced from local British traders and International producers. For coffee lovers Monmouth Coffee Company should be a must visit, cheese lovers should visit Neal’s Yard Dairy and Kappacasein.

• Part of the fun is wandering around, gawking at fresh and strange ingredients, and scouting out prices and quality, so take your time before buying!
• Bring your own shopping bag, made of cloth so it doesn’t rip to shreds from all the goodies you’ll be taking home. Watch that wallet, too—less for the pickpockets—and more for the temptation to buy nearly everything your eyes fall on.

Borough Market & Gin Distillery Small Group Tour

The best time to visit is  between Wednesday and Saturday , when the full complement of traders come to flaunt their wares.

Iconic Open Air Theater

Shakespeare’s Best Loved Works

Discover Shakespeare’s iconic open-air theater, here in the heart of London.London has been a thriving hotbed of theater, filling the playhouses with the work of playwrights new and old. In terms of sheer spectacle though, nowhere can best The Globe, the stunning replica of an Elizabethan playhouse that premiered many of Shakespeare’s best-loved works. Wonder at the craftsmanship and imagine how thousands of Londoners would once have packed in to see the greatest actors of the day.

• Tickets for the shows sell out very fast. That means it is important to buy your ticket in a few days (or weeks!) prior to avoiding any inconveniences at the gate.
• You can choose where you want to sit when booking the ticket and how many seats you want to reserve for the play. If you’re worried about comfort, you can pay for extra cushions. This is especially handy if you get a bad back sitting for a long while.

Wear sensible shoes. You're going to be standing for a while; this is not the place for nine-inch stilettos.

Explore the infamous world of Harry Potter

Harry potter studio tour, camden market.

Top London Attrtaction

Perfect Escape from the Muggle World

“After all this time?” “Always.” There’s no other quote that perfectly encompasses the spirit of the world of Harry Potter. A tour of the Harry Potter Studios is the perfect escape from the muggle world. Sip on some delicious butterbeer and grab a wand before heading to explore the beautiful sets of locations like the Great Hall, Platform 9 ¾ and Dumbledore’s office, along with getting an up-close, personal look at props, popular character costumes and creation of magical creatures like Buckbeak the hippogriff.

• Even if you’ve seen them all 10 times, it can’t hurt to watch them all once more right? It’s bound to make it even more special when you see props or the set from your favorite scene right there in front of your eyes at Harry Potter Studios, London.
• Harry Potter studio tour tickets sell out really quickly, so avoid disappointment and ensure to book them early.
• You’ll travel in groups of 15 people or less, and there are audio headsets available to make sure you don’t miss a thing. So, ask plenty of questions about the movies, the sets, the props, the costumes, the cast and whatever else springs to mind!

If you're looking for lesser crowds,  November to March is the best time to go for a Harry Potter Studio tour. However, if you're looking for a magical experience, you can go for a tour during the Christmas season and witness the magical festivities first-hand.

The Muggle’s Guide To Harry Potter Tours At Warner Bros Studio London

4th Popular Visitor Attraction in London

"Creative Heart of London"

Browse for vintage fashion, handmade jewelry, unusual gifts and eye-catching accessories at Camden Market. If you're not a huge Potterhead you could make a day of it - start with a hearty breakfast at The Basement Tea Room, followed by a spot of vintage clothes shopping at St Cyr Vintage. Stop for a tasty lunch at one of the many cafes and street food stalls including Yorkshire Burrito and Baba G’s Bhangra Burger.

• The easiest way to get to Camden is by tube on the London Underground. The closest station is Camden Town - just a 7 minute walk from the market.
• Shop around before you buy. Whilst there are lots of unique items available at the market, don’t automatically accept that all items are handmade. So shop around before buying because quality and prices do vary throughout the markets.

Camden market is the sort of place you can get lost in and easily spend the whole day there absorbing the energy. However  3 hours for a taste of Camden as a starter trip will allow u to experience the varied food and get a taste this amazing cultured energetic market.

A Day of Fun, Frolic & Sightseeing

Buckingham palace, piccadilly circus, west end show.

World Famous Royal Venue

Working Royal Palace

Take a Buckingham Palace tour to explore one of the most famous royal venues in the world. Enjoy the tour of Buckingham Palace to see the lavishly furnished State Rooms at one of the world's few remaining working royal palaces, see a special display celebrating the Queen’s Platinum Jubilee, plus discover some of the Royal Collection's greatest treasures.

• There may be some variations on the opening hours depending on the time of year and the attraction you wish to see i.e. the palace, the gardens or the park. It is wise to double check before going to ensure the attraction you wish to see is open and avoid disappointment.

You are advised to wear comfortable shoes, as the visitor route in summer includes a fairly long walk through the garden to the exit, along a gravel path.

Read This Before Going Inside The Buckingham Palace

Top London Sightseeing Options

Top Landmarks in London

Piccadilly Circus is where many locals and tourists choose to meet because of its privileged location in the heart of London, and as it is close to important leisure and shopping areas.The square is famous for its neon signs, different displays and the Eros fountain located in the middle of this road junction, which is now one of the city’s top landmarks.

• Piccadilly Circus is synonymous with leisure and entertainment. Crowded at all hours of the day, we recommend visiting this square during the afternoon/evening, when the brightly lit advertisements adorning the buildings brighten the intersection, giving it a unique appearance.
• Advertisements adorning the buildings brighten the intersection, giving it a unique appearance. Avoid driving into Piccadilly Circus at all costs as it is an extremely busy area in London (and expensive!) If you're interested in getting some retail therapy done while visiting London, take a stroll down Regent's Street from Piccadilly Circus, and head towards Oxford Street.

One of the most prominent attractions in Piccadilly Circus is  the statue of Anteros on top of a Victorian fountain in the southeast of the Circus .

Unforgettable London Theater

Highest Echelons of Great Theater in Britain

A mesmerizing night out in the glitzy West End awaits with an unforgettable London theater experience. Take center stage in this West End extravaganza as you act, sing and dance your way to the theater where professional acting, singing and dance coaches will teach you extracts from some of the biggest productions in the past 15 years, before your pre-show dinner and a seat at the West End show of your choice.

It is recommended that you queue  as early as 6am on both days , to ensure you get entry and more importantly, a good view of the stage.

Explore London on your Feet

Notting hill, street art in shoreditch, up at the o2.

Portobello Road Market

Famous "Notting Hill" Filmed Here

There is nothing quite like the pastel, candy-colored homes of Notting Hill. Take tons of photos, then do some shopping at the famous Portobello Road market! Stroll through this charming neighborhood and take in the colorful houses that Notting Hill is known for. You can even find the famous Notting Hill film locations where the romantic comedy ‘Notting Hill’ was filmed.

• Please remember and be mindful that people do live here. Be respectful and do not get too close or climb the steps up to the doorways.

Notting Hill is famous for its colored houses and indeed, it's so lovely. Try to go on a  Saturday morning as the famous Portobello Market is being held then.

Hotbed for London’s Artists

Hidden Gem of London's Art Scene

The colorful street art, Sunday markets and the mix of culture and curry houses along Brick Lane, makes it a hotbed for London’s art students and street artists. And, it is an ideal site for those looking for a non-touristy place to visit in London. It is one of the coolest things to do in London. This once forgotten and derelict part of London is going through regentrification and is now a hub for street artists, hipsters, London’s young entrepreneurs and creative types.

• Make a list of the street art trail you'd like to view before heading here, as that will save some time and come in handy!
• There’s a sense of urgency lent by street art as it’s almost always temporary. If you walk the same route from one month to another, you’ll never find quite the same pieces. The temporary nature of street art is part of its appeal, but it’s also sad when a favorite piece disappears forever.

The Eat & Graffiti London Tour

You're within walking distance of prolific street art, great food, markets, funky shopping and off-beat entertainment and hotels.

Adventure Experience

Tourist Attraction in London

Take a walk on the wild side, breathe in the unforgettable expedition over the roof of London’s O2. Suspended above the iconic tent canvas, you and a fellow adventurer will make the 365m journey to the summit, 52m above ground level. Once at the top, you can breathe in the incredible views of London stretching in every direction, and take some epic photos, before heading back down to earth. Tool up with your climb suit, boots and harness - become every inch the urban mountaineer.

• Wear appropriate clothing for the weather. Please note that climbers will be required to wear our climb shoes so socks must be worn.
• You must arrive 15 minutes before your climb time as latecomers cannot be admitted.

Up at The O2 Climb Tickets

Headout Price: £35

The walkway of the ascent has  a steep incline of 28 degrees to the lookout and a steeper decline of 30 degrees on the way back down - all with a soothing breeze in your hair. If this gives you cold feet, worry not.

More London Itineraries

Have some more time to kill in Amsterdam? That's alright, we've got other options for you. Check out our other itineraries for further inspiration:

• 1 Day in London
• 3 Days in London
• The London Trip Planner

The Ultimate London Trip Planner

Public transportation in london.

London is a big city with 20 boroughs but thankfully has a good public transportation network. Of course, the best way to explore the sights here is on foot but this is not always possible.

London’s extensive public transportation system can help you reach wherever you want in the city. The city offers you multiple options to choose from including tube, railway services, buses, cable cars, trams, and taxi cabs.

The Tube, overground rail, and bus services are the most convenient and cheapest way to get around London. You can get an Oyster card to ride on any of these transportation options and reach most parts of the city.

In terms of speed, the underground tube is the best choice. It is quick, flexible and can be availed at a discount using the Oyster card.

For tourists, the red double-decker buses and the riverboat (Thames Clipper) are good choices too. The places where you cannot take underground tubes or overground rail can be reached with the help of the Docklands Light Railway services.

A taxi cab is a quick way to reach your destination but extremely pricey. London is a huge city with attractions spread throughout and not concentrated in a single area. So make sure to know about the transportation options available in the city and how much it would cost you.While you can explore the city by car, the traffic in London is a nightmare. This is why it is best to travel around the city using the metro or the buses.

Public Transportation in London 101

Where to stay in london.

Points of attraction in London are not concentrated around one area, and are widely spread out. This is the reason there is no particular neighbourhood which can be called as the best. Depending upon your areas of interest and budget, you can choose from a variety of nice neighbourhoods to stay in.

• The West End , comprising of areas like Leicester Square, Covent Garden, Mayfair, Piccadilly, Soho, Oxford Street, etc., is a very central district. It is known for its nightlife and has most of the theatres, top art galleries, and high-end shopping places. It has many expensive 4 star and 5 star hotels.
• Bloomsbury is just a walking distance from West End, and has relatively cheaper hotels.
• Victoria , the transport hub of London, forms a good base for sightseeing and has a range of hotels that are not very cheap, but not too expensive either.
• Kensington is well-connected, and has quite a few attractions, along with places to stay for all budgets.
• King's Cross, St Pancras, and Euston are the areas ideal for a budget accommodation or a B&B.
• Paddington and Bayswater are also pleasant areas with quite a few budget properties.
• Haymarket Hotel
• The Piccadilly London West End
• The Nadler Soho
• The Henrietta Hotel
• hub by Premier Inn
• Thistle Bloomsbury Park
• SACO Holborn - Lamb's Conduit St
• Smart Russell Square Hostel
• Grange Lancaster Hotel
• The Harrison Gastro Pub and Hotel
• The Milestone Hotel and Residences
• The Kensington
• Adria Boutique Hotel
• Number Sixteen
• Acacia Hostel
• Point A Hotel, London Paddington
• Hilton London Paddington
• Tudor Court Hotel
• Mercure London Hyde Park Hotel

Tips & Hacks For Making The Best of London In 5 Days

• The English, proud of their rich history and global status, are a courteous and reserved lot. They appreciate politeness and restraint. It is advisable to not be overly familiar with people you do not know. Though, despite their steely appearance, the British are friendly and helpful towards visitors.
• They are not too demonstrative of their affection towards formal people in public so backslapping or touching is not appreciated. They like their personal space and expect you to maintain some physical distance at all public places.
• At a restaurant, you summon a waiter by raising your hand not by waving or shouting. You are also supposed to watch your volume at public places as the British consciously speak softly.
• They follow the Continental table manners holding the fork in the left hand and the knife in the right while eating.
• Use of last name with appropriate title is the way to address people in the UK.
• A handshake is the common way to greet everyone including children. Women are expected to extend their hand first.
• Always hold the door for the person behind you.

15 London Travel Tips & Hacks | The Holy Grail For First-Timers in London

See more London. Save more money.

Save €5 on your first booking with Headout when you use promo code 'GOPARIS' !

EXPLORE NOW

FAQs: 5 Days London Itinerary

How many days are enough for london.

If you're looking for enough time to be able to enjoy the city, including some "down time" in pubs and parks, etc., I'd personally recommend  at least 6-7 days . But if you just want a taste, you can plan a good itinerary for fewer days. Enjoy your trip! And remember, hopefully you will return many times.

Are 4 days enough in London?

4 days in London is  not enough to experience everything the city has to offer . However, you can cover most of the major sights and still get off the beaten path. This London itinerary is packed full of excursions, but is highly efficient. So, you'll have time to explore each place without feeling too rushed.

Where should a first time tourist stay in London?

Mayfair is the best area to stay in London for first time visitors to the city because of its proximity to Hyde Park, Green Park, Buckingham Palace, Big Ben and Westminster Abbey. The architecture and tiny side streets also make Mayfair one of the most instagrammable spots in London.

Is one week in London enough?

You can do a lot with a full week in the UK capital . Whether you stay here the whole time or spend a day or more further afield, there's no shortage of things that can keep you entertained. I suggest starting with my 6-day itinerary and spending your final day exploring some secret London spots.

How many days do you need in London and Paris?

If you've got enough time, I think the ideal trip is 10 days in Paris and London. This will give you 5 days to explore each city without being in too much of a rush. Obviously, the longer you can spend in each place the better.

My closest mundane mates would describe me as a coffee junkie with momentary bouts of creative highs and mediocre lows. I firmly believe that life isn't picture-perfect but dogs are:) I've always had this insatiable desire for a visual representation of the life around me, it was an intrinsic part, an inbuilt function without which survival would be unimaginable. Have a lovely day ahead folks!

Be a smart traveler

The first to know about trending destinations, travel deals, tips and all things travel.

PRESENTED BY CITI® / AADVANTAGE®

• DESTINATION GUIDE

The essential guide to visiting London

Here’s what you need to know about England's capital city—when to go, where to stay, what to do, and how to get around.

Why you should visit London

Architectural landmarks such as the   Tower of London ,   Westminster Cathedral , and   Kensington Palace , as well as revived modern buildings like   Tate Modern   and the   Battersea Power Station . Some of the finest theaters in the world, from the   Old Vic   to the rebuilt   Globe . Brown ale, fish’n’chips and weekend markets from Greenwich to Camden.  

Best time to visit London

Spring : The Gulf Stream warms up the city early. Flowers start blooming in February and trees follow with their blossoms in March. The   Chelsea Flower Show   is a major draw in May.  

Summer : The tourist season peaks between mid-July and late August. Music festivals play out in   Somerset House ,   Hyde Park , and   Victoria Park .  

Autumn : Fall kicks off with the   London Design Festival , and the weather stays temperate into late October. Halloween is gaining importance throughout the city, though Guy Fawkes Night—a festival of fireworks and bonfires on November 5 – is more widely celebrated.   Battersea Park , by the Thames, has a great display.  

Winter :   Shopping streets   switch on their festive lights in early December. While some cultural life slows down during the dark, wet winter months,   Kew Gardens   launches its winter fair and skating rink. And Hyde Park hosts a   Winter Wonderland .    

Lay of the land

The Thames River, lined with grand public architecture like   St Paul’s Cathedral , the   London Eye ,   and Westminster (the seat of government), divides the city into north and south. The oldest enclaves lie to the east, around the   City of London , the old financial center also known as the “square mile.” Cultural energy revolves around   Soho ,   Covent Garden ,   Mayfair , Bloomsbury, and the   South Bank , a riverfront strip of modernist theaters and galleries.    

Historically, wealthy residents settled in West London communities like   Belgravia , Kensington, and Chelsea, gravitating to Holland Park and Notting Hill. The picturesque Georgian streets around   Hampstead Heath   have always been popular among literary types, with nature-lovers hiking up   Parliament Hill   for the city view. The neighborhood becomes more fashionable as you descend toward   Primrose Hill , with its pastel-colored townhouses and ivy-clad pub gardens.  

Younger Londoners congregate in East London, in gentrifying working-class neighborhoods like Dalston and Clapton. Postindustrial Hackney Wick has reinvented itself as a hub for live music, clubs, and inventive restaurants. Just over the River Lea is the former Olympic Park, a sports mecca that’s been rewilded and developed with museums and restaurants.  

( 11 must-do experiences in London. )

Getting around London

By public transport:   The   London Underground , or Tube, is an extensive subway network that reaches from Heathrow Airport in the west, to Greenwich, the Olympic Park, and northern suburbs. The system incorporates an above-ground network called the Overground, and the new inter-city Elizabeth Line. Fares start at £2.70 ($3.50) and rise according to distance.   London buses   follow more winding routes between neighborhoods and start at £1.75 ($2.25) with a daily cap at £5.25 ($6.75). Seniors and students 11 and over are eligible for discounts. Children 10 and under travel free. Riders can pay with any contactless card or device, but cash is no longer accepted.

By train:   Trains beyond London are found at larger stations like Paddington, Euston, Liverpool Street, London Bridge, Victoria, and Charing Cross. Riders must purchase tickets ahead of travel at the station or with an app like   Trainline .  

By taxi:   London’s famous   black cabs   can be hailed on the street or booked in advance. Typical fares start at about £7.60 ($9.75) for a mile-long journey. Minicabs, or privately run taxi services, can be booked in advance or hired from a licensed purveyor, found on most main streets. Uber operates throughout the city.    

By boat:   The   Thames Clipper   boat service, now operated by Uber, runs along the Thames between Putney, in southwest London, and Barking, in the east, stopping at Battersea, Westminster, Tate Modern, Tower Bridge, Greenwich, and other piers. Prices start at £5.60 ($7.20) one way, with discounts for children and families. Riders can pay with a contactless card or with the Uber app.

( Going underground: a subterranean tour of London's abandoned tube stations. )

By bike:   Transport for London operates the   Santander bikeshare program , with bike docks in place across the city. A day-pass costs £3 ($3.85) for unlimited 30-minute rides; payment can be made through the   app   or at a docking terminal.   Lime operates an e-bike- and scooter-share program. Vehicles are GPS-equipped and located via the   app ; prices vary.    

By car:   Only confident drivers familiar with England’s road laws should operate a private car in London. There is a daily £15 ($19.25)   Congestion Charge   in effect for most areas of central London, which must be paid on the day of travel. New   emissions rules   impose additional fees on non-compliant motor vehicles, and “ultra-low-emission zones”   (ULEZ)   make it tricky to enter some neighborhoods during the day.  

By foot:   London neighborhoods are highly walkable, but the distance between them can be vast. Most roads have sidewalks that are well populated into the night. Always look both ways before crossing, even at a green light. Traffic normally comes from the right.  

Know before you go

Diversity:   London is one of the world’s most ethnically diverse cities, with 37 percent of residents born outside London—many from South Asia, West and East Africa, Europe, and the Caribbean. Hundreds of languages are spoken here, and most neighborhoods have a mix of residents.    

LGBTQ+:   The most recent   Open For Business index   gave London a top AAA rating as a “stalwart supporter” of LGBTQ+ inclusion and equality, and its universities rank highly among gay students. Soho is, historically, the LGBTQ+ hub of the city, though gay bars pop up in several neighborhoods, notably in East London and Lambeth.  

( Best hotels for every type of travele r. )

What to read and watch

The most fascinating London-based books and films transport the reader to a specific neighborhood and historical period and focus on its rich diversity.    

Oliver Twist , by Charles Dickens. Tragic, romantic, and surprisingly funny, this classic exposed the underbelly of Victorian London and prevails on high school reading lists everywhere.  

Bridget Jones’s Diary , by Helen Fielding. The titular Jones is a sad, sardonic, desperately funny 20-something single woman working for a London publisher. The book centers on West London while the film adaptation transports most scenes to the southeast. Both will get you in the mood to explore.  

The Adventures of Sherlock Holmes , by Arthur Conan Doyle. The book series and the companion TV show Sherlock take place around Baker Street in central London but investigate further afield into Piccadilly, New Scotland Yard, and the Tower of London  

London: The Biography , by Peter Ackroyd. Possibly the greatest contemporary history of the city, the weighty tome reaches back with wisdom and wit through Victorian London to the Plague and the Great Fire.  

Brick Lane , by Monica Ali. This instant classic, published just after the millennium, is an evocative peek into the lives of Bangladeshi immigrants in East London, based firmly in reality.  

Notting Hill , written by Richard Curtis of Four Weddings and a Funeral (and others), this 1990s hit comedy capitalized on the vulnerable charm of Hugh Grant—and the undeniable charm of bohemian London—and inspired generations of tourists to seek out that blue door.  

Rye Lane . Set around the eponymous market in Peckham, South London, this post-Covid romance begins with a meet-cute in   an   gender-neutral   bathroom.  

My Beautiful Launderette . An enduring favorite that introduced a young Daniel Day-Lewis to the world, this romance by Hanif Kureishi was set in South London during the Thatcher years and emerged as one of the first “queer fairytales” to reach a wide audience.

Related Topics

• HISTORY AND CIVILIZATION
• HISTORIC SITES
• PEOPLE AND CULTURE
• CITY GUIDES

You May Also Like

The essential guide to visiting Dublin

The essential guide to visiting Amsterdam

The essential guide to visiting Canada

The 9 best hotels in London for every kind of traveler

The essential guide to visiting Estonia

The essential guide to visiting Ireland

The essential guide to visiting North Carolina

• Best of the World
• Interactive Graphic
• Environment
• Paid Content

History & Culture

• History & Culture
• Out of Eden Walk
• Mind, Body, Wonder
• Terms of Use
• Privacy Policy
• Your US State Privacy Rights
• Children's Online Privacy Policy
• Interest-Based Ads
• About Nielsen Measurement
• Do Not Sell or Share My Personal Information
• Nat Geo Home
• Attend a Live Event
• Book a Trip
• Inspire Your Kids
• Shop Nat Geo
• Visit the D.C. Museum
• Learn About Our Impact
• Support Our Mission
• Advertise With Us
• Customer Service
• Renew Subscription
• Manage Your Subscription
• Work at Nat Geo
• Sign Up for Our Newsletters
• Contribute to Protect the Planet

Copyright © 1996-2015 National Geographic Society Copyright © 2015-2024 National Geographic Partners, LLC. All rights reserved

A Lady in London

And Traveling the World

Lady’s London Itinerary for 9 Days in the UK Capital

Today I want to share my London itinerary for 9 days with you. This is a great amount of time to see the highlights of the UK capital and explore a few places further afield. Whatever you’re interested in or passionate about, you’ll find no shortage of ways to fill your time in London and experience everything from the big attractions to the places locals love spending time in.

London Itinerary for 9 Days

One of my favorite things about being a professional travel blogger is helping people plan their trips. Whether it’s through my blog posts or my travel planning services , it brings me joy to know my readers and followers will have a richer experience in London or abroad.

A lot of people ask me “is 9 days in London enough?”, and the answer is yes. Today I want to share the official A Lady in London itinerary for 1 week and 2 days in the UK capital.

I’ve shared lots of London itineraries before, and I hope you’ll find this one as helpful as you’ve found the others. You can take a look at my 1-day , 2-day , 3-day , 4-day , 5-day , 6-day , 7-day , 1 week , 8-day , and 10-day itineraries for more inspiration.

There’s no right or wrong way to spend your time in the city. My travel itinerary has a mix of the major London landmarks and the spots locals frequent.

You can tailor the itinerary to fit your personal style, but I hope it gives you a good overview of what the UK capital has to offer visitors. You can use my London travel guide to fill in any gaps and find things for your specific interests as well.

You can see additional itineraries and find further details in Frommer’s London Day-by-Day . You can get it on Amazon here . It has detailed daily guides and lots of photos. It’s small enough to fit in your pocket, too.

Where to Stay in London

If you need a place to stay while you’re in town, there are plenty of options for accommodation in London . Whether you want to base yourself in a hotel or apartment, the city has an abundance of places on offer.

Given the city is enormous, I recommend choosing a location in or near Zone 1. You can see my blog posts about the best area to stay in London , the best hotels for your style , and quirky hotels for ideas. I’ve even written about pubs with rooms .

You can also find deals and book accommodation in London here . With so many choices, you’re sure to find a place you love.

How to Pack for 9 Days in London

Once you’ve decided when to come, you have to pack for London. Depending what time of year you visit, that will mean different things.

I’ve written packing lists for summer , autumn , winter , and spring that can help you decide what to wear in London . I’ve also created a general packing list of things to bring all year.

If you’re flying to the city, you can take a look at my long-haul packing list and my guide to how to pack with just a carry-on for more tips (I was interviewed by The New York Times about the latter).

Day 1 in London: Buckingham Palace & Westminster

After you’ve arrived and settled into your accommodation , there’s no better place to start a trip to the UK capital than Buckingham Palace.

You can time your visit to coincide with the Changing the Guard ceremony (you can see the calendar here ), or just admire the monarch’s London residence from the big gates.

If your trip takes place during the seasonal opening, you can tour Buckingham Palace . It’s a great way to see the state rooms and gardens while you’re in London. You can book tickets here (you’ll need to book well in advance).

After visiting the palace (or seeing it from outside) you can meander through St James’s Park. The park is stunning with its gardens and fountain, and there are great views from the bridge over the water.

From there it’s a short walk through Horse Guards Parade to Whitehall and Parliament Square in Westminster . This place is home to some of the city’s most beloved landmarks, including Elizabeth Tower and its bell, Big Ben.

You’ll also find the Houses of Parliament and Westminster Abbey here. If you have time and inclination, you can tour the abbey and parliament . You can book tickets here .

You can also go on my free self-guided Westminster walk if you want to see the area beyond the big attractions . It will take you to some of the side streets and hidden spaces locals spend time in.

When evening comes, I recommend having a casual dinner near where you’re staying. If you’re feeling jet lagged or you had to wake up early to travel, you’ll likely be tired.

You can see my recommendations for restaurants in London if you need help finding a place.

If you do have energy left, you can take an open-top bus tour to get a feel for the city’s sights. It’s a fun way to get an overview of what London has to offer as you kick off your trip. You can book tickets here .

Day 2 in London: South Bank & the City

The next morning you can continue your London itinerary for 9 days by exploring the South Bank . Right on the Thames , it’s the ideal spot to stroll around, browse the markets, and soak up the scene along the water.

You can ride the London Eye while you’re here as well. It offers some of the best views in the UK capital. You can book tickets here (you’ll need to book well in advance, as it sells out).

There are always pop-ups, street performers, and other entertainment here, so it’s fun to meander along the Thames and see what’s on while you’re in town.

As you make your way from Westminster Bridge to Tower Bridge, you’ll pass Tate Modern. This famous art museum is a popular place to visit, and the fact that it’s free means it’s easy to go in for as long or little as you want to. There are spectacular views from the higher floors as well.

Not far away, you’ll find Borough Market . London’s most famous food market, it’s the ideal spot to find culinary inspiration and get something for lunch. It’s fun to walk around and soak up the colors and scents of the stalls before making a decision.

After lunch at the market, you can walks across London Bridge to get to the City of London . Don’t miss the views of Tower Bridge on the way.

From the eye-catching dome of St Paul’s Cathedral to contemporary viewing platforms like the Sky Garden and Horizon 22, this part of the UK capital contains a lot of old and new architecture .

If you want to, you can go on my free self-guided City of London walk to see the highlights. It will take you around to see the hidden historic streets and places like Temple .

If not, make your way over to the Tower of London. You can take a tour to see the White Tower and the crown jewels if you’d like to, or just admire the fortress from the outside. You can book Tower of London tickets here .

Afterwards you can walk over to Tower Bridge . This inspiring feat of Victorian engineering is one of the most popular landmarks in London. You can walk across it, or head up to the top on a self-guided tour. You can book tickets here .

For dinner, I recommend continuing your walk across Tower Bridge and going to Bermondsey Street . This is a local favorite, and there are lots of great pubs and restaurants to choose from. Whether you want tapas or fish and chips, you can find it here.

Day 3 in London: Belgravia, Chelsea, Knightsbridge & South Kensington

Start the third of your 9 days in London in Belgravia. This elegant neighborhood is full of cafes and shops, particularly those on Elizabeth Street .

You can go on my free self-guided Belgravia walking tour to see the highlights of the area, or just stroll around the leafy squares and hidden mews. Highlights include Pimlico Road (there’s a market here on Saturdays), Motcomb Street, and Belgrave Square.

From Belgravia, walk over to Sloane Square and the King’s Road in Chelsea . This is a great place to shop and eat, and you can find lunch at any number of restaurants in the area.

If it’s a Saturday , the food market in Duke of York Square is a must. If it’s not, there’s still a lot to do here. The King’s Road is one of the best shopping streets in London , after all.

If you want to, you can go on my free self-guided Chelsea walk to see more of the area’s side streets and riverfront.

From Chelsea, you can make your way up to Knightsbridge for some shopping at iconic department stores like Harvey Nichols and Harrods. Alternatively, you can walk over to South Kensington to explore the museums.

The Natural History Museum, V&A, and Science Museum are right next to each other. They all offer free entry, so you can spend as much or as little time exploring them as you’d like to. They’re all huge, so make sure to pace yourself.

In the evening you can have dinner at one of the restaurants outside the South Kensington tube station. There are plenty of different cuisines to choose from, so you’re bound to find something that appeals.

If you want to end your day in style, there’s fun nightlife around Walton Street and the King’s Road. From pubs to bars and clubs, you have a lot of options.

Day 4 in London: Notting Hill, Royal Parks & the West End

The next morning you can continue your London itinerary for 9 days with a trip to Notting Hill . This west London neighborhood is full of color. You’ll find everything from the boutiques to the mews delightful.

If it’s a Saturday, you’ll be able to experience the famous Portobello Road Market in all its glory. I recommend arriving early to avoid the crowds.

If it’s not a Saturday, I still recommend going and checking out the market stalls and shops that are open when you visit. There’s some form of market going on here almost every day of the week.

Beyond the market, my free self-guided Notting Hill walk is a great way to see the highlights of the area. It will take you around to see everything from the high streets to the hidden corners.

You can have lunch in Notting Hill, then walk down into Kensington Gardens and Hyde Park for the afternoon. There’s plenty to see and do here, from Kensington Palace to the Serpentine lake and the art galleries.

When the sun starts to sink, you can take the tube or walk through Mayfair to get to Soho and Covent Garden . They’re some of the most exciting places in central London, and they come alive in the evenings.

There are plenty of good options for eating and drinking here, and Trafalgar Square, Piccadilly Circus, the Covent Garden Piazza, and Leicester Square are always fun places to be in London at night .

You can have dinner in the West End before or after going to see a show. Whether you dine at a beloved restaurant like Rules or at one of the many new ones opening all the time, you can’t go wrong in this part of London.

There are always plenty of plays and musicals on, and seeing one is a fun way to cap off a day of exploring the UK capital. From dramas to comedies and farces, you’ll be spoiled for choice when it comes to options.

If you’re up for going out afterwards, there’s any number of bars and pubs in Soho and Covent Garden you can go to. They’re ideal ways to experience London’s exciting nightlife scene.

My favorite is Cahoots, a London Underground-themed speakeasy just off Carnaby Street. It’s one of my top picks for travel-themed bars in the city.

Day 5 in London: Day Trip

I recommend taking a day trip from London on the fifth of your 9 days in London. There are loads of places near the city that are worth visiting, and they’re easy to get to by train, car , or on a guided tour .

If you want to see classic university cities , my top picks are Oxford and Cambridge . They’re two of the most popular days out from London.

If the seaside beckons, Brighton , Hastings , and Deal are my favorite places to be by the water. They all have plenty of beaches, restaurants, and shops to enjoy. They’re easy day trips from London by train as well.

If you’re into castles, there are lots of castles near London you can go to. From Windsor Castle to Leeds Castle , Scotney Castle , Warwick Castle , Hever Castle , and Dover Castle , there are plenty to choose from. They’re some of the best castles in England .

If you want to tour historic mansions, there are plenty of stately homes near London you can go to. Downton Abbey fans will love touring Highclere Castle , and royal lovers will enjoy Polesden Lacey .

Then there are impressive places like Blenheim Palace , Petworth House , Burghley House , Knole in Sevenoaks , and Sissinghurst Castle with its famous gardens.

If you’re a history buff, Winchester , Bath , Canterbury and Dover , Hampton Court Palace , Lewes , Battle , Bletchley Park , and Amersham are for you. Amersham is so close you can even get there on the tube.

If you dream of visiting the English countryside, a day trip to the Cotswolds is just the thing. You can go independently with or without a car , or on a guided day tour . You can see options and book a tour here .

There’s no shortage of pretty towns and villages in the Cotswolds to visit. My favorites include Painswick , Bibury, Upper Slaughter , and Castle Combe , but it’s hard to go wrong here.

If cathedral cities pique your interest, my top picks are Canterbury in Kent, Norwich in Norfolk, York in Yorkshire, St Albans in Hertfordshire, and Ely in Cambridgeshire. They all have historic churches and beautiful city centers.

If you’re feeling ambitious, you can take a day trip to Paris from London . There are other day trips from London to Europe that make for fun adventures as well. From Brussels to Lille and Amsterdam , you have lots of choices.

If you’re looking for seasonal trips, you can take a look at my guides to spring , summer , autumn , and winter day trips from London for ideas.

Day 6 in London: Hampstead, Camden Town & King’s Cross

The next morning you can continue your London itinerary for 9 days with a trip to Hampstead . This north London neighborhood is my favorite place in the UK capital, not least because it feels like a village in the city .

With impossibly beautiful streets, historic pubs, and one of the city’s largest parks , it’s an exciting place to explore. I lived here for years and I still go back as often as I can.

While you’re here you can walk around the village on your own, or go on my free self-guided Hampstead walk or one of my Hampstead Heath walks .

I recommend having lunch at one of the local pubs or a restaurant on Hampstead High Street . My favorites include the Holly Bush, Villa Bianca, and Jin Kichi. The crepe stands are fun, too, but the lines can be long and slow.

After lunch, you can walk or take the tube down the hill to Camden Town . This place is home to a number of markets, including Camden Market , Buck Street Market, and Hawley Wharf.

You can browse the stalls while you’re here. They’re perfect places to buy gifts and other things to take home as souvenirs .

After the market, it’s fun to walk along Regent’s Canal to get to King’s Cross . The area around Granary Square is packed with cool shops, restaurants, bars, and cafes. It’s a good place to get dinner.

If you have time before or after you eat, you can walk down to the area’s beloved train stations. King’s Cross is famous for its stunning interior architecture and Harry Potter connections.

Once inside, you can take pictures and videos at the Platform 9 3/4 sign or pick up a souvenir from the Harry Potter shop right next to it.

Across the street from King’s Cross station you’ll find St Pancras International. This place is known for its gorgeous exterior architecture.

Designed by Sir George Gilbert Scott, it’s one of the most beautiful heritage buildings in London. There are great shops and restaurants inside, too.

Coincidentally, St Pancras was also used as a filming location for one of the Harry Potter movies. You can find out which one in my blog post about a Harry Potter walking tour .

If you want to go out after exploring and eating, there are plenty of pubs and bars around here. From the ones on Regent’s Canal in King’s Cross to local spots in nearby Bloomsbury and Fitzrovia, you’re spoiled for choice.

Day 7 in London: St James’s, Mayfair & Marylebone

Start the seventh of your 9 days in London in St James’s . This traditional part of the city is known for its royal palace , men’s shops, luxury hotels , and members’ clubs.

While you’re here, you can walk down Jermyn Street and Piccadilly , admire the historic facade of St James’s Palace, and pop into iconic department stores like Fortnum & Mason.

When you’ve finished exploring, walk across Piccadilly to get to Mayfair . This upscale area is home to luxury goods shops, fine-dining restaurants, and the iconic curve of Regent Street (home of the famous Liberty London ). You can go on my free Mayfair walk if you want to explore the area in depth.

Mayfair is a fun place to have a meal or afternoon tea . Whether you go to a casual spot on Heddon Street or spring for a tasting menu at a Michelin-starred restaurant, you can’t go wrong for lunch.

When it comes to tea and cake, I love Brown’s Hotel afternoon tea and the amazing yellow room at Sketch.

After eating, you can head across Oxford Street to Marylebone . This is another of my favorite London neighborhoods , not least because it has one of the best high streets in London .

There are lots of fun shops on Marylebone High Street , Marylebone Lane, and St Christopher’s Place, and they’re fun places to get into London’s retail scene.

From boutiques to household names, you’re spoiled for choice. My favorite place to shop in Marylebone is Daunt Books. It’s one of the best (and most beautiful) independent bookshops in London .

If you want to, you can use my free self-guided Marylebone walk to see more of the neighborhood. It will take you around to hidden mews, side streets, grand squares, and gardens.

After you’ve seen Marylebone, make your way north to Regent’s Park . This is one of the best green spaces in London , and it’s a fun place to walk around. If it’s summer, don’t miss the colorful rose gardens .

When sunset approaches, you can head back to Marylebone High Street for dinner, or leave via one of the other exits of the park and eat in pretty Primrose Hill , fun Camden Town, or classic Fitzrovia .

Day 8 in London: Greenwich or Day Trip

On the eighth of your 9 days in London I recommend either hopping on a boat to Greenwich or taking another day trip.

If you choose the former, you can book boat tickets here . After seeing London’s landmarks along the river, you’ll be able to dive into the city’s maritime past, see popular filming locations, tour a historic royal residence, and discover the home of Greenwich Mean Time.

You’ll also be able to enjoy the area’s shops, cafes, and restaurants. Greenwich Market has fun souvenirs and delicious food, and there are great riverfront pubs in the area. The Trafalgar Tavern gets splashed with waves at high tide.

Greenwich is home to the National Maritime Museum the Queen’s House, both of which offer free entry. The former has world-class exhibits and exhibitions, and the latter is a historic royal residence with an art collection and a stunning staircase.

Greenwich Park is famous for having one of the best views in London. You can see through the two towers of the Old Royal Naval College to the skyscrapers in Canary Wharf on the other side of the river.

The park is not only a beautiful place to walk, but also the location of two important landmarks. The first is the Royal Observatory, where you can stand with one foot on either side of the Prime Meridian. You can book tickets here .

The second is Ranger’s House, an English Heritage site and museum that’s known for being a filming location for the TV show Bridgerton (it’s used as the front of the Bridgerton family’s house).

If you want to see the side streets and hidden lanes, you can go on my free self-guided Greenwich walk . It will take you around to see the highlights of the neighborhood.

In the evening, you can have dinner at one of the many restaurants and pubs in Greenwich before heading back to central London on the train, DLR, or boat.

Day 9 in London: Bloomsbury, Clerkenwell, Shoreditch & Hackney

I recommend spending the last day of your 9-day London itinerary exploring more of the city center and the East End.

Bloomsbury is a good place to start. You can go to the iconic British Museum or just walk around taking in the leafy squares. My free self-guided Bloomsbury walk can help you see the best of the area.

From there it’s a short walk to Clerkenwell . This is London’s design district, and it’s home to places like Exmouth Market and St John Street. Both are great places to get something for lunch.

St John restaurant is a favorite of mine, as is the Fox & Anchor pub , which is just around the corner.

You can do my Clerkenwell walking tour if you want to as well. It will take you around the neighborhood and to places like Smithfield and Holborn.

Clerkenwell is a short walk from Old Street, where you’ll soon find yourself in Shoreditch . This hip area in east London is famous for its nightlife scene, so if you can time your arrival for dinner-and-drinks o’clock, you’ll get to see the neighborhood at its best.

If you have time beforehand, you can do one of my free self-guided Shoreditch walks or check out the street art the area is known for. My favorite is on New Inn Yard.

If you have energy left later, head to Hackney . This is one of the coolest neighborhoods in London , and it has a fun nightlife scene. The same goes for nearby Hackney Wick, which is one of the most hipster areas in the city .

I hope you’ve enjoyed my 9-day London itinerary. This is an amazing city, and there’s so much to discover here. I’ve spent years living in the UK capital, and I still don’t feel like I’ve seen it all.

If you want additional inspiration, there’s a lot more about things to do in the city in Secret London – An Unusual Guide . You can get it on Amazon here .

Find this post helpful? Buy me a coffee!

New here? Join thousands of others and subscribe to the A Lady in London blog via email .

Some of the links in this blog post are affiliate links. At no cost to you, I earn a small commission when you click on them and make a purchase. It doesn’t affect the way you shop, and it’s a great way to support the A Lady in London blog.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

© Copyright A Lady in London 2007 - 2024. Privacy Policy.

London | All In 2024

4-day london itinerary, weekend london itinerary, tesco express, north wembley, waterloo station, lastminute.com london eye, thames beach, tate modern, the golden hinde, hms belfast, borough market, tower bridge, tower millennium pier, embankment pier, charing cross station, trafalgar square, buckingham palace, wellington arch, serpentine bar & kitchen, hyde park boating, speakers' corner, marble arch, mercato mayfair, bond street station marylebone lane, wembley park, wembley stadium.

See your itinerary and your map in one view: no more switching between different apps to keep track of your travel plans.